2. 600-volt AC and/or DC insulated conductors installed in open cable tray or open wireway or exposed; insulation also shall be additionally rated for the specific exposed install locations.
City of Carlsbad
VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK
26 05 33-12 CONDUIT AND WIRE
C. Insulation Color Coding and Identification
1. The following color code for branch circuits:
a. Neutral . . . White (Tape feeder neutrals with white tape near connections) b. Normal Power
120/208 Volt 480/277 Volt
Ground Green Ground Green
Phase A Black Phase A Brown
Phase B Red Phase B Orange
Phase C Blue Phase C Yellow
c. Isolated ground insulation shall be green with a longitudinal yellow stripe. d. Emergency power same insulation color as normal power except as follows:
120/208 Volt
Provide an additional continuous stripe on each conductor insulation, orange or yellow, except ground
480/277 Volt
Provide an additional continuous stripe on each conductor insulation blue or black, except ground
2. When individual neutral conductors are shown/required for each branch circuit, the color code for the neutral conductors shall be as follows:
a. 120/208 volt; Phase A - White with Black stripe; Phase B - White with Red stripe; Phase C - White with Blue stripe.
b. 277/480 volt; Phase A - White with Brown stripe; Phase B - White with Orange stripe; Phase C - White with Yellow stripe.
3. Feeders identified as to phase or leg in each, switchboard, switchgear, panelboard, junction and termination location with printed identifying tape/tags.
4. Fire alarm conductors: Use 600-volt, type THHN-2/THWN-2 conductors and color-coded per Equipment Manufacturer's recommendations and approved and listed for use on fire alarm systems by the State Fire Marshal and AHJ.
5. Color coding for HVAC mechanical and plumbing control wiring shall be an agreed upon color code between the Mechanical/Plumbing Contractor and the Electrical Contractor, and color code shall be submitted to the Owner’s Representative in writing for approval prior to installation.
D. Equipment Feeders, Copper or Aluminum:
1. Wire size shown on the Drawings is for copper conductors, unless specifically indicated otherwise.
2. If aluminum wire is proposed, increase aluminum wire size to ampere capacity of copper wire and voltage drop, not to exceed that of copper feeders indicated on Drawings.
Increase conduit size and quantity as required by Code. Provide feeder calculation sheet, eight copies, if aluminum wire is proposed, showing feeder number, length, size and voltage drop in percentage for original copper feeders and for equal aluminum feeders.
3. Aluminum Conductors (600-volt or Less Only): Contractor has the option of using aluminum conductors in lieu of copper conductors for feeders only to panels, distribution boards/panels, switchboards, switchgear, trans-formers, motor control centers, and dimmer switchboard.
4. Aluminum Conductors shall be Aluminum Association AA-8000 Series Alloy, compact- stranded, with the same insulation as called for under copper conductors.
City of Carlsbad
VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK 10/01/2025
CONDUIT AND WIRE 26 05 33-13
a. Aluminum conductor larger than 750 MCM shall not be used. b. Aluminum conductors smaller than #2AWG shall not be used.
5. If the conductor termination is to be made on a bus bar or similar flat surface, a Burndy Type YA-A HYPLUG compression terminal intended for the specific conductor size, factory filled with oxide inhibitor compound shall be used. Terminal must be installed using a hydraulic compression tool equipment with a die head for the particular terminal used.
Only Burndy Hypress tools shall be used for compression. a. Typical for existing aluminum conductors identified on Drawings for in-place reuse.
b. Typical for new aluminum conductors.
6. If the conductor termination is to be made into a circuit breaker or similar insert compartment it shall be terminated by use of a Burndy AYP HYPLUG compression connector intended for the specific conductor size, factory filled with oxide inhibitor compound. Connector must be installed using only Burndy Hydraulic compression tool specifically approved for each respective connector.
a. When an aluminum lug is terminated to a copper or aluminum bus with a steel, aluminum or copper stud or bolt, place aluminum lug on stud or bolt followed by a flat steel washer, a Belleville washer, and steel or copper nut, in that order.
7. Connector aid shall be used for all aluminum conductor terminations, slices and connections. Connector aid shall be Burndy Pentrox A, NO-OX-1D Grade “A”.
2.05 MC CABLE
A. General
1. Metal clads electrical cable type “MC”, UL listed and labeled; low smoke per IEEE-FT4 1212 procedure and UL-1685 and 1569. Fire stop penetration rated. Rated for installation in environmental air plenums.
2. The cable assembly shall be rated for continuous full load operation in ambient temperatures as follows:
a. Dry locations 90 degrees centigrade.
b. Wet locations 75 degrees centigrade.
3. The type of MC cable, MC Fittings and supports shall be suitable for the conditions of use and the conditions of location of installation, based on the Manufacturer’s recommendations and based on applicable Codes.
4. Provide MC Terminations with MC cable bushings, rated “Anti-Short”.
5. Health Care facilities MC cable shall be rated for Hospital-Grade, with two individual, separate internal dedicated ground/bond conductors.
B. Conductors
1. Wire conductors shall be 600-volt 60Hz AC thermoplastic insulated, wire conductor. a. Wire sizes smaller than #8AWG shall be solid conductors. Wire sizes #8AWG and larger shall be stranded conductors.
b. Copper conductor - soft annealed copper, ASTM-B3 or B8. Minimum wire conductor size shall not be less than #12AWG. Aluminum conduct MC cable shall not be permitted.
2. 600-volt color-coded insulation phase wire conductors.
City of Carlsbad
VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK
26 05 33-14 CONDUIT AND WIRE
3. 600-volt white insulation neutral wire conductor. Provide a separate independent neutral wire conductor for each MC cable branch circuit phase conductor, shared neutral conductor shall not be permitted on multi-wire branch circuits contained within the same common MC cable.
4. 600-volt green insulation ground wire conductor. A second redundant, independent ground conductor shall be provided inside the MC cable. The ground conductors shall be bare or insulated conductor wire, type and size to match the main ground conductor.
5. A 100% coverage internal jacket binder tape shall enclose all conductors, located directly under the jacket armor. The binder tape shall provide isolation of “Movement” (reduce friction contact) between the conductors and the metal jacket.
6. The insulation of each wire conductor shall be individually 100% enclosed in a continuous tape. The tape shall provide isolation of “Movement” (reduce friction contact) between individual conductors’ insulation and between conductor insulation and the internal jacket tape.
C. Jacket
1. Interlocking spiral winding flexible metal armor shall be galvanized steel armor jacket. The armor jacket shall 100% enclose the insulated wire conductors inside the armor jacket.
Aluminum jacket shall not be permitted.
2. PVC overall cable jacket for wet locations:
a. A continuous Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) flexible jacket shall be applied over the armor jacket 100% enclosing coverage.
b. The PVC jacket shall be impervious to water infiltration, free of cracks and “Pin- Holes”.
c. The PVC jacket shall be provided on MC locations as described in the Contract Documents.
3. The interior surfaces of fittings shall be continuous and smooth, with a constant interior diameter. Fittings shall provide fully enclosed circular cross section. The interior surfaces of fittings shall be without ridges, burrs irregularities or obstructions. Fittings of the same type shall be of the same uniform weight and thickness.
4. Protective corrosion resistant finish for MC fittings fabricated from steel shall be as follows:
a. Clean all metal surfaces (including metal threads) with acid bath “Pickle” prior to coating, to remove dirt, oil and prepare surfaces for galvanizing. b. Hot-dip galvanized zinc coating on all interior and exterior steel surfaces.
Minimum finish zinc coating thickness shall not be less than 0.002-inch. c. Threads shall be hot-dip zinc coated after machine fabrication. d. Exterior metal surfaces shall be finished with clear organic polymer topcoat layer, after galvanizing.
e. The inner metal surfaces shall be finished with a lubricating topcoat after galvanizing, to facilitate conductor pulling through the fitting.
5. Threads for MC cable fittings shall be taper-pipe-thread, National Pipe Standards (NPS) and shall comply with ANSI-B1.20.1.
6. Terminal connector fittings shall be provided with a Manufacturer installed, insulating throat bushing inside the fitting. The bushing shall protect the wire conductor insulation from cutting, nicks, and abrasion during conductor installation and electrical load “Cycling” after installation is complete. The bushing shall comply with UL 94V-0
City of Carlsbad
VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK 10/01/2025
CONDUIT AND WIRE 26 05 33-15
flammability. The bushing shall be visible and provide physical isolation between the jacket metal armor and the internal conductor insulation.
7. Fittings connecting to MC cable with PVC jacket coating shall be PVC coating to match the cable.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 TRENCHING, FOOTINGS, SLEEVES
A. General
1. Provide excavation and trenching, concrete encasement of conduits, trench back-filling, and compaction for the underground electrical work.
2. Provide concrete footings and concrete reinforcement for all post and/or pole-mounted lighting fixtures.
3. Joists, girders, beams, columns or reinforcing steel shall not be cut or weakened. Where construction necessitates the routing of conduit or raceways through structural members, framing or footings, written permission to make such installation shall first be obtained from the Owner’s Representative. Such permission will not be granted, however, if any other method of installation is possible.
B. Sleeves
1. Provide sleeves for raceways, conduit and wire/cables passing through the following construction elements:
a. Concrete and masonry foundations, floors, walls and slabs. b. Gypsum, Lath, and plaster walls and ceilings.
c. Building structures (i.e., foundations, walls, floors, ceilings, beams, and roofs) with a fire rating exceeding 20-minutes.
2. Sleeves shall extend 1.5-inch above and below floors, except under floor standing electrical equipment. Sleeves shall be flush with wall ceiling foundations and partitions exposed to public view and extend approximately 0.5-inch past penetration in fire rated construction. Sleeves shall be installed at exact penetration locations and angles to accommodate wire/cable, raceway and conduit routings.
3. The layout and design of raceways and conduits located in or routed through masonry or reinforced beams or the Owner’s Representative shall review walls before any work is performed. All sleeving shall be accomplished according to the instructions of the Owner’s Representative and shall be accepted before any concrete is poured.
4. Sleeves, raceways and conduit shall be located to clear steel reinforcing bars in beams.
Reinforcing bars in walls shall be offset to clear piping and sleeves.
5. Provide a continuous clearance between the inside of a sleeve and exterior of wire/cables, conduits and raceways passing through the sleeve not less than the following:
a. 0.5-inch clearance except as required otherwise.
b. 1.0-inch clearance through outside walls below grade. c. 3.0-inch clearance through seismic joints.
6. Sleeves set in fire rated construction shall be caulked between sleeves and building structure, additionally sleeves shall be caulked between the sleeve and the wire/ cables, conduits/raceways passing through the sleeve. The caulking shall be a fire-proof sealant,
City of Carlsbad
VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK
26 05 33-16 CONDUIT AND WIRE
equal to the fire rating and temperature being penetrated. Clearance between components inside of sleeve and exterior of components passing through sleeve and between components inside the sleeve shall comply with Fireproof Sealant Manufacturer’s recommendations.
7. Sleeve material:
a. In floor construction: Schedule 40 black steel pipe, with upper surface to be sealed watertight.
b. In concrete or masonry walls roofs or ceilings: Schedule 40 black steel pipe. When installed in roofs or outside walls, seal outer surface watertight. c. In fire rated construction; 24-gauge galvanized iron or steel. d. Sleeves through waterproof membranes: Cast iron or Schedule 40 steel with flashing clamp device and corrosion resistant clamping bolts. Caulk space between pipe and sleeve and surfaces between sleeve and conduits sealed watertight.
3.02 GROUNDING AND BONDING
A. General
1. Grounding and Bonding shall be executed in accordance with all applicable Codes and Regulations, both State and Local Authorities Having Jurisdiction (AHJ).
2. Where nonmetallic conduit is used in the distribution system, the Contractor shall install the proper sized copper ground wire in the conduit with the feeder for use as an equipment ground. The electrical metallic raceway system shall be grounded to this ground wire.
3. The maximum ground/bond resistance to the grounding electrode shall not exceed 1- ohms from any location in the electrical system. The maximum ground resistance of the grounding electrode to earth shall not exceed 5-ohms.
B. Ground/Bond Conductors
1. Provide an additional, dedicated, green insulation equipment ground/bond wire inside each conduit type and raceway as follows. Size the ground/ bond conductors to comply with CEC/NEC Requirements. The metal conduit or raceway shall not be permitted to serve (function) as the only (exclusive) electrical ground return path:
a. All types of nonmetallic conduit and all types of non-metallic raceways including but not limited to: RNMC - Rigid Nonmetallic Conduit.
b. FMC - Flexible Metal Conduit.
c. LTFMC - Liquid Tight Flexible Metal Conduit.
d. Metal and non-metal raceways.
e. RMC - Rigid Metal Conduit.
f. EMT - Electrical Metal Tubing.
2. The equipment ground/bond wire shall be continuous from the electrical circuit source point of origin to the electrical circuit end termination utilization point as follows:
a. Every conduit and raceway path containing any length of the above identified conduits or raceway.
b. Every conduit path and raceway path connected to any length of the above- identified conduits and raceways.
City of Carlsbad
VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK 10/01/2025
CONDUIT AND WIRE 26 05 33-17
3. The equipment ground/bond wire shall be sized as follows, but in no case smaller than indicated on the Drawings. Install equipment ground/bond wire in each conduit/race- way, with the respective phase conductors:
a. Feeder, Sub-feeders and Minimum
Equipment
Branch Circuit Protection Ground Copper Wire Size
15 amp #12
20 amp #12
0 to 60 amp #10
70 to 100 amp #8
101 to 200 amp #6
201 to 400 amp #2
401 to 600 amp #1
801 to 1000 amp 2/0
1001 to 1200 amp 3/0
1201 to 1600 amp 4/0
1601 to 2000 amp 250 MCM
2001 to 2500 amp 350 MCM
2501 to 4000 amp 500 MCM
4001 to 6000 amp 800 MCM
4. Isolated grounds - Raceways containing branch circuit or feeder-phase conductors connected to panelboards equipment, or receptacles with isolated grounds or isolated ground bus shall contain an additional dedicated insulated ground conductor connected to the isolated ground system only. The isolated ground conductor shall be continuous the length of the raceways and connected only to the isolated ground terminals in addition to and independent of the equipment bonding/ground conductor. The isolated ground conductor shall be sized as indicated above, for equipment ground/bond wire.
5. Splices in ground/bond wires shall be permitted only at the following locations:
a. Ground buses with listed and approved ground lugs.
b. Where exothermic welded ground/bond wire splices and/or terminations are provided.
6. Provide ground/bond wire jumpers for conduit fittings with ground lugs, expansion and deflection conduit fittings at conduit fittings connecting between metallic and non- metallic raceways and to bond metal enclosures to conduit fittings with ground lugs.
7. Where conductors are run in parallel in multiple raceways, the grounding conductor shall be run in parallel. Each parallel equipment-grounding conductor shall be sized based on the ampere rating of the overcurrent device protecting the circuit conductors in the raceway. When conductors are adjusted in size to compensate for voltage drop, grounding conductors, where required, shall be adjusted proportionately in size.
8. Ground conductors for branch circuit wiring shall be attached at each outlet to the back of the box using drilled and tapped holes and washer head screws, 6-32 or larger.
9. Each motor control, electrical panel, panelboard, switchboard, switchgear, pull box or any other enclosure in which more than two ground wires are terminated shall be equipped with a ground bus secured to the interior of the enclosure. The bus shall have a separate lug for each ground conductor. No more than one conductor shall be installed per lug.
C. UFER Ground
City of Carlsbad
VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK
26 05 33-18 CONDUIT AND WIRE
1. In addition to all cold-water metal pipe and structural steel grounds provided to meet this Specification, there shall be a main ground system of the UFER ground style.
2. The UFER ground electrodes shall be a minimum of two 20-feet lengths of #4/0AWG bare stranded copper cable embedded horizontally in the cast in place concrete footing, extending in opposite directions in the footings. All portions of the ground electrodes shall be placed inside the concrete, between 2-inches and 4-inches from the earth surrounding the concrete.
3. The lengths of cable shall extend in opposite directions in the footings, with the center end of each cable terminated onto the main electrical service ground bus for the main electrical service equipment.
a. Typical in each separate building.
b. Typical for each main electrical service equipment location.
4. All wire cable connection terminations onto the ground bus shall be exothermic weld type.
5. The “UFER” grounding electrode, embedded in concrete, shall be exothermically welded to each steel reinforcing bar (rebar) and each steel anchor bolt located within 18-inches of the grounding electrode inside the concrete. Note: Reinforcing steel (rebar), in concrete foundations, attached with metal “Tie-Wraps” and in direct physical contact to other adjacent rebar that is in turn exothermic welded to the UFER grounding electrode, may be classified as attached to the UFER grounding electrode, and does not require additional exothermic weld connections to the UFER grounding electrode.
D. Additional Ground/Bond Connects
1. Provide a separate ground/bond insulated grounding electrode conductor, copper wire from the main electrical service ground bus homerun to each of the following locations.
Exothermic weld connects or UL listed and approved compression ground/ bond fittings/couplers. The ground/bond conductor shall be sized to comply with applicable Codes and as indicated on the Drawings, but in no case smaller than the following:
a. Main service entrance equipment ground bus:
1) Services smaller than 1200 amp 1.5-inch conduit with 1#4/0. 2) Services 1200 amp and larger 2.5-inches conduit with 1#500 MCM. 3) Where a separate ground bus is not required, connect ground to electrical equipment metal housing
b. Each telephone backboard and signal system backboard location, each IDF and MDF, 1.25-inch conduit with 1#1.
c. Metal cold water pipe located inside the building, 1.5-inch conduit with 1#4/0. d. Outdoor underground metal cold water pipe, make connection five feet from the building, 1.5-inch conduit with 1#4/0.
e. Each transformer (size equipment ground conductor as indicated and to comply with applicable Codes).
f. Each service entrance ground bus and each separately derived ground rod system:
1) Services smaller than 1200-amp 1.5-inch conduit with 1#4/0. 2) Services 1200 amp and larger 2.5-inch conduit with 1#500MCM. g. Separate 1.25-inch conduit with 1#2(AWG) bonding conductor to each interior metal pipe system located in the same building, including but not limited to, the following:
City of Carlsbad
VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK 10/01/2025
CONDUIT AND WIRE 26 05 33-19
1) Fire sprinkler system each stand-pipe location (water based and non-water- based).
2) HVAC chilled water supply and return, at each pump location. 3) Metal roof drains and down-spouts.
4) Waste liquid disposal systems.
5) Metal gas pipe service entrance and service meters.
6) Hydraulic elevator main hydraulic lift-piston housing pipes for each hydraulic elevator.
h. Each Inverter Unit and each Uninterruptable Power Supply – UPS (size equipment bonding conductor and neutral ground conductor as indicated and to comply with applicable Codes).
3.03 CONDUIT
A. General
1. The sizes of the conduits for the various circuits shall be as indicated on the Drawings, but not less than the conduit size required by Code for the size and quantity of conductors to be installed in the conduit.
2. Conduits shall be installed concealed from view. Install conduits concealed in walls, concealed below floors and concealed above ceilings, except as specifically noted otherwise.
a. Conduits shall not be installed in concrete floors.
3. The following systems shall be considered as circuits 100 volts and less, all other circuits shall be considered to be over 100 volts (power circuits) unless specifically noted otherwise: Fire alarm, energy management control, telephone, public address, data, computer, television, intercom, intrusion alarm and nurse call.
4. Conduits shall be provided complete with conduit bends, conduit fittings, outlet boxes, pullboxes, junction boxes, conduit anchors/supports, and grounding/bonding for a complete and operating conductor/wire raceway system.
5. Metal and nonmetal conduits shall be provided mechanically continuous between termination connection points. Metal conduit shall be provided electrically continuous between termination connection points.
6. Individual conduit paths and home runs shown on the Drawings shall be maintained as separate individual conduits for each homerun and path.
7. Conduits, conduit fittings and installation work occurring in classified hazardous materials locations shall comply with applicable Code Class 1 Division 1 Requirements, unless specifically noted otherwise.
8. Transitions between conduits constructed of different materials and occurring in above grade locations shall be allowed only at outlet boxes, junction boxes, pull boxes and equipment enclosures unless specifically indicated otherwise. Provide outlet boxes and junction boxes.
9. Metal conduit terminating to nonmetal enclosures; terminating into metal enclosures with “Concentric.Ring” knockouts; terminating into metal enclosures with knockout reducing washers, including but not limited to equipment housings, outlet boxes, junction boxes, pull boxes, cable trenches, manholes, shall be provided with a ground/ bonding lug integrated with the conduit termination conductor fitting construction, by the Fitting Manufacturer. The lug shall provide for connection of a grounding/bonding conductor
City of Carlsbad
VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK
26 05 33-20 CONDUIT AND WIRE
(insulated or uninsulated). The grounding lug shall be located on the fitting, inside the termination enclosure.
10. The type of conduit, type of conduit fittings, and type of conduit supports, and method of conduit installation shall be suitable for the conditions of use and conditions of location of installation based on the Manufacturer’s recommendations; based on the applicable Codes and based on the Requirements of the Contract Documents.
B. RMC Installation Locations
RGS, IMC conduits and RGS, IMC fittings shall be installed in the following locations:
1. Embedded in floors, walls, ceilings, roofs, foundations, and footings constructed with concrete.
2. Embedded in walls and foundations constructed with brick and masonry.
3. Interior of buildings, within 9-feet of finish floor lines for exposed conduit locations.
4. Exterior of building for exposed conduit locations.
5. Damp or wet locations exposed or concealed locations.
6. Exposed on roofs.
7. In hazardous materials areas and locations; below hazardous materials areas and locations; above hazardous materials areas and locations.
8. Exposed on utility service poles, for pole risers less than 9-feet above finish grade.
9. RMC conduit and RMC fittings may be installed in any location where EMT and FMC conduit is permitted to be installed.
C. PVC Coated RMC Installation Locations
PVC coated RMC conduit and PVC coated RMC fittings shall be installed in the following locations:
1. Underground conduit locations for elbows and bends with a radius of less than 36-times the conduit diameter.
2. Underground vertical risers extending above grade.
3. Entire length of underground conduits for the following circuits:
a. Analog Audio microphones and analog video circuits.
b. Analog Lighting dimming controls.
4. Installed in contact with earth or corrosive materials.
5. Exposed in “Cold” rooms and “Refrigerated” rooms, rooms with a maintained temperature below 65 degrees Fahrenheit.
6. Exposed conduit in exterior outdoor locations.
7. Exposed conduit in interior locations.
D. EMT Installation Locations
EMT conduit and EMT fittings may be installed in the following locations, for circuit conductors operating below 600 volts to ground; locations containing only “Non-Hazardous Materials”; only dry locations:
1. Concealed in hollow non masonry/non-concrete, metal stud frame and wood stud frame walls and floors.
2. Concealed above ceilings.
3. Exposed inside interior enclosed crawl spaces.
4. Exposed interior locations placed 9-feet or higher above finished floors (except as described in paragraph below at lower heights).
5. Exposed on walls and ceilings (any height) in the following dedicated function areas, interior enclosed room locations:
City of Carlsbad
VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK 10/01/2025
CONDUIT AND WIRE 26 05 33-21
a. Indoor enclosed electrical equipment rooms and closets. b. Indoor enclosed data and telecommunication terminal rooms and closets. c. Indoor enclosed HVAC equipment rooms and closets.
6. Any location where FMC is described to be installed, except as the final connection to rotating or vibrating equipment.
E. FMC Installation Locations
FMC conduit and FMC fittings may be installed in the following locations for circuit conductors operating below 600 volts to ground; locations containing only “Non-Hazardous Materials”; only dry, interior locations:
1. Concealed in hollow non-masonry metal stud frame and wood stud frame fully enclosed walls.
2. Concealed above fully enclosed ceiling spaces.
3. FMC conduit shall be installed in continuous lengths between termination points. FMC shall not be “Spliced” or coupled directly to FMC or any other conduit type under any circumstance.
4. The maximum continuous length of FMC that shall be installed between termination end points is 15-feet. Circuits requiring continuous conduit lengths exceeding 15-feet between termination end points shall be installed using either RMC or EMT conduits. FMC lengths shorter than 16-inches are prohibited.
5. The minimum size FMC conduit shall be as shown on the Drawings but not be less than the following:
a. FMC lengths of 6-feet or less, minimum FMC conduit size shall be 0.50-inch. b. FMC lengths exceeding 6-feet, minimum FMC conduit size shall be 1.0-inch.
F. LTFMC Installation Locations
LTFMC conduit and LTFMC fittings shall be installed in the following locations for circuit conductors operating below 600 volts to ground; locations containing only “Non-Hazardous Materials”:
1. Final electrical connection to vibrating or rotating equipment; control and monitoring devices mounted on vibrating and rotating equipment including the following. Minimum conduit length shall not be less than 24-inches:
a. Motor, engines, boilers, solenoids, and valves.
b. Fixed mounted “Shop” (manufacturing) production equipment. c. Fixed mounted food preparation equipment and “Kitchen” equipment.
2. All locations where exposed flexible conduit connections are required, both indoor and outdoor.
3. Final connection to indoors electrical transformers. Minimum conduit length shall not be less than 24-inches; maximum conduit length shall not exceed 72-inches.
4. Do not install LTFMC located in environmental air plenums.
G. RNMC Installation Locations
RNMC conduit and RNMC fittings shall be installed in the following locations containing only “Non- Hazardous Material”:
1. Underground, concealed below earth grade, unless specifically noted or specified otherwise.
2. Exposed on utility service poles, for pole risers at 9-feet or higher above finish grade, Schedule 80 PVC only.
City of Carlsbad
VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK
26 05 33-22 CONDUIT AND WIRE
3. RNMC type “EB” conduit(s) shall be concrete encased along the entire length of the conduits for all installation locations.
4. Non-metal type raceways and RNMC type conduit shall not be installed inside buildings or exposed on buildings.
H. Combi-Duct Installation Locations:
Combi-duct conduits shall be installed where shown on the Drawings. Combi-duct shall be installed underground (below grade) as follows:
1. Do not install exposed or inside buildings above grade.
2. Provide a 0.25-inch pull rope in each inner duct.
3. Radius and elbows shall be rigid non-metallic, PVC, Manufacturer factory fabricated, in lieu of PVC coated RMC conduit.
4. Inner ducts shall be supported by internal spacers inside the enclosing outer duct.
5. Provide end bell and three hole "Snug-Plugs" at each entrance end of Combi-duct into pullboxes, manholes, equipment cabinets stub-ups and Combi-duct terminations.
Compression type “Snug-Plugs” shall provide watertight and airtight seal between inner and outer ducts and around future cables installed in inner duct.
I. Conduit Installation
1. Conduit Supports
a. Securely and rigidly support all raceways/conduits from the building structure.
Raceways/Conduits shall be supported independent of all piping, air ducts, equipment ceiling hanger wires, and suspended ceiling grid systems. Secure conduit to structural element by means of UL listed and approved hangers, fasteners, “C” channels and pipe clamps.
b. Provide conduit supports spaced along the length of the conduit as follows:
1) RMC and EMT conduit, maximum not to exceed 96-inches on center; within 24-inches of each conduit bend and conduit termination location. 2) FMC and LTFMC conduit, maximum not to exceed 24-inches on center; within 6-inches of each conduit bend and conduit termination location. c. Suspended conduit methods:
1) Individual, suspended raceways/conduits separated by more than 12-inches from any other conduit and suspended from ceilings and roofs shall be supported as follows:
a) Conduits smaller than 1.5-inch by means of hanger rods or hanger wires. b) Conduits 1.5-inch and larger by means of hanger rods. c) The conduit shall attach to the hangers with pipe clamps. d) Hanger wire, not less than #12AWG steel; hanger rods, threaded, not less than 0.375-inch diameter steel.
2) Suspended raceways/conduits positioned within 24-inches of any other conduit shall be grouped and supported by hanger rods using trapeze type conduit support channels ("C" channels). Conduits shall individually attach to common channels side-by-side, with pipe clamps.
d. Non-suspended conduit methods:
1) Individual raceway/conduits placed against wall/ceiling/floors, placed inside hollow wall/ceiling construction or structure framing (i.e., “Dry-Wall” or plaster hollow wall construction), shall be secured by means of individual pipe
City of Carlsbad
VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK 10/01/2025
CONDUIT AND WIRE 26 05 33-23
clamps and fasteners attached to the framing studs or other structural members and the conduit/raceway.
2) Provide common “C" channel supports for all multiple raceway/conduits placed against vertical or horizontal surfaces and positioned within 24-inches of other raceways/conduits. Attach channels to the framing studs or other structural members. Attach the conduits/raceway individually to common channels, side-by-side, with pipe clamps.
3) The use of toggle bolts is prohibited.
e. Conduit rising from floor for motor connection shall be independently supported if extending over 18-inches above floor. Support shall not be to a motor or ductwork, which may transmit vibrations.
f. Provide conduit anchoring, conduit support and conduit bracing systems conforming to Earthquake Seismic Requirements at each install location. The conduit support/anchoring system capacity shall include the weight of the conduits, conduit fittings, conduit supports, and conductors/wires/cables installed in the conduits plus a 300% safety factor. Submit Shop-Drawing details showing each typical conduit anchor, conduit support and conduit brace location.
Submit structural calculations performed by and signed by a Professional Structural Engineer (P.E.) with a P.E. license, registered in the State of California, U.S.A.
2. Conduit Separation:
a. Conduit installed underground or below building slab without full concrete encasement: Shall be separated from adjacent conduits of identical systems (i.e., signal to signal, data to data, power to power, control to control etc.) by a minimum of 3-inches. Conduits of non-identical systems (i.e., signal to power; data to power; power to control; signal to control, etc.) shall be separated by a minimum of 12-inches.
b. Conduit installed underground with full concrete encasement; shall be separated from adjacent conduits of similar systems (100 volt and less) by a minimum of 2- inches; conduits for non-power systems (100 volt and less to ground) shall be separated by a minimum of 6-inches from power circuits (over 100-volt to ground); conduits for power circuits shall be separated from adjacent conduits of similar power systems (over 100-volt to ground) by a minimum of 3-inches. c. Separation of conduits entering termination points or crossing other conduits may be reduced as required within 60-inches of the termination or crossing points.
d. Conduits containing Utility Company service circuits (i.e., electrical power, telephone, or cable television) shall be separated a minimum of 12-inches from all other utilities and conduits, with or without concrete encasement, metallic or non-metallic conduit, above grade or underground conduit locations. e. Conduits shall be separated from hot water piping, exhaust flues/ chimneys, steam piping, boilers, furnaces, ovens by a minimum of 18-inches.
3. Conduit Stubs:
a. Branch circuit and telephone conduits turned up from floor at the following locations shall terminate each conduit in a flush conduit coupling at the floor and
City of Carlsbad
VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK
26 05 33-24 CONDUIT AND WIRE
then extend into partition or to equipment. Refer to Owner’s Representative’s Drawings for location of walls and partitions.
1) Interior demountable partitions.
2) Below, into or adjacent to equipment not installed directly adjoining to a wall. 3) Up from below the floor into hollow stud frame walls. b. From each panel, and signal cabinet which is wall mounted, stub up from top of the panel/cabinet a minimum of three 1-inch conduits to the nearest accessible ceiling spaces or other accessible location. Where the floor below the panel is accessible or is a ceiling space, stub an additional three 1-inch conduits from the bottom of the panel into the accessible space below the panel. Cap conduits for future use.
c. Conduits stubbed underground outside of building line for future use shall be terminated a minimum of 5-feet clear (whichever distance is greater) of building or adjacent concrete walks and AC paving. The stub-out conduit shall be capped.
Provide concrete monuments, 6-inches by 6-inches by 15-inches deep, buried flush with grade over the capped ends. The face of monument shall be furnished with 3-inches square brass plates securely mounted and engraved with the number and size of conduits and type of service (i.e., "POWER", "TEL.", etc.). d. Conduits stubbed into ceiling or floor spaces from outlets for telephone, video, computer/data or television shall be provided with an insulated throat bushing, on the end of each conduit stubout.
e. Conduit stubouts from outlet boxes and equipment located in hollow stud walls, into ceiling and floor spaces, shall be EMT or RMC conduit. The stubouts shall terminate into the ceiling and floor spaces with a conduit termination connector fitting.
f. Empty conduit stubs into building spaces and equipment shall be individually identified with an “ID-Tag” located at each end of the conduit. The ID-tag shall state the origination point and termination point of the respective conduit (i.e., “from PNL-A/to Room #121”; “from outlet #24/to outlet #17 in Room #120”; etc.).
g. Provide a conduit termination fitting with insulated throat bushing and mechanical ground lugs at each conduit “Stub-Up” location.
4. Conduit concrete encasement:
a. Conduits which are run underground exterior to building slab shall be continuously concrete encased, except 15-, 20- and 30-amp power branch circuit conduits underground do not require concrete encasement. b. PVC rigid-non-metallic-type EB conduit, of any size and any location shall be continuously concrete encased the full length of the conduit installation, including under building slab.
c. Concrete for encasement of underground conduits shall be 2000-PSI 28-days cure strength with a mix of cement, sand, water and maximum of ¾-inch gravel.
Concrete encasement of conduits shall be continuous without voids. The encasement shall extend 3-inches past the edges of all conduits on all sides of the circuit. Provide ten pounds of red oxide cement coloring uniformly mixed with each cubic yard of concrete for conduit encasement.
d. Conduits located below or adjacent to structural foundations shall be separated from the foundation by a minimum of 12-inches. Conduits located below
City of Carlsbad
VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK 10/01/2025
CONDUIT AND WIRE 26 05 33-25
structural foundations shall be fully and continuously concrete backfilled and encased between the bottom of the foundation to the bottom of the conduits.
The concrete shall be 4000-PSI 28-day cure strength instead of 2000-PSI concrete. e. Conduits of any size and type (including 15-amp and 20-amp power branch circuits) located under roads, paved areas and “Transit-System” right of way shall be concrete encased.
5. Underground conduits:
a. Three or more underground conduits occupying the same trench shall be separated and supported on factory fabricated, non-metallic, duct/ conduit support spacers. The spacers shall be modular, keyed inter-locking type, "Built- Up" to accommodate quantity, size orientation and spacing of installed conduits.
The spacers shall maintain a constant distance between adjacent conduit supports and hold conduits in place during trench backfill operations. Minimum support spacer installation interval along with length of the conduits shall be as follows:
1) Concrete encased conduits, not less than 8-feet on center. 2) Non-concrete encased conduits, not less than 5-feet on center. b. Provide trenching, excavation, shoring and Backfilling required for the proper installation of underground conduits. Tops of backfill shall match finish grade. c. Bottoms of trenches shall be cut parallel to “Finish Grade” elevation. Make trenches 12-inches wider than the greatest diameter of the conduit. d. Back-filling Trenches for Conduits without Concrete Encasement Requirements 1) Conduits which are not required by the Contract Documents to be concrete encased and are located exterior to building slab, shall be set on a 3-inch bed of damp clean sand. Conduit trenches shall be backfilled to within 12-inches of finished grade with damp sand after installation of conduit is completed.
Remainder of backfill shall be native soil.
2) Conduits located under a building which are not required by the Contract Documents to be concrete encased, shall be completely backfilled and compacted with clean damp sand to the same level as the building foundation pad.
3) Provide a continuous yellow 12-inches wide flat plastic tracer tape, located 12-inches above the conduits in the trench. The tracer tape shall be imprinted with “Warning-Electric Circuits” a minimum of 24-inches on center. e. Backfilling trenches for conduits under paved areas:
1) In addition to the Requirements of conduit concrete encasement; conduits under walkways, roads, parking lots, driveways, and buildings shall be cast in place concrete “Slurry Mix” backfill. The slurry mix shall cover each side and top of conduits and conduit concrete encasement. The slurry mix shall be continuous to the underside of the finish subgrade surface. f. Backfilling trenches for conduits with Concrete Encasement Requirements by the Contract Documents:
1) Trenches with all conduits concrete encased shall be backfilled with clean damp sand when located under building pads.
City of Carlsbad
VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK
26 05 33-26 CONDUIT AND WIRE
2) Trenches with all conduits concrete completely (sides, top, and bottom) encased and not located under a building pad and not located under paved areas, shall be backfilled with clean damp sand or native soil. 3) Concrete mix, consisting of cast-in-place concrete, sand, and gravel. 2000 psi compressive 28-day cure strength. Red-dye concrete coloring. See additional Requirements.
g. Backfill material:
1) Sand backfill shall be clean with no clay or organic materials, free of State of California and EPA defined toxic constituents, total chloride content less than 500ppm, total sulfate content less than 150ppm, sand pH greater than 4.5 and less than 9.0. Sand and native soil backfill of trenches shall be machine vibrated in 6-inch lifts to provide not less than 90% compaction of backfill. 2) Native soil backfill shall have no gravel or stones, and no organic matter of aggregate greater than 1-inches.
3) Concrete mix and slurry mix backfill shall be machine vibrated during installation to remove “Air-Voids”.
4) The slurry mix shall consist of concrete, clean gravel, clean sand and clean water mixture, 1000psi compressive 28-day cure strength. Maximum shrinking of slurry mix shall not exceed 5% wet to dry. h. Do not backfill until Owner’s Representative has approved Installation and As- Built Drawings are up to date. Promptly install conduits after excavation has been done, to keep the excavations open as short a time as possible. Excess soil from trenching shall be removed from the site.
i. Installation depth below finish grade of underground conduits and underground raceways. In no condition/location less than 12-inches below winter underground frost-line. Underground depth dimensions shall be measured from finish top of grade elevation to top of all underground conduits/raceways, typical except under buildings.
1) Under non-traffic areas not covered with paving or concrete, not less than 24-inches underground.
2) Under traffic areas including roads and parking areas, not less than 36-inches underground.
3) Under public/private transit system right-of-way and rail-road right-of-way, not less than 48-inches under-ground.
j. Conduit crossing existing underground utilities shall cross below the bottom depth of the existing utilities. If the top portion of the existing utility depth below finish grade exceeds 72-inches and the specified separation and depths are maintained when crossing over the top of the existing underground utility, the conduit may cross above the existing underground utility. k. Provide long radius horizontal bends (minimum radius of 36-times the conduit diameter) in underground conduits where the conduit is in excess of 100-feet long.
l. Conduits installed below grade and on grade below buildings, shall not be smaller than 0.75-inch. Conduits for circuits exceeding 600 volts shall not be smaller than
5.0-inches.
m. Underground conduits entering a building shall be sloped. The conduit direction of slope shall be away from the building and shall prevent water in the conduit
City of Carlsbad
VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK 10/01/2025
CONDUIT AND WIRE 26 05 33-27
from “Gravity Draining” towards the building. The conduit slope “High Point” shall originate from the building, out to the first exterior pullbox, manhole etc. exterior conduit termination “Low Point”. The minimum slope angle shall be a constant 8- inches (or greater) of fall for each 100-feet of conduit length. n. Dewatering:
1) Provide pumping to remove, maintain and dispose of all water entering the excavation during the time the excavation is being prepared, for the conduit laying, during the laying of the conduit, and until the backfill at the conduit zone has been completed. These provisions shall apply on a continuous basis.
Water shall be disposed of in a manner to prevent damage to adjacent property. Trench water shall not be drained through the construction site.
Groundwater shall not be allowed to rise around the pipe until joining compound has firmly set.
2) The Owner’s Representative shall be notified 48 hours prior to commencement of dewatering.
6. Raceway/Conduits, which are installed at this time and left empty for future use, shall have 0.25-inch diameter polyvinyl rope left in place for future use. The pull rope shall be 500-pounds minimum tensile strength. Provide a minimum of 5-feet of slack at each end of pull ropes.
7. Unless otherwise restricted by Structural Drawings and Specifications, the maximum size conduit permitted in concrete slab on-grade, walls, ceilings and roofs constructed of masonry or concrete shall not be greater than 15% of the concrete/masonry thickness.
Conduits installed in these locations shall not cross other conduits. a. Conduits shall not be installed in cast-in-place concrete floors.
8. Provide openings in building structures for conduit penetrations:
a. New construction shall be provided with conduit sleeves, to provide conduit penetrations.
b. Existing construction shall be drilled (core drill masonry and concrete) and provide conduit sleeves installed after drilling, to provide conduit penetrations. c. Where the structure penetrations for underground conduits penetrating through foundations will not comply with the (restriction/penetration) shown in the Contract Documents, install the conduits below and clear of the foundation lowest point.
9. Conduit bends risers and offsets:
a. The minimum bend radius of “Factory or Field” fabricated conduit bends shall not be less than the following. The bend radius shall be measured at the surface, inside radius of the conduit wall:
1) FMC and LTFMC conduit - conduit minimum bend radius 12-times the conduit diameter.
2) RMC and EMT conduit minimum bend radius - conduit for power circuits over 100-volts and less than 600-volts, 8-times conduit diameter. Conduit for power circuits over 600-volt, 12-times conduit diameter. Conduit for low voltage, signal and fiber optic circuits, 10-times conduit diameter. 3) RNMC conduit - conduit minimum bend radius 36-times the conduit diameter. Under building reduce minimum bend radius to 10-times the conduit diameter. Conduit bends and offsets in RNMC with less than 36-
City of Carlsbad
VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK
26 05 33-28 CONDUIT AND WIRE
times conduit diameter bend/offset radius shall be RNMC PVC Schedule 80 or PVC coated RGS.
4) Conduits for Utility Company conductors. Conduit minimum bend radius and separations shall comply with the respective Utility Company Requirements. b. Bends and offsets in conduits shall be kept to an absolute minimum. The total summation of all bends and offsets permitted in a conduit segment, occurring between two conduit termination/ connection end points, shall not exceed the following, including conduit fittings:
1) RMC and EMT conduit - 360 angular degrees
2) FMC and LTFMC conduit - 180 angular degrees
3) RNMC conduit - 270 angular degrees
c. Each field fabricated conduit offset, bend and elbow which are not the standard product of the Raceway/Conduit Manufacturer shall be mandrel tested. The test shall be conducted after the conduit installation is complete and prior to pulling- in any wire, in the same manner as for underground conduits. d. Factory manufactured angle connector conduit fittings shall be installed in exposed conduit locations only. Installation in locations normally concealed from view shall not be permitted. Not more than one factory manufactured angle connector shall be permitted in any length of conduit between conduit termination end points.
e. RNMC conduit risers from below grade shall be PVC coated RGS. Conduit risers, bends or offsets entering into a building shall be PVC coated RGS. f. If three or more conduit-bends of the same conduit size and same conduit material type, installed, as part of the Contract Work, fail to comply with the required minimum conduit bend radius or conduit angular degree limits. The following corrective actions shall occur:
1) The Contractor shall remove all the non-complying conduit bends and the respective wire in the conduit from the project site. Provide new conduit and wire, complying with the Contract Documents.
2) Where the conduit bends similar to the non-complying conduit bends are installed concealed in walls, floors, above ceilings or below grade, the Contractor shall expose the conduit bends to allow visual observation. 3) The Contractor shall remove the non-complying conduit bends and dispose of the Project Site. The Contractor shall provide new conduit bends and conductors complying with the Contract Documents.
4) All the costs to correct the deficient material and work along with costs to repair the direct, indirect, incidental damages and Contract delays shall be the sole responsibility of the Contractor and shall be included in the bid price.
10. Expansion joint, deflection joint and seismic joint fittings. a. Provide a conduit expansion fitting for each conduit length and conduit type as follows (Note - The installation of specified combination expansion / deflection fittings at seismic joints shall satisfy this Spacing Requirement also):
1) Conduit Type: RMC and EMT
Conduit: Exposed exterior locations
Fitting Length Spacing: 200-feet intervals
2) Conduit Type: RMC and EMT
Conduit: Interior weather protected locations
City of Carlsbad
VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK 10/01/2025
CONDUIT AND WIRE 26 05 33-29
Fitting Length Spacing: 400-feet intervals
b. Provide a conduit combination expansion/deflection fitting for each conduit, crossing the following elements:
1) At each building or non-building structure seismic joint. 2) At each building or non-building structure expansion joint. 3) At each conduit penetration of a “Sound-Rated” wall, floor or ceiling.
11. Provide two locknuts and an insulated throat bushing at each metal conduit terminating at enclosures, including but not limited to outlet boxes, junction boxes, terminal cabinets, switchgear, transformers, switchboards, distribution panels and panelboards.
12. Provide metallic or plastic closure caps on all conduit ends during construction, until installation of conductors in the respective conduit.
13. Conduit run exposed, shall be run at right angles or parallel to the walls or structures. All changes in exposed conduit directions, either horizontally or vertically, shall be made with conduit bodies. Conduits on exposed beams or trelliswork shall be painted to match surrounding surfaces.
City of Carlsbad
VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK
26 05 33-30 CONDUIT AND WIRE
14. Conduit exposed on roof:
a. Conduits installed exposed on roofs shall be installed on conduit sleepers. Place the conduit sleepers a maximum of 5-feet on center along the entire length of the conduit; under conduit expansion/ deflection fittings; under each junction box and within 24-inches of each conduit bend.
b. Provide a conduit support “C” channel continuous along the top length of the sleeper and rigidly bolted to the sleeper. Conduits shall be loosely fastened to each sleeper “C” channel with pipe clamps to allow for relative movement between the sleeper and conduit.
c. Conduits shall not block or interfere with roof hatches, doors, ventilation openings, dampers, equipment access panels/doors, skylights, and roof water drainage.
e. Conduit sleepers shall be fabricated from “clear” solid redwood 4-inches by 4- inches (nominal) size. Sleeper length shall extend a minimum of 9-inches past the conduits attached to the sleeper, but in no case shall the length of the sleeper be less than 24-inches.
f. Provide a pad under each sleeper; sleepers shall not be installed in direct contact with the roofing. Sleeper pads shall extend a minimum of 6 inches past each side of the sleeper. The sleeper pad shall be semirigid mineral surfaced composition board, not less than 0.375-inch thickness, bituminous impregnated, manufactured for application on the specific roofing material. Remove roofing “Ballast” (gravel) under pad, prior to installation of sleeper pad. Do not puncture roof membrane.
g. Position the “Length” of the conduit sleepers’ parallel to the roof slope, slightly- angled to prevent obstruction of roof drainage water flow. Where the conduit routing prevents placing the conduit sleeper parallel to the roof slope, provide two separate sleeper pads for the conduit sleeper, with a continuous 3-inches wide water drainage gap between the sleepers. Align the water drainage gap to allow unimpeded water travel along the roof slope drainage flow line between the pads.
h. Sleepers and sleeper pads shall be set in nonhardening mastic, a minimum of
0.25-inch thickness. Mastic shall be inorganic, non-hardening, and complying with ASTM-D1227. Mastic shall be applied with continuous uniform coverage, minimum 0.25-inch thickness, on all the surfaces of each conduit sleeper and on the sleeper pad contact surface with the roof.
15. Rigid conduit shall not be strapped or fastened to equipment subject to vibration or equipment mounted on shock absorbing bases.
16. RMC conduit threads:
a. Machine cut threads on RMC conduit required for field fabrication shall comply with NPS and ANSI-B1.20.1. Galvanized after fabrication. b. The length of bare metal exposed during thread fabrication shall be completely covered by conduit couplings and fittings. Additionally, the thread length shall insure that conduit joints will reach “Torque” tightness and become secure before conduit ends “Butt” together and before conduit ends “Butt” into the “Shoulders” of other conduit fittings.
c. Running threads or right/left-handed threads shall not be used to connect RMC.
City of Carlsbad
VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK 10/01/2025
CONDUIT AND WIRE 26 05 33-31
17. RNMC conduit:
a. Joints and fittings shall be solvent welded to RNMC conduit. Joints and fittings shall be watertight and airtight after fabrication.
18. Tighten each conduit fittings and fitting appurtenance, to the “Torque” (allowable tolerance ±5%) value recommended by the Fitting Manufacturer and applicable Code. If three or more conduit fittings are found to not be in compliance with the Manufacturer’s “Torque” (tightness) recommendations, the following corrective actions shall occur:
a. The Contractor shall tighten “Re-Torque” the defective fittings and all similar conduit fittings installed as part of the Contract Documents in the presence of the Owner’s Representative.
b. If the respective conduit fittings similar to the deficient “Torque Tightness” fittings are installed concealed in walls, floors, above ceilings or below grade, the Contractor shall expose the fitting, to allow retightening each similar conduit fitting to the Manufacturers recommended “Torque” values. c. All the cost to repair the direct, indirect, incidental damages and Contract delays resulting from complying with these Requirements shall be the sole responsibility of the Contractor and shall be included in the bid price.
19. Horizontal directional boring for underground conduit:
a. Provide a directional guided horizontal “bore-hole” underground conduit installation where one or more of the following conduits occur:
1) Continuous trenching excavation and backfill for conduit installation is not permitted by the Contract.
2) Where continuous trenching excavation due to the existing surface and below grade conditions and restrictions, is not possible or practical to excavate a trench.
b. Provide “Path-Tracing” of the underground bore head, from the surface, along the entire horizontal bore length. Path tracing shall use electronic transmitters and receivers, continuously communicating the underground bore head locations and depth to the bore equipment operator. The directional boring system shall employ active tracking and directional position /steering control of the bore equipment drill head location. The active tracking system shall provide a portable receiver/transmitter unit for tracking the position of the moving drill head; a sensor “Sonde” unit on the drill head for tracking signals to the receiver /transmitter; and a drill head tracking data view display located at the boring equipment operator position to view the drill head position information sent from the portable receiver/ transmitter. As manufactured by SPX-Radiodetection Company or similar products.
c. Provide vertical pilot excavations not more than 50 feet on center along the path of the borehole to intercept the horizontal bore-hole routing, provide excavations at the beginning and end terminals staging points of the horizontal borehole. d. Provide full depth “Shoring” of the vertical pilot excavations. Remove the shoring, backfill, compact and repair the excavations when conduit installation is complete.
e. “Drilling-fluid” shall be used during “Back-reaming” and “Pullback”, pumped through the drill pipe to the bore drill head.
City of Carlsbad
VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK
26 05 33-32 CONDUIT AND WIRE
f. Directional guided horizontal drilling shall employ equipment specifically designed and manufactured for the process. The Equipment Manufacturer shall train bore equipment operating personal in the proper operation of said equipment.
g. Locate the position, size, depth and identify all underground “Cross-Bore” existing underground utilities, pipes, structures and conflicts along the entire bore path of each underground bore, prior to initiating directional boring work. Notify respective Agency for each “Cross Bore” potential crossing. Comply with the recommendations of the Cross Bore Safety Association (CBSA). h. Horizontal, directionally guided boring equipment, as manufactured: by Ditch Witch; Vermeer Manufacturing; or Case Corporation.
J. Conduit Seals
1. Provide conduit seal fittings at each location where a conduit transitions or passes through the following areas and where indicated on the Drawings:
a. Refrigerated areas.
b. Temperature control rooms including warming rooms, steam rooms, saunas etc. c. Classified hazardous material areas.
d. Water intrusion areas.
2. Provide conduit seals on each conduit entering a building from a below grade area located outside the building (i.e., basement, vault etc.) and connecting to the following types of equipment
a. Transformers
b. Panelboards
c. Motor control centers
d. Switchboards
e. Switchgear
f. Motors
g. Terminal cabinets
h. Terminal backboards
i. Cable trenches
3. Conduit seals shall be installed in locations to ensure the fitting is visible and accessible.
K. Conduit Bodies
1. Conduit bodies shall be installed in exposed conduit locations only or above accessible ceilings.
2. Conduit bodies shall be accessible for removing body cover and pulling wire through the conduit body.
3. Conduit bodies shall not be installed inside enclosed walls.
L. Preparation of Reuse of Existing Conduits
1. Prepare existing conduits shown to be reused as part of Contract Work as follows:
Complete the required work prior to installing any conductors or cables in respective existing conduits.
a. “Rod” out existing raceways to be used under this contact, with approved test and flexible mandrels to remove all obstructions to clear debris from inside conduits.
City of Carlsbad
VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK 10/01/2025
CONDUIT AND WIRE 26 05 33-33
b. Use test mandrels at least 12-inches long, 0.25-inch less than diameter of duct at center, tapering to 0.5-inches less than duct size at ends.
2. If test mandrels cannot be pulled through raceways, Contractor shall perform the following to clear the existing raceways:
a. Force rigid or semi-rigid rods through the raceways to clear the obstructions from one to both ends of the raceway.
b. Force a power-driven rotating router device through the conduit from one or both ends of raceways. Device shall incorporate small diameter cutting blades.
Repeat the “Router” process in incremental stages to a cutting blade diameter approximately ⅛-inch smaller than the raceway inside diameter.
3. After clearing the raceway of obstructions, pull a test mandrel or brush through the raceway to clear the remaining debris from the raceway.
3.04 WIRE AND CABLE
A. Branch Circuit and Fixture Joints for #10AWG and smaller wire shall be made with UL- approved connectors listed for 600 volts, approved for use with copper and/or aluminum wire. Connector to consist of a cone-shaped, expandable coil spring insert, insulated with a nylon shell and two wings placed opposite each other to serve as a built-in wrench or shall be molded one-piece. As manufactured by 3M-"Scotchlok".
B. Branch Circuit Joints of #8AWG and larger shall be made with screw pressure connectors made of high strength structural aluminum alloy and UL-approved for use with both copper and/or aluminum wire as manufactured by Thomas & Betts. Joints shall be insulated with plastic splicing tape, tapered half-lapped and at least the thickness equivalent to 1.5-times the conductor insulation. Tapes shall be fresh and of quality equal to Scotch.
C. Use UL listed pulling compound for installation of conductors in conduits.
D. Correspond each circuit to the branch number indicated on the panel schedule shown on the Drawings except where departures are approved by the Owner’s Representative.
E. All Wiring, including low voltage, shall be installed in conduit.
F. Control Wiring to conform to the Wiring Diagrams shown on the Mechanical Drawings and the Manufacturer's Wiring Diagrams.
G. All Splices in exterior pullboxes and light poles shall be cast resins encapsulated.
1. Power conductor splices as manufactured by 3M Scotchcast Series 82/85/90; or Plymouth; or equal.
2. Control and signal circuits as manufactured by 3M Scotchcast Series 8981 thru 8986; or Plymouth; or equal.
H. Neatly Group and lace all wiring in panelboards, switchboards, motor control centers and terminal cabinets with plastic ties at 3-inches on centers. Identify and tag all spare conductors.
3.05 MC CABLE INSTALLATION
City of Carlsbad
VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK
26 05 33-34 CONDUIT AND WIRE
A. General
1. MC cable shall not be “Spliced” or coupled directly to any other conduit type under any circumstance.
2. MC cable shall not be installed exposed. Where exposed installation occurs, provide a conduit to completely enclose and protect the MC cable. The inside diameter of the conduit shall be sized 1.6-times the outside diameter of the MC cable. The conduit type and installation methods shall comply with the Contract Documents.
3. MC cable shall be continuous length between end point terminations, without intermediate splices or junctions.
4. MC cable shall be supported and attached. MC cable supports and attachments shall be the same as Contract Document Requirements for conduit, with the following exceptions:
a. Support at not more than 3-feet intervals along the entire length of the MC cable. b. Support within 12-inches of each bend or change of direction. c. Support within 12-inches of each termination entrance. d. MC cables shall not be bundled. Provide “stack-supports” to separate parallel MC cables.
5. The minimum installed bending radius shall not be less than 8-times the outside diameter of cable assembly, as measured at the inside radius cable jacket surface.
6. Cable lengths of less than 6-feet shall not be permitted.
7. MC cable shall be installed and terminated to comply with Manufacturer’s recommendations.
B. Permitted Applications
1. MC cable may be provided only for electric power circuits and where complying with all of the following conditions:
a. Circuits operating online to ground 60Hz AC circuit voltages, exceeding 100 volts and less than 500 volts.
b. The full load ampere rating and circuit conductor quantities of the proposed MC cable shall be equal to or greater than the full load ampere rating for the conduit and wire conductors shown on the Contract Drawings.
c. The electrical circuit voltage drop of the proposed MC cable shall be equal to or less than for the conduit and wire conductor sizes shown on the Contract Drawings.
d. The conductor sizes in MC cable shall not be smaller than the conductor sizes described for conduit and wire installations.
e. MC cable shall not be permitted on circuits with more than one phase conductor per phase.
f. MC cable circuits or portions of MC cable circuits shall not be connected to wiring devices, lighting equipment or motors. MC cable shall not be permitted for circuit wire sizes #4AWG or smaller.
2. MC Type cable may only be installed in the following locations in areas that do not contain classified hazardous materials (MC cables without PVC jacket):
a. Concealed in hollow non-masonry metal stud frame and wood stud frame fully enclosed walls.
b. Concealed above fully enclosed ceiling spaces.
3. MC cables with PVC jacket may only be installed in the following locations:
a. Underground installation locations.
City of Carlsbad
VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK 10/01/2025
CONDUIT AND WIRE 26 05 33-35
b. MC cable installed below grade shall be not less than #4AWG conductor size. c. The Underground Installation Requirements for MC cable shall be the same as for conduit and wire systems including but not limited to trenching, burial depth, circuit separation, supports, concrete encasement, etc. d. MC cables shall not be installed below areas with classified hazardous materials.
3.06 CABLE RACKS
Provide cable racks in precast and cast-in place concrete pullboxes, manholes and cable trenches.
3.07 TESTING
A. Testing Conduit and Conduit Bends
The Contractor shall demonstrate the usability of all underground raceways, and field fabricated conduit bends installed as part of this Contract.
1. A round tapered segmented semi-rigid mandrel with a diameter approximately ¼-inch smaller than the diameter of the raceway, shall be pulled through each new raceway.
2. The mandrel shall be pulled through after the raceway installation is completed. Conduits which stub-out only, may have the mandrel pulled after the concrete encasement is completed, but prior to completing the backfill.
3. Owner’s Representative shall witness the raceway testing for usability. A Representative of the respective Utility Company shall witness the raceway testing where applicable.
4. Contractor shall repair/replace any conduit and conduit bend provided under this Contract which will not readily pass the mandrel during this test.
END OF SECTION
City of Carlsbad
VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK 10/01/2025
SWITCHBOARD 26 24 13-1
SECTION 26 24 13
SWITCHBOARDS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 SCOPE
A. Work Included: All labor, materials, appliances, tools, equipment necessary for and incidental to performing all operations in connection with furnishing, delivery and installation of the work of this Section, complete, as shown on the Drawings and/or specified herein. Work includes, but is not necessarily limited to the following:
1. Examine all other Specification Sections and Drawings for related work required to be included as work under Division Sixteen.
2. General Provisions and Requirements for electrical work.
1.02 SUBMITTALS (ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS)
A. Provide Schematic "ladder type" logic control wiring diagrams and "point-to-point control wiring diagrams showing control and protective systems interlocks.
B. Provide Nameplate Engraving Schedule.
C. Submit Full-Scale Time/Current Transparencies on Log/Log Paper for all Fuses, circuit breakers, ground fault system devices, and relays.
D. Short Circuit and Arc-Flash
1. Perform and submit engineered settings for each fuse and adjustable circuit breaker device, showing the correct time and current settings to provide the coordination within the limits of the specified equipment, per the latest applicable Standards of IEEE and ANSI.
Provide Electric Arc-Flash calculations as part of the Coordination Study recommendations. The information shall be submitted in tabular form with an engineering narrative, six copies. Obtain the necessary information to complete the calculations from the serving electrical utility company.
2. The goal is to minimize an unexpected but necessary electrical system outage and personnel exposure to the smallest extent possible within the fault occurrence location, using the specified Contract Equipment, including but not limited to:
a. IEEE-242, Recommended Practices for Protection and Coordination of Industrial and Commercial Distribution.
b. IEEE-1584, Guide to Performing Arc-Flash Hazard Study. c. CEC/NEC
E. Factory Tests: Switchgear Tests - ANSI C37.20. Certified copies of design tests, production tests, and conformance tests of the switchgear shall be submitted, and review comments shall be received
City of Carlsbad
VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK
26 24 13-2 SWITCHBOARD
before delivery of equipment to the project site. In lieu of the above tests, a report of these tests previously performed on identical units of each rating will be acceptable.
1.03 APPLICABLE STANDARDS
A. The Switchgear Equipment shall be Designed, Tested and Assembled to comply with ANSI, IEEE, and NEMA and UL.
B. Equipment Components/Devices, Switchboards, and/or Switchgear shall be manufactured by: General Electric, Eaton, Square–D, or Siemens.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 BUSSING
A. Horizontal and Vertical Busses shall be full lengths in each Equipment Section. Buses shall have a minimum withstand rating equal to available fault current indicated on Drawings, but in no case shall the rating be less than 42,000-amp, symmetrical.
B. Provide Interconnected Full Capacity Neutral Bus in each Section with the same ratings and construction as the phase busses.
C. Provide Interconnected Ground Bus in each Section.
D. Provide Space and all Hardware and Mounting Attachments for future devices as indicated on the Drawings.
E. Main Horizontal Bussing shall be full capacity in all Switchboard Sections.
F. Vertical Buss may be Tapered, to not less than 1/3 the ampacity is of the Main Horizontal Buss; but in no case shall the vertical buss be of less capacity than the sum of the frame size ampacities of overcurrent devices mounted in the respective Sections including any indicated spares and spaces.
G. The Switchboard Bussing shall be of sufficient cross-sectional area to meet UL Standard 891 on temperature rise Bus shall be copper with silver plated bus joints or extruded aluminum with tin plated bus joints. The through bus shall have provisions for the addition of future Sections. The through bus supports, connections and joints are to be bolted with grade 5 hex head bolts and Belleville washers to minimize Maintenance Requirements.
2.02 CIRCUIT BREAKERS
A. General
1. Circuit protective devices as indicated on the Drawings. All devices shall have an interrupting capacity not less than the maximum available fault current at the circuit breaker as indicated on the Drawings, but in no case shall the interrupting capacity be less than 65,000-amp symmetrical interrupting for 480/277-volt devices and 42,000-amp symmetrical for 240 volt or 208/120 volt devices.
City of Carlsbad
VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK 10/01/2025
SWITCHBOARD 26 24 13-3
2. Provide padlock-off devices on each device. Breakers shall provide time overcurrent and instantaneous circuit protection.
3. Circuit breakers shall employ a stored energy, quick make-quick break, and trip free operating system on each phase, with common trip. Breakers shall comply with UL 489 and NEMA AB1 latest revisions.
4. Circuit breakers noted as "100%" on the Drawings shall be tested and rated to carry the breaker full rated (100%) ampere load continuously including the assemblies the circuit breakers are installed into.
5. Provide conductor lugs on circuit breakers to accept conductor sizes and quantities shown on Drawings.
6. Electrical equipment including switchgear, switchboards, electric panels and control panels, motor control centers, combination motor starters, trans-formers, disconnects, etc., shall each be labeled by the Manufacturer with “Electric-Arc-Flash” warning signs.
The signs shall explain a hazard to personnel may exist if the equipment is worked on while energized or operated by Personnel while energized. The sign shall instruct personnel to wear the correct Protective Equipment/clothing (PPE) when working “Live” or operating “Live” electrical equipment and circuits.
B. Performance Requirements for Circuit Breakers Conforming to one or more of the following applications:
· 600-amp or larger frame size.
· Larger than 400-amp trip.
· Service entrance in main switchboard.
· Noted as main circuit breakers on the Drawings.
1. Circuit breaker shall employ current sensors and static electronic automatic trip system.
Three phase or single-phase operation as noted on the Drawings. Current carrying components shall be completely isolated from the static trip units. The trip unit shall be independent of external power sources. Circuit breaker shall be UL listed for reverse connection.
2. Breaker solid state trip control functions shall provide the following field adjustable features.
a. Adjustable ampere setting to vary the continuous current carrying capacity, minimum range of 80% thru 100% of full load trip rating. b. Adjustable long-time delay setting to vary the time the breaker will trip under sustained overload conditions. Minimum of three settings, "minimum - intermediate - maximum".
c. Adjustable short-time pickup to vary the level of high current the breaker can carry for short periods of time, minimum range of 2 times thru 8 times of ampere setting.
d. Adjustable short time delay to vary the time of the short-time pickup. Minimum of three settings "minimum-intermediate-maximum".
e. Short time "I2t" switch to allow a current-squared multiplied by time ramp function in the short-time system. Two position setting "in-out". f. Adjustable instantaneous pickup to vary the breaker ampere setting for immediate (instantaneous) interruption of severe overloads (short circuits).
Adjustable minimum range of 2.0 times thru 9 times of circuit breaker ampere
City of Carlsbad
VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK
26 24 13-4 SWITCHBOARD
sensor rating (note where the coordination study requires a higher instantaneous setting, change the specified adjustable instantaneous trip to fixed instantaneous trip at 15 times the breaker ampere sensor setting).
g. Individual fault trip indicators shall provide local indication on the breaker for overload and short circuit (and ground fault where applicable) conditions. h. Provide one Manufacturer standard test set for solid state trip circuit breakers.
City of Carlsbad
VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK 10/01/2025
SWITCHBOARD 26 24 13-5
3. Arc Energy Reduction
a. Where the highest continuous current trip setting for which the actual overcurrent device installed in a circuit breaker is rated or can be adjusted is 1,200-amp or higher the following shall apply:
1) Documentation. Documentation shall be available to those authorized to design, install, operate, or inspect the installation as to the location of the circuit breaker(s).
2) Method to Reduce Clearing Time. One of the following or approved equivalent means shall be provided:
a) Zone-selective interlocking
b) Differential relaying
c) Energy-reducing maintenance switching with local status indicator d) Energy-reducing active arc flash mitigation system
e) An approved equivalent means
C. Performance Requirements for Circuit Breakers Conforming to one or more of the following applications:
· Smaller than 600-amp frame size.
· 400 amp and smaller trip.
· 225 amp and larger frame size.
· Larger than 100-amp trip.
1. Circuit breaker shall be molded case thermal-magnetic or solid-state trip. Thermal- magnetic circuit breakers shall be furnished with field adjustable, instantaneous magnetic trip element.
2. Solid state trip breakers shall conform to the Requirements described for solid state breakers larger than 400-amp trip except, only the following field adjustments are required;
a. Ampere setting adjustable minimum range of 80% thru 100% of full load trip rating.
b. Short time pickup adjustable minimum range of 2 times thru 8 times of the ampere setting.
c. Fixed or field adjustable instantaneous trip.
D. Performance Requirements for Circuit Breakers Conforming to the following applications:
· 100 amp frame size and smaller.
· 100 amp and smaller trip.
1. Circuit breaker shall be molded case thermal-magnetic trip.
E. Series Rated Circuit Breakers (SR)
1. Performance Requirements for circuit breakers conforming to the following applications:
a. 400 amp and smaller trip and identified as Series Rated (SR) on the Drawings.
Circuit breakers shall be UL listed for series rating with all downstream circuit breakers.
2.03 SWITCH AND FUSE FEEDER PROTECTIVE DEVICES
City of Carlsbad
VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK
26 24 13-6 SWITCHBOARD
A. Fusible Switches: Quick-make, quick-break type with rejection clips for use with Class "R" fuses. Switches with ratings up to and including 100-amp at 240 volts shall be twins mounted. Switches rated through 60-amp and 480 volts shall be twins mounted. Switches shall be removable from front of switchboard without disturbing adjacent units or switchboard bus structure.
B. Fuses shall be time delay current limiting types, UL Class RK-1 unless otherwise indicated on the Drawings. Provide one spare set of fuses of each size and type in each switchboard.
2.04 MAIN SWITCHBOARDS
A. Switchboard shall be floor-mounted, dead-front, dead-rear type, front and rear aligned, self- supporting, consisting of one or more Vertical Sections with group mounted non-drawout circuit protective devices, instrumentation and control wiring as indicated on the Drawings and as specified herein.
B. Switchboard shall be designed, built and tested in accordance with applicable portion of the latest editions of NEMA PB-2, Underwriters Laboratories No. UL-891 and the National Electrical Code.
C. Switchboard Sections shall be floor standing self-supporting, of the universal frame type using die-formed, 12-gauge steel members bolted and welded together. Provide removable side and rear plates with formed edges all around. Provide ventilation openings required maintaining minimum operating temperature. Provide removable steel cover plates for all usable device spaces. Provide lifting means and provisions for moving by means of rollers or skids to installation location. Bolt individual Sections together to form a single rigid switchboard assembly. Provide full height, hinged, vertical wireway metal covers, on each vertical wireway, of each Distribution Section of the switchboard, containing group mounted feeder protective devices.
D. Switchboard shall include, but not be limited to, the following:
1. Underground Pull Section as required by the serving utility incoming service.
2. Metering facilities as required by the serving utility.
3. Current transformer space.
4. Main disconnects.
5. Distribution and feeder circuit protective devices.
6. Owner metering (where indicated on Drawings).
7. Bussing, incoming utility compliant and distribution.
2.05 DISTRIBUTION SWITCHBOARDS
A. Switchboards shall be floor mounted, dead-front, dead-rear type, front and rear aligned, self- supporting, consisting of one or more Vertical Sections with group mounted circuit protective devices, instrumentation and control wiring as indicated on the Drawings and as specified herein. Switchboards shall comply with UL Standard #UL-891.
B. Distribution Switchboards shall include but not be limited to the following:
1. Main disconnects (where indicated on Drawings).
2. Feeder protective devices.
3. Owner metering (where indicated on Drawings).
City of Carlsbad
VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK 10/01/2025
SWITCHBOARD 26 24 13-7
4. Bussing.
C. Switchboard Sections shall of the universal frame type using die-formed, 12-gauge steel members bolted and welded together. Provide removable side and rear plates with formed edges all around. Provide ventilation openings required maintaining minimum operating temperature. Provide removable steel cover plates for all usable device spaces. Provide lifting means and provisions for moving by means of rollers or skids to installation location. Bolt individual Sections together to form a single rigid switchboard assembly. Provide full height, hinged, vertical wireway metal covers, on each vertical wireway, of each Distribution Section of the switchboard, containing group mounted feeder protective devices.
2.06 CONTROL WIRING
A. Terminal Blocks with Barriered Terminals shall be provided for all control wiring terminator points. Control wiring shall be run in horizontal and vertical, isolated, internal metal wireways and shall be carried across hinges in laced bundles. Wire terminators shall be crimp-on type spade terminal B. Secondary Control Wiring shall be a minimum of 14 AWG stranded copper type SIS 600-volt insulation.
C. Control Circuits shall have circuit number tags at each termination or break in the wire to match circuit numbers on terminal strips and control wiring diagrams.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION
Install switchboards in accordance with Manufacturer's written instructions and applicable portions of NECA's "Standards of Installations" for switchboards and motor control centers.
3.02 SWITCHBOARD ANCHORING
Bolt switchboards to floor and wall where wall exists. Where units are free standing provide preformed steel channel or angle iron bracing to nearest wall or building structural member. Switchboard anchoring shall be designed for a 1.0 gravity lateral acceleration of the equipment. Submit structural calculations and details.
3.03 TESTING (ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS)
Adjustable settings shall be set and tested after the equipment installation is complete, for proper operation at set pickup and/or drop-out points, by an independent Test Laboratory. Testing shall comply with the Equipment Manufacturer recommendations. Submit three copies of all test results to OWNER’S Representative. Correct any deficiencies and retest.
3.04 IDENTIFICATION (ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS)
A. Provide a Red and White Bake-lite Nameplate with ½-inch High Letters in each Section Fastened to Face of Dead-Front Plate, to Read: "Danger 480 (actual volts) volts, KEEP OUT, AUTHORIZED PERSONNEL ONLY".
City of Carlsbad
VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK
26 24 13-8 SWITCHBOARD
B. Manufacturer shall stencil the equipment name on each device and equipment section to correspond to the identification of the Drawing.
C. Devices Mounted in Equipment Controlling Protective Devices shall be provided with nameplates indicating device controlled or monitored.
END OF SECTION
City of Carlsbad
VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK 10/01/2025
CIRCUIT PANELBOARDS & TERMINAL CABINETS 26 24 16-1
SECTION 26 24 16
BRANCH CIRCUIT PANELBOARDS, DISTRIBUTION PANELS,
AND TERMINAL CABINETS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 SCOPE
A. Work Included: All labor, materials, appliances, tools, equipment necessary for and incidental to performing all operations in connection with furnishing, delivery, and installation of the work of this Section, complete, as shown on the Drawings and/or specified herein. Work includes, but is not necessarily limited to the following:
1. Examine all other Specification Sections and Drawings for related work required to be included as work under Division 26.
2. General Provisions and Requirements for electrical work.
1.02 SUBMITTALS (ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS)
A. Provide Manufacturers Catalog data for panels, cabinets, and circuit breakers.
B. Provide Shop Drawing showing panel circuit arrangements, size, voltage, ampacity, overcurrent protective devices, etc.
C. Provide nameplate engraving schedule.
D. Short Circuit, Coordination and Arc-Flash
1. Perform and submit engineered settings for each equipment location, fuse and adjustable circuit breaker device, showing the correct time and settings to provide the selective coordination within the limits of the specified equipment, per the latest applicable Standards of IEEE and ANSI. Provide electrical system short circuit fault analysis, both 3- phase line-to-line and 1-phase line-to-ground calculations as part of the Coordination Analysis recommendations. Provide Electric Arc-Flash calculations as part of the Coordination Analysis recommendations.
2. The information shall be submitted in both tabular form and on time current log-log graph paper, with an engineering narrative. Written narrative describing data, assumptions, analysis of results and prioritized recommendations, six copies.
3. The goal is to minimize an unexpected but necessary electrical system outage and personnel exposure to the smallest extent possible within the fault occurrence location, using the specified Contract equipment. Shall comply with, but not limited to:
a. IEEE-242, Recommended Practices for Protection and Coordination of Industrial and Commercial Distribution.
b. IEEE-399, Recommended Practice for Industrial and Commercial Power System Analysis.
c. IEEE-1584, Guide for Performing Arc-Flash Hazard Calculations Working Group d. CEC/NEC
City of Carlsbad
VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK
26 24 16-2 CIRCUIT PANELBOARDS & TERMINAL CABINETS
4. Electrical equipment including switchgear, switchboards, electrical panels, and control panels, transformers, disconnects, etc., shall each be labeled by the Manufacturer with “Electrical-Arc-Flash” warning signs. The signs shall explain a hazard to Personnel may exist if the equipment is worked on while energized or operated by personnel, to wear the correct protective equipment/clothing (PPE) when working “Live” or operating “Live” equipment and circuits.
5. The Contractor shall independently contact the serving Utility Company to obtain the current system short circuit amps or available fault current.
6. The Contractor shall independently obtain As-Built Drawings for the existing infrastructure to establish lengths. If As-Built Drawings are no available, the Contractor shall research existing conditions and make reasonable but conservative estimates of conductor length. Where existing conductors have been re-used, the Contractor shall confirm conductor quantity, size, and conduit type.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 PANELBOARDS AND DISTRIBUTION PANELS
A. Panelboards and Distribution Panels: Shall be flush or surface mounting as indicated with group-mount circuit protection devices as shown on panel schedule, hinged lockable doors, index cardholders and proper bussing.
1. Panelboards shall comply with the latest versions:
a. NEMA – PB1.
b. UL – 50 and 67.
c. CEC/NEC.
d. ASTM-B187.
2. Where indicated on the Drawings shall be furnished with sub-feed breakers and/or additional conductor lugs, split bussing, contactors, time switches, relays, etc., as required.
a. Branch circuit panels up through forty-two circuits shall be single section, to accommodate all the circuits and components.
b. Distribution panels shall be single section or multi-section, to accommodate all the circuits and components.
3. Panels shall be “Service-Entrance” equipment rated when the panel main incoming supply feeder originates from one of the following:
a. Originates outdoors exterior of the building in which the respective panel is located.
b. Originates from an electrical supply source not located in the same building as the respective panel.
B. Housing and Painting, Panels and Terminal Cabinets
1. Shall be finished with one coat of rust inhibitor zinc chromate and coat of primer sealer after a thorough cleaning.
2. Finish color paint as selected by Owner’s Representative where exposed to public view (e.g., corridors, covered passages, offices, etc.). Prime coated panelboard shall be painted to match surroundings after installation in public areas.
City of Carlsbad
VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK 10/01/2025
CIRCUIT PANELBOARDS & TERMINAL CABINETS 26 24 16-3
3. Manufacturer’s standard color in electrical rooms /closets, janitor's, HVAC and storage rooms.
4. Panel and panel doors shall be fabricated of sheet steel of the following minimum gauges. a. Full height hinged, locking door. Trim and door #12-gauge steel. b. Panel enclosure - Code gauge steel.
c. Panels installed in indoor dedicated electrical equipment rooms and dedicated electrical equipment closets, may omit full height hinged locking panel door.
Dead front cover behind omitted panel door shall remain.
5. NEMA-1 Metal Housing, for indoor locations.
6. NEMA-3R Metal Housing, tamper resistant, for outdoor locations.
7. Furnish all panels and terminal cabinets with the Manufacturers flush locks and keys except where indicated otherwise herein. Keys and locks shall be interchangeable for all panels. Provide two latches and two locks for door heights exceeding 36-inches.
8. Fasten the trim to panel and terminal cabinets by means of concealed, bolted or screwed fasteners accessible only when the door is open.
C. Panels 208/120 volt, three phase, 4-wire, S/N or 120/240-volt, single phase, 3-wire, S/N.
Branch circuit panel as manufactured by:
1. Eaton “Pow-R-Line 1 or 2” Series
2. General Electric "A" Series
3. Square D “NF/NQ” Series
4. Siemens “P1/P2” Series
D. Branch Circuit Panels for 480/277 volt, three phase, 4 wire, S/N.
Panelboard as manufactured by:
1. Eaton “Pow-R-Line 2” Series
2. General Electric “A” Series
3. Square D “NF” Series
4. Siemens “P1/P2” Series
E. Distribution Panels as manufactured by:
1. Eaton “Power-R-Line 4” Series
2. General Electric “Spectra” Series
3. Square D “I-Line” Series
4. Siemens “P4/P5” Series
F. Top and Bottom Gutter Space shall not be less than 6-inches high. Provide 6-inches additional gutter space in all panels where double lugs are required, or where cable ampere size exceeds bus ampere size. Provide 12-inches additional gutter space in all panels for aluminum feeders where used.
G. Panel Dimensions.
1. Panels with buss sizes 50-amp thru 400-amp
a. Shall be 20-inches wide. Surface or flush mounting as indicated. b. Recess mounted type shall have a 20-inches wide (maximum) recess metal enclosure with overlapping edge trim plate cover extending 1-inch on all sides of enclosure.
City of Carlsbad
VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK
26 24 16-4 CIRCUIT PANELBOARDS & TERMINAL CABINETS
c. Depth shall be 5.75-inches nominal. Height of panel as required for devices and terminations.
2. Panels with buss sizes greater than 400-amp
a. Narrow panels 24-inches (maximum) wide by 6.5-inches (maximum) deep units.
Wide panels’ 25-inches to 44-inches (maximum) wide by 8-inches to 15-inches (maximum) deep units. Nominal 90-inch panel height.
b. The wider units shall be used only at locations where the narrow unit is not available with the quantity or size of large-ampere frame branch / sub-feed circuit protective devices shown on the panel schedules, or where the main breaker size exceeds the narrow panel maximum.
c. Distribution panels shall be floor standing and supported from behind the panels at walls.
H. Distribution Panels and Branch Circuit Panels maximum load rating
1. Panelboards and Distribution Panels exceeding 800-amp load rating shall not be permitted.
2. Provide Distribution Switchboards instead of Distribution Panels for bus load and circuit load ratings exceeding 800-amp.
I. Panel Auxiliary Cabinets
1. Panelboards shown on the Drawings with relays, time clocks or other control devices shall have a separate auxiliary metal barriered compartment mounted above panel.
2. Panelboards with circuits controlled by low voltage remote control relays shall be provided with separate auxiliary cabinets to contain the relays, adjacent to the panel- board.
3. Provide auxiliary cabinets with separate hinged locking door to match panelboard.
4. Provide mounting subbase in cabinet for control devices and wiring terminal strips.
J. Panels shall have a circuit index cardholder removable type, with clear plastic cover. Index card shall have circuit numbers imprinted to match circuit breaker numbers.
1. The panel identification nameplate shall describe the respective panel name and voltage, corresponding to the Contract Documents.
2. The electrical power source, name and location of each panel supply-feeder and supply equipment name shall also be identified and described on the respective panel nameplate.
2.02 SHORT CIRCUIT RATING
A. Circuit Protective Devices and Bussing as indicated on the Drawings. All devices and bussing shall have a short circuit fault withstand and interrupting capacity not less than the maximum available fault current at the panel and as indicated on the Drawings, plus a 25% additional capacity (safety margin).
However, in no case shall the short circuit fault interrupting and withstand capacity be less than the following symmetrical short circuit.
C/B and/or Bus Rating Circuit Voltage Short Circuit Amp.
1. 400A and less 240V and below 10,000A
2. 400A and less over 240V and below 600V 14,000A
3. Over 400A & 800A & below 240V and below 42,000A
City of Carlsbad
VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK 10/01/2025
CIRCUIT PANELBOARDS & TERMINAL CABINETS 26 24 16-5
4. Over 400A & 800A & below over 240V and below 600V 30,000A B. Panel Short Circuit Fault Rating
1. General
a. Provide a “fully rated” for short circuit fault interrupt and full load ampere main circuit breaker in each branch circuit panel and/or each distribution panel.
Provide the main circuit breaker whether or not a main circuit breaker is shown otherwise on the Drawings, schedules or diagrams. The “utility-source” plus the “motor-load” transient contributions shall be used to establish the available fault duty values, unless indicated otherwise on the Drawings. b. The panel main circuit breaker full load ampere capacity rating shall equal the respective panel main bus ampere rating.
c. The panel assembly, buss and circuit protection devices bolted fault short circuit withstand and bolted fault short circuit interrupt ratings shall not be less than 125% greater (including a 25% safety margin) than the available utility-source symmetrical and asymmetrical bolted fault short circuit current when “Series combined rated” with the panel main circuit breaker.
d. The main circuit breaker rated “bolted-fault” short circuit fault interrupt and withstand short circuit rating shall not be less than 125% (including a 25% safety margin) of the upstream main service entrance “bolted-fault” available (symmetrical and asymmetrical) short circuit current.
2. Distribution Panelboards
a. Distribution panel, main circuit breaker, all feeder circuit breakers, and all branch circuit breakers shall be “fully-rated” (plus safety margin) for the available bolted fault short circuit current (including safety margin).
b. Shall provide time/current-tripping coordination with downstream equipment and upstream equipment.
3. Non-emergency branch circuit panelboards 400-amp buss and smaller; Non-emergency branch circuit panelboards 400-amp trip main circuit breaker and smaller. a. The branch circuit panel main circuit breaker shall be “fully-rated” (plus safety margin) Current Limiting Circuit Breaker type (CLCB). Shall provide time/ current- tripping coordination with upstream equipment.
b. The branch circuit panel main circuit breaker shall be “Series-rated” with the panel downstream branch circuit devices and panel bussing. “The series-rating” shall provide short circuit bolted fault current with-stand protection and short circuit bolted fault interrupt rating protection during a downstream 3-phase line- to-line and/or single-phase line-to-ground short circuit bolted faults. c. Typical for branch circuit panelboards connected to normal-power (non- emergency) power circuits.
2.03 PANEL CIRCUIT BREAKERS, CIRCUIT PROTECTION DEVICES A. Circuit Breakers General, for Distribution Panels and Panelboards
1. NEMA-AB1 and AB3, comply with latest revision.
2. UL-1087, UL-489 and IEC-60.947.2 rated devices, comply with latest revision.
3. 5Hz AC closing and 3Hz AC trip and clear.
4. Main circuit breakers for distribution panels exceeding 400-amp and larger.
City of Carlsbad
VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK
26 24 16-6 CIRCUIT PANELBOARDS & TERMINAL CABINETS
a. Shall be Insulated Case Circuit Breaker type ICCB.
5. Main circuit breakers for branch circuit panelboards 400-amp buss and smaller. a. Shall be Current Limiting Circuit Breaker type-CLCB for non-emergency panelboards.
b. Shall be Molded Case Circuit Breaker type-MCCB for emergency panelboards.
6. Branch circuit breakers and feeder circuit breakers smaller than 100-amp trip shall be Molded Case Circuit Breakers type-MCCB and/or Current Limiting Circuit Breakers type- CLCB.
7. All circuit breakers 100-amp and larger trip shall employ sensors and solid state digital electronic automatic trip system. Short-time and long-time. Time/ current curve shaping field adjustable functions and adjustable instantaneous trip. Typical for Molded Case Circuit Breaker type-MCCB, Insulated Case Circuit Breaker type-ICCB and Current Limiting Circuit Breaker type-CLCB.
8. Refer to Specification Section 26 24 13 and/or 26 11 00 for additional Circuit Breaker Requirements.
B. Manufacturer
1. Circuit breakers as manufactured by the following Companies only are acceptable:
a. Eaton
b. General Electric Co.
c. Square D Co.
d. Siemens
C. Configuration
1. Circuit breakers shall be arranged in the panels so that the breakers of the proper trip settings and numbers correspond to the numbering in the panel schedules on the Drawings.
2. Circuit numbers of breakers shall be black-on-white micarta tabs or other previously approved method. Circuit number tabs, which can readily be changed from front of panel, will not be accepted. Circuit number tabs shall not be attached to or be a part of the breaker.
3. Panelboard circuit protection devices shall be bolt on type for connection to panel bus.
Removable and installable without disturbing adjacent devices.
4. Provide conductor wire terminations (lugs) on each circuit protection device for incoming main feeder, branch circuits and outgoing feeder circuits. Dual rated copper/ aluminum and compatible with the respective conductor size, type and quantity.
5. Where 2-pole or 3-pole breakers occur in the panels, they shall be common trip units.
Single pole breakers with tie-bar between handles will not be accepted.
6. Branch circuit panels shall be field convertible for bottom entry main incoming feeder or top entry main incoming feeder.
7. Each panel section, the feeder and branch circuit protection devices (3-phase and/or 1- phase) shall be “twin-mount”, side-by-side double row construction for the following circuit sizes:
a. 480/277 volt, 60-amp circuit size and smaller.
b. 240 volt – 208/120-volt, 100-amp circuit size and smaller.
D. Lock-Off and Lock-On
City of Carlsbad
VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK 10/01/2025
CIRCUIT PANELBOARDS & TERMINAL CABINETS 26 24 16-7
1. All circuit breakers shall be pad-lockable in the "off" position.
2. Where branch circuit breakers supply the power to motors and signal systems, the breakers shall also be furnished with lockout clips, mounted in the “on” position. The breakers shall be able to trip automatically with lockout clips in place.
3. Provide lock-on clips on branch circuit breakers supplying fire alarm equipment and fire alarm panels. Provide identification of the dedicated "fire alarm" circuit function and operation. Color-code the circuit breakers to comply with AHJ Requirements.
4. Locking facilities shall be riveted or mechanically attached to the circuit breaker (submit sample for approval. Other means of attachment shall not be accepted without prior written approval of the Owner’s Representative.
E. Switch and Fuse Feeder Protective Devices for Distribution Panels
1. Locations where the Drawings show distribution panels employing switch-fuse circuit protection devices.
2. Fusible Switches: Quick-make, quick-break type with rejection clips for use with Class “R” fuses Current Limiting Fuses (CLF). Switches with ratings up to and including 100-amp at 240 volts shall be twins mounted. Switches rated through 60 amp and 480 volts shall be twins mounted. Provisions for padlocking in the “on” and/or “off” positions. Switches shall be removable from front of panel without disturbing adjacent units or panel bus structure.
3. Fuses shall be time delay current limiting types, UL Class RK-1 unless otherwise indicated on the Drawings.
Provide one spare set of fuses of each size and type in each Distribution Panel.
4. Provide auxiliary contact on switch for remote status (on-off) signaling and monitoring.
Provide conductor lugs to accept conductor temperature rating, sizes and quantities shown on Drawings.
5. Switch and fuse devices shall be permitted only in distribution panels and only where specifically indicated on the Drawings for feeders.
2.04 PANEL BUSSING
A. Bus Material
1. Bussing shall be rectangular cross section tin-plated copper or alternately silver or tin- plated aluminum.
2. Bussing shall be non-tapered, full length of the enclosure.
B. Ground Bus
1. Each panel shall be equipped with a ground bus secured to the interior of the enclosure.
The bus shall have a separate lug for each ground conductor. No more than one conductor shall be installed per lug.
2. Provide additional isolated ground bus in each panel with connecting isolated ground feeders and/or connecting isolated ground branch circuits.
C. Provisions
1. Provide space and all hardware and bus mounting attachments for future devices as indicated on the Drawings.
City of Carlsbad
VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK
26 24 16-8 CIRCUIT PANELBOARDS & TERMINAL CABINETS
D. Neutral Bus
1. The ampere rating of the neutral bus of panels and distribution panels shall be a minimum of 100% greater ampere capacity than the ampere rating of the corresponding phase bus.
2. Where the panel is indicated to be provided with an “oversize-neutral” or “200%” neutral on the Drawings, provide 200% ampere capacity rated neutral bus.
2.05 TERMINAL AND AUXILIARY CABINETS
A. Cabinets
1. Fabricated of Code gauge sheet steel for flush mounting (except where noted as surface) of size indicated on the Drawings, and complete with hinged lock-able doors, provide the quantity of 2-way Feed through conductor terminals required for termination of all conductors, plus 15% spares of each type.
2. Cabinet locks to operate from same key used for panelboards. The trim to cabinets shall be fastened by means of concealed bolted or screwed fasteners accessible behind door into cabinets. All cabinets shall have ⅝-inch plywood backing, finished with fireproof intumescent primer and finish coat paint. Provide equipment ground bus in each cabinet.
3. Cabinets shall be finished with one coat of zinc chromate and one coat of primer sealer after a thorough cleaning. Where exposed to public view (e.g., corridors, covered passages, offices, etc.) finish color paint to match surrounding and Manufacture’s standard gray color in switchboard, janitors, heater and storage rooms.
4. Provide grounded metal barriers inside cabinet to isolate and separate line voltage and low voltage from each other inside the cabinet.
B. Cabinet Dimensions.
1. Unless indicated otherwise on Drawings.
a. Shall be 20-inches wide. Surface or flush mounting as indicated. b. Recess mounted type shall have a 20-inches wide (maximum) recess metal enclosure with overlapping edge trim plate cover extending 1-inch on all sides of enclosure.
2. Depth shall be 5.75-inches nominal. Height of cabinet as required for devices, plus 25% spare unused interior space for future use, but not less than 36-inches high.
C. Terminals
1. Non-digital analog circuits; line and low voltage modular signal systems, 15-amp dual row with isolation barriers, screw-down terminals insulated strips, heavy duty. a. As manufactured by: Molex, or ITT-Cannon, or General Electric.
2. Digital circuits; low voltage signal systems, ANSI/ EIA/TIA Category-6, 110-Block or 66- Block gas-tight punch down style, heavy duty.
a. As manufactured by: Leviton, or Ortronics, or AMP.
D. Identification (Additional Requirements)
1. Provide engraved nameplate on each cabinet indicating its designation and system (i.e., “Life Safety System - Panel 2LS”, etc.).
2. Identify each terminal landing with unique circuit number and provide corresponding alphanumeric text-index card inside panel access door
City of Carlsbad
VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK 10/01/2025
CIRCUIT PANELBOARDS & TERMINAL CABINETS 26 24 16-9
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 MOUNTING
A. Flush Mounted Panelboards and Terminal Cabinets shall be securely fastened to at least two studs or structural members. Trim shall be flush with finished surface.
1. Panels and cabinets installed flush (recess or semi-recess) into fire rated or smoke rated walls. The wall recess shall be fully wrapped inside the recess with fire/smoke rated materials. The wrap-materials shall provide the same fire and/or smoke protection rating as the respective wall.
B. Surface Mounted Panels and Terminal Cabinets shall be secured to walls by means of preformed galvanized steel channels securely fastened to at least two studs or structural members.
C. Panelboards and Terminal Cabinets shall be installed to ensure the top circuit protective device (including top compartment control devices) are not more than 6-feet-6-inches above finish floor in front of the panel and the bottom device is a minimum of 12-inches above the floor. Manufacturer shall specifically indicate on Shop Drawing submittals each panel where these conditions cannot be met.
3.02 IDENTIFICATION (ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS)
A. Provide a red and white Bakelite nameplate with ½-inch high letters in each 277/ 480-volt panel fastened to face of dead-front plate, to read: “DANGER 480 (or as applicable) VOLTS KEEP OUT AUTHORIZED PERSONNEL ONLY”.
B. Manufacturer shall stencil the panel/cabinet number identification on the inside of door to correspond with the designation on the Drawings.
C. Identification Plates and Numbers shall be attached with screws or twist lock fasteners.
Adhesive attachment of any kind shall not be used.
3.03 SPARE CONDUITS (ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS)
Provide three 1-inch conduit only stubs from each panel and terminal cabinet into accessible ceiling space.
Where floor level below panel or terminal cabinet is accessible, also provide an additional three 1-inch conduit only stubs into accessible floor space.
END OF SECTION
City of Carlsbad
VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK 10/01/2025
LIGHTING FIXTURES 26 50 00-1
SECTION 26 50 00
LIGHTING FIXTURES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 SCOPE
A. Work Included:
All labor, materials, appliances, tools, equipment necessary for and incidental to performing all operations in connection with furnishing, delivery and installation of the work of this Section, complete, as shown on the Drawings and/or specified herein. Work includes, but is not necessarily limited to the following:
1. Examine all other Specification Sections and Drawings for related work required to be included as work under Division 26.
2. General Provisions and Requirements for electrical work.
1.02 SUBMITTALS (ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS)
A. General
1. Submit certification letter from Manufacturers of LED or lamps and ballasts and power/driver supplies, (or alternately, Manufacturer's published catalog data) stating/ showing the specific LED or lamp, ballast, or power/driver supply combination comply with Manufacturer recommendation and approval for the combined use, shown on the Drawings.
2. Provide complete Manufacturers catalog data information for each light fixture (luminaire), ballast, power/driver supplies, LED or lamps, materials, auxiliary equipment/devices, finishes and photometrics.
B. Performance Certification
1. Submit Manufacturer's Certified LED or lamp and ballast tests report data showing compliance with Contract Document.
2. Submit Manufacturer's letter of Certification for each fixture type, confirming the proposed combination of specific LED or lamp, ballast, power/driver supply and auxiliary components for each light fixture (luminaire) type will function together correctly and perform in compliance with the Requirements of the Contract Documents as follows:
"The proposed lamp(s), LED or lamp ballast(s), drivers, (where, applicable), lamp sockets and fixture have been tested as an assembly. The proposed fixture products assemblies are certified by the Manufacturer to function within the required temperature, lumen output, electrical characteristics and operational life described in the Contract Documents".
C. Light Fixture Samples
1. If requested by the Owner's Representative, provide a sample of each fixture proposed as a substitution for a specified fixture. Sample fixture shall be complete with specified lamps, 3-wire grounding "SO" cord and plug for 120-volt 60Hz, AC plug-in operation.
City of Carlsbad
VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK
26 50 00-2 LIGHTING FIXTURES
Sample fixtures shall be delivered to the Owner's Representative's office for review, the samples shall be picked up within 10-working days after review comments have been received; any samples left beyond this time will be discarded by the Owner’s Representative. Decision of Owner’s Representative regarding acceptability of any lighting fixture is final.
1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE (ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS)
A. Work and Materials shall be in full accordance with the latest Rules and Regulations as follows. The publications shall be included in the Contract Document Requirements. If a conflict occurs between the following publications and any other part of the Contract Documents, the Requirements describing the more restrictive provisions shall become the applicable Contract definition:
1. UL – Underwriters' Laboratory:
a. UL – 1572: HID Lighting Fixtures
b. UL – 1570: Fluorescent Lighting Fixtures
c. UL – 1029: HID Ballast
d. UL – 935: Fluorescent Lamp Ballast
e. UL – 542: Lamp Holders, Starters, and Starter Holders f. UL – 8750 and 1598C: Light Emitting Diode – LED Equipment for use in Lighting Products and Replacements
2. NEMA – National Electrical Manufactures Association:
a. NEMA – LE4: Recessed Luminaries Ceiling Compatibility b. NEMA – SSL #1, #3 and #6: Electronic Drivers for LED; LED and Incandescent Lamp Replacement
c. NEMA – LSD #44, #45, #49 and #51: SSL-Solid State Lighting
3. United States Federal Government:
a. FCC – Part 18: EMI and RFI emissions limitations.
b. EPA: Energy Conservation Publications and Waste Disposal Regulations.
4. ETL and C.B.M. Certified and Approved.
5. Electrical Installation Standards, National Electrical Contractors' Association:
a. NEIS/NECA and IESNA – 500: Recommended Practice for Installing Indoor Commercial Lighting Systems.
b. NEIS/NECA and IESNA – 501: Recommended Practice for Installing Exterior Lighting Systems
c. NEIS/NECA and IESNA - 502: Recommended Practice for Installing Industrial Lighting Systems.
6. Illuminating Engineering Society – IES (IESNA):
a. IES – LM41: Photometric and Reporting.
b. IES – 587: Surge Protection.
c. IES – LM79: Solid State Lighting (SSL) Testing and Measurement. d. IES – LM80: Testing for Lifetime of LED.
7. ANSI-American National Standards Institute:
a. ANSI – C81
b. ANSI – C82
c. ANSI – C62.41: Transient Withstand
d. ANSI – C78: Lamps
8. State California Code of Regulations - Title-24 Energy Code
City of Carlsbad
VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK 10/01/2025
LIGHTING FIXTURES 26 50 00-3
City of Carlsbad
VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK
26 50 00-4 LIGHTING FIXTURES
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 GENERAL
A. Complete Fixture
1. Provide light fixtures complete including LED or lamps, ballasts, drivers, lamp holders’ sockets, housings, ceiling and wall trim "rings" for each ceiling type, mounting and adapter support brackets, diffusers/lenses and outlet boxes.
2. Include an allowance of $300.00 to provide a light fixture for each lighting fixture outlet shown on Drawings without a fixture type designation.
B. Specific Fixture Requirements and Fixture Schedule Information
1. The catalog numbers included in the description of the various types of lighting fixtures shall be considered to establish the type or class of the fixture with a particular Manufacturer only. The fixture length, number of lamps and lamp types, component materials, accessories, mounting type, ceiling, wall and install adapters, operation voltage, and all other components required to fulfill the total description of the fixture based on all Drawing information, branch circuits, voltages, Specification information, and shall be included in the Contract Requirements regardless of whether or not the catalog number specifically includes these components.
2. Lighting fixtures shall be the types as indicated in fixture schedule on the Drawings and as described in the Specifications.
3. All fixtures of the same fixture type shall be the same Manufacturer and of identical finish and appearance, unless indicated otherwise on Drawings.
C. Manufacturer Certification of Operation
1. Lamps and lamp ballasts and power supplies (drivers) shall be recommended and certified by the respective Manufacturer(s), to be "matched" to operate correctly together, within the published characteristics, for efficacy, lamp starting, operating life hours, lumen output, power factor, power input, operating line ampere, sound intensity, and temperature.
2.02 BALLASTS AND POWER SUPPLIES (FOR HID LAMPS AND FLUORESCENT LAMPS AND
DRIVER-POWER SUPPLIES FOR LED-SOLID STATE LAMPS)
A. General
1. All ballast, power supplies, lighting fixtures assemblies and components shall be ANSI, ETL approved C.B.M. Certified, and UL labeled.
2. Ballasts shall provide Class "P" thermal protection.
3. Ballasts shall comply with FCC Part 18 Class-A and NEMA limits as to EMI or RFI and not interferes with normal operation of electrical or electronic data processing equipment.
4. Open circuit voltage, starting voltage, crest voltage and lamp-operating volt-age shall comply with Requirements of the respective Manufacturer of the installed lamps.
5. Lamp ballasts, power supplies and transformers shall be for use with the specific lamps provided as part of the Contract.
6. Shall be suitable for use with automatic occupancy motion sensing type switching "on- off" control systems, with multiple "on-off" cycles per hour, on a 24-hours a day basis.
City of Carlsbad
VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK 10/01/2025
LIGHTING FIXTURES 26 50 00-5
Operation shall be without loss of performance in operating characteristics described in the Contract Documents.
7. Fusing
a. Shall be independently fused on the incoming line side within the fixture compartment.
b. Alternately the Ballast Manufacturer may install the equipment fuse inside the ballast/power supply.
c. Provide a label next to ballast cover reading: "Ballast (Power Supply) is fused, check fuse prior to relamping". Provide an additional quantity of 10% spare fuses and deliver to Owner’s Representative.
8. Ballast Sound Rating Class-A or better. Where sound-rating classification is not published, the ballast sound rating shall be the best of product manufactured. Ballasts, which are judged by the Owner’s Representative to be excessively noisy, shall be removed and replaced at the Contractor's expense with low noise ballasts.
9. Electronic solid-state ballasts and power supplies shall be the product of Manufacturer that has been producing electronic ballasts/power supplies for a minimum of 5- consecutive years prior to the date of the Contract.
1.1 10. Shall be designed and supplied to operate on the incoming line voltage system circuits to which the respective light fixtures are connected.
1.2 11. Shall not contain any PCB (polychlorinated biphenyl).
1.3 12. Power factor shall be not less than 0.90, starting and operating. The input starting transient line input ampere should never exceed lamp normal operating ampere by more than 10%.
1.4 13. Ballast and power supply disconnect:
a. Lighting Fixture Manufacturer factory installed and prewired inside each light fixture, for lamp-ballast or lamp-driver power supply.
b. Shall comply with UL-2459 and CEC/NEC. Shall disconnect (load-break) energized or de-energized ballast/driver from respective line voltage circuit and dimming circuit. UL-94V-0 flame retardant.
c. Hot pluggable, multi-pole, insulated connectors, with strain relief and finger-safe squeeze-to-release latching function.
d. Suitable for available voltage and ampere dimming and non-dimming lamp- ballasts and lamp-power supplies.
1.5 14. Ballast and power supplies as manufactured by General Electric, Advance, Philips, Universal, Sylvania/Osram or equal.
B. Solid-State Electronic Fluorescent Lamp Ballast
1. Fluorescent ballasts shall be solid-state electronic type ANSI C82.11.
2. Ballast shall operate lamps at voltage frequency exceeding 40kHz, without visually detectable flicker, flicker index shall not exceed 3%. Shall deliver Lamp Manufacturers normal rated lamp life.
3. Ballast normal operations and life expectancy shall not be affected by lamp failure or sustained open circuit/short circuit.
4. Ballast shall be surge and transient protected to 6000 volts, ANSI-C62.41, Category-A.
5. Maximum Total Harmonic Distortion (THD) created by operation on the line (input) side of the ballast shall not exceed 10%.
City of Carlsbad
VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK
26 50 00-6 LIGHTING FIXTURES
6. The ballast shall provide an isolated output to the lamps. Metal ballast case shall be positively grounded to the light fixture metal housing.
7. The ballast shall incorporate surge protection device to prevent damage to the ballast due to line side transients.
8. The ballast lamp current crest factor shall be 1.7 or less (ratio of peak to RMS current).
9. The Ballast Factor (BF) shall be not less than the following unless indicated otherwise on the Drawings.
a. 0.87 BF for normal light output.
b. 0.95 BF for High light Output (HO) operation.
c. 1.0 BF for dimming ballast.
1.6 10. Normal rapid start (continuous full filament voltage) Rapid Start - Rapid start ballast shall energize (preheat) the lamp cathode “heater” filament prior to establishing the lamp arc ignition, normal lamp operation shall occur within 1-second after starting.
The ballast shall provide approximately 15,000-lamp start “on-off” cycles prior to lamp failure.
1.7 11. Instant start - Instant start ballast shall energize the lamp with an initial increased voltage to initiate the lamp arc discharge between the unheated (no preheat) lamp cathodes and ensure the lamps start without delay or flashing, eliminate lamp operating power required for cathode heating. Preheating the lamp cathodes shall not be performed by the ballast. The ballast shall control the lamp start “on-off” cycles to provide approximately 10,000 starts prior to lamp failure.
1.8 12. Program Start - Integrated Circuit (IC) program start ballast shall energize (preheat) the lamp cathode “heater” filament for a programmed time duration prior to transition phase to lamp arc ignition and immediately de-energize the cathode after arc is established and lamp is operational. The ballast shall precisely control the cathode temperature and duration to increase lamp start “on-off” cycles prior to lamp failure to approximately 35,000 starts. The ballast shall reduce the “black-end” lamp condition resulting from frequent lamp “on-off” cycles. The Program Start ballast shall provide automatic End of Life (EOL) lamp current shut-off when a lamp fails.
1.9 13. DALI ballast, 1-lamp, 2-lamp, 3-lamp, or 4-lamp, dimming and switching capacity.
Comply with DALI published control and communication protocol standards. Universal input line voltage operation.
C. Solid-State Electronic Metal Halide Lamp Ballast
1. Solid-state electronic for low wattage "pulse-start" metal halide type lamp operation.
2. Lamp current crest factor (ratio of peak to RMS current) shall not exceed 1.5.
3. Operate lamps at a frequency of less than 200Hz to minimize acoustic resonance inside the lamp arc tube and minimize lamp flicker.
4. Ballast Factor (BF) shall be 1.0.
5. Automatic ballast thermal protection and automatic shutdown at End of lamp Life (EOL) protection.
6. Total Harmonic Distortion (THD) on the input line side shall not exceed 16%.
D. Dimming Ballasts and Lighting Control System Ballasts
1. General
a. The light fixture ballasts shall comply with the recommendations of the Lighting Control System Manufacturer, as to ballast type and Ballast Manufacturer
City of Carlsbad
VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK 10/01/2025
LIGHTING FIXTURES 26 50 00-7
sources. Provide documentation with Shop Drawings certifying compliance with the Requirements.
b. DALI ballasts shall comply with the recommendations of the DALI Lighting Control System Manufacturer. DALI ballast types and DALI Ballast Manufacturer sources shall comply with the recommendation with the Shop Drawings certifying compliance with these Requirements and Recommendations.
2. Fluorescent lamp dimming
a. One or multi-lamp rated dimming ballast shall be provided for fluorescent lamp dimming systems, as recommended by the Lighting Control System Manufacturer.
E. Emergency Lighting
1. Light fixtures shown connected to both normal power and external emergency power branch circuits, shall be furnished with separate lamp ballasts for the normal and emergency power circuits.
2. The ballast(s) for the lamps connected to the external emergency branch circuit shall be in a separate wireway isolated and barriered from the ballast(s) for the lamps connected to the normal power branch circuits. The fixture shall be factory labeled "emergency" and "normal" on the respective wireways and ballasts.
F. Tandem Ballast Connections
1. Ballasts in 1-lamp or 3-lamp fluorescent fixtures, when fixture is recessed mounted and within 8-feet of each other, or if surface on pendant mounted within 1-foot of each other, shall be furnished with a tandem wiring harness connected to inboard Ballasts of master fixture, to be field connected to inboard ballast of adjacent fixture. Night-light or emergency light fixtures shall be exempt from this Requirement.
2.02 LAMPS
A. General
1. Lamps shall be new, of wattage and type indicated. Each fixture or lighting outlet shall be supplied with the proper lamp(s).
2. Lamps shall comply with the characteristics as described in the lamp tables below, except where indicated otherwise on the Drawings.
3. Lamps shall comply with limits on mercury and classification as non-hazardous waste as follows:
a. Federal EPA – Toxicity Characteristics Leaching Procedures (TCLP). b. State of California – Total Threshold Limit Concentration (TTLC).
4. Lamps shall be as manufactured by General Electric, Philips, Osram or Sylvania.
B. Incandescent Lamps
1. General-purpose incandescent "A" style lamps shall be inside frosted, medium base for 200 watts and smaller.
2. Reflector lamps shall be PAR-20, PAR-30 or PAR-38 as required, unless otherwise specified in fixture schedule.
3. Incandescent lamps in non-enclosed fixtures and fixtures without lens/ diffuser shall be rated for "open" fixture operation.
City of Carlsbad
VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK
26 50 00-8 LIGHTING FIXTURES
C. Fluorescent Lamps
1. Linear fluorescent shall be energy saving type and bi-pin operation. Rapid-start, Program Start or Instant Start as indicated in the Contract Documents.
2. Compact fluorescent lamps.
3. Average lamp life shall not be less than the following, based on 3 hours "on" operation and 20-minute "off" for each start cycle, when matched in combination with the specific lamp ballast and with the respective light fixture, unless noted otherwise:
a. Linear fluorescent 20,000 hours.
b. CFL – 20,000-hours and as noted in the lamp tables.
c. HID – as noted in the lamp tables, based on 12-hours "on” operation for each start cycle.
d. Incandescent – as noted in the lamp tables.
D. High Intensity Discharge Lamps HID
1. Mercury vapor lamps shall be Deluxe White or Brite White Deluxe phosphor coated Bonus-Line.
2. Provide proper base up, base down, horizontal, operating configuration for the fixture and lamps being furnished.
3. HID lamps (indoor or outdoor locations).
a. HID lamps used outdoors or in damp/wet locations shall only be used in fully enclosed, lensed fixtures.
b. Open type fixtures with HID lamps used indoors shall only be ANSI- “TYPE-0” protected lamps and protected lamp sockets or shall only be fully enclosed, lensed fixtures.
c. Enclosed/lensed fixtures with HID lamps, shall be rated for “ARC-TUBE Containment”
4. Lamps in non-enclosed light fixtures shall be equipped with automatic switching device to de-energize the lamp when the lamp outer glass envelope is broken.
5. High-pressure sodium lamps shall be clear unless noted otherwise on Drawings.
6. Metal halide lamps shall be clear or coated as indicated on the Drawings.
7. Lamp socket and lamp “burning” position of operation rating (i.e., base-up, base-down, horizontal) shall comply with the actual lighting fixture installation location.
2.03 LIGHT FIXTURES (LUMINAIRES)
A. General
1. Lighting fixtures shall have all parts, ballasts, drivers, sockets, support attachments, trim flanges and fittings necessary to complete and properly install the fixture at the indicated installation locations. All fixtures shall be provided with lamps of size and type specified.
2. Ceiling and/or wall surface mounted lighting fixtures shall not have any exposed chase nipples or conduit knockouts visible to view within fixture housing. Lighting fixtures mounted in continuous rows shall have chase nipples or conduit knockouts between lighting fixture housing but shall not have visible chase nipples/conduit knockouts on the visible ends of the continuous row of lighting fixtures.
3. Where fixture color is indicated to be selected by the Architect and/or Owner’s Representative, provide two color chip samples for each color for review.
City of Carlsbad
VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK 10/01/2025
LIGHTING FIXTURES 26 50 00-9
4. Recessed fixtures with attached junction box shall be provided with a junction box permanently attached to the plaster ring so that the junction box is accessible through the fixture opening when the fixture is removed. Connection between fixture and pull box shall be flexible metal conduit with not less than 16AWG "AF" or "CF" type fixture rated copper wires, high temperature wire insulation for not less than 600 volts AC. The flexible conduit shall be sufficient length, so that when the fixture is removed, the pullbox is readily accessible.
5. Recessed fixtures shall be Underwriters' Laboratory approved for recessed installation with plaster frame and attached pullbox. Lamp enclosure, reflectors and finish wiring shall not be installed until plastering is completed. Exposed finish trim shall not be installed until finish painting of the adjacent surface is completed.
6. The fixture shall bear Underwriters' Laboratory label of approval for the wattage and installation indicated.
7. Light fixtures installed outdoors, in damp or wet locations shall be UL labeled for said location as "damp-location" and "wet-location" for the respective installation location.
8. Fixtures in contact with thermal/building insulation shall be UL listed and rated for direct contact installation in thermal insulation systems.
9. Lamp auxiliary support brackets shall be heat-resistant, non-dielectric. Alternatively, metal auxiliary lamp support brackets shall be electrically isolated from the fixture, to prevent glass decomposition.
1.10 10. Lighting fixtures installed in masonry and/or concrete construction. The fixture housing shall be rated for "concrete-pour" installation location.
1.11 11. Provide a permanent label inside each light fixture stating the following relamping information. Not less than 0.125-inch-high black alphanumeric characters on white background.
"Replacement lamp(s) installed in this light fixture must comply with the following criteria:
*: CRI *: Lamp Watts
*: CCT-K *: Lamp Lumens
Only lamp rated * type lamp ballast shall be installed in this fixture. *Insert the value required for the specific lamp required by the Contract Documents for each light fixture.
B. Lens and Diffusers
1. Acrylic plastic or Plexiglas for the light fixture diffusers or fixture lenses shall be 100% virgin material.
2. Thickness of not less than 0.125-inch, as measured at the "THINIST" portion on the diffuser or lens. However, thickness shall be increased to sufficient construction and camber to prevent the lens and diffusers from having any noticeable sag over the entire normal life of the installation.
3. Diffusers shall be formed from cast sheet by a vacuum and/or pressure technique.
4. Lighting fixtures containing lamps with dichroic reflectors and light fixtures with non- dichroic lens/diffuser shall be rated for high temperature lamp operations resulting from lamp heat redirected (reflected) back into the fixture.
C. Fixture/Luminaire Internal Wiring
City of Carlsbad
VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK
26 50 00-10 LIGHTING FIXTURES
1. Provide wiring between fluorescent lamp holders and associated operating and starting equipment. Provide ballasts/transformers inside lighting fixture.
2. Where there are two or more fluorescent lamps in a single luminaire, and multiple level intensity control is indicted on Specifications or Drawings, multiple-lamp ballasts shall be used to the greatest extent possible and the following tandem wiring configurations shall apply:
a. If "inboard-outboard" wiring or multi-intensity light switching controls are specified for (odd-quantity) multi-lamp luminaires, then the two outboard lamps shall be connected to a single 2-lamp ballast within each luminaire. The inboard lamps of two adjacent luminaires shall be tandem wired, that is, connected to a 2-lamp ballast within one of the luminaires.
b. A 1-lamp ballast may be used if a luminaire with ballast is separated by more than 10-feet from any other same type of luminaire with a ballast or if the nearest luminaire is on another control circuit. Otherwise, a lamp in one luminaire shall be tandem wired, that is, connected to a multi-lamp ballast in another luminaire.
3. Wire insulation for ballast/lamps employing igniters, shall be rated and UL listed for the igniter pulse voltage.
4. Light fixture internal lamp sockets; installation of lamp sockets and ballasts; grounding of lamp sockets and ballasts; and wiring connections, shall all comply with the recommendations of Ballast Manufacturer and Lighting Control System Manufacturer.
D. Lamp Holders (Sockets) and Supports
1. Provide fluorescent luminaire lamp sockets that are white, constructed of high temperature heat-resistant plastic or ceramic/porcelain.
2. When electronic solid-state ballasts are provided, fluorescent lamp sockets for 4-feet-0- inches lamps shall be of the "knife edge" type. The lamp sockets providing the tightest electrical connection shall be furnished.
3. Lamp supports shall be used as recommended by Lamp Manufacturer.
4. Rigidly and securely attach lamp holder to the luminaire enclosure.
5. Provide lamp holders and sockets suitable for specified lamps and position the lamps in optically correct spacing and relationship to lenses, reflectors, filters, and baffles.
6. Lamp holder location shall provide properly located starting aid, as specified by the Lamp Manufacturer.
7. Lamp sockets in fixtures shall be compatible with the respective specified lamp(s), as recommended by the Lamp Manufacturer and shall provide specified lamp operational performance.
8. Provide horizontal position (±15-degree) lamp and lamp socket to automatically ensure lamp position, for lamps requiring horizontal only operation lamps, to ensure correct horizontal lamp install position.
9. Lamp sockets shall be rated for not less than actual volts of the igniter starting of the lamp.
2.04 SOLID STATE LIGHTING (SSL), LIGHT EMITTING DIODES (LED) LAMPS, POWER SUPPLIES,
AND LIGHT FIXTURES (ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS)
A. General
City of Carlsbad
VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK 10/01/2025
LIGHTING FIXTURES 26 50 00-11
1. Solid State LED light source (lamps), related control equipment (driver-power supply), and luminaire (light fixture) optics for light output distribution.
2. Shall comply with the US-DOE Energy Star Program for SSL-LED. Submit documentation with Shop Drawings.
3. Shall comply with the latest revision IESNA LM-79 and LM-80. Submit documentation with Shop Drawings.
4. SSL chromaticity shall comply with latest revision NEMA and ANSI – C78.377. Submit documentation with Shop Drawings.
5. Submit with Shop Drawings two samples of each light fixture type employing SSL, with prewired 120 volt, 60Hz AC “SO” cord and plug-in cap.
B. LED Lamps
1. Lamp lumen output and overall efficiency shall be based on the LED lamps installed in specified fixture and ambient operating temperature.
2. Lamp Color Rendition Index (CRI) shall equal or exceed CRI – 80, unless noted otherwise on Drawings.
3. Lamp color output shall be 4000-degree K (±100K), unless noted otherwise on Drawings.
4. CRI and lamp color temperature shall be same for all light fixtures of the same fixture type.
C. LED Power Supply (driver)
1. Combination of power supply and SSL – lamp shall be tested and certified by respective Manufacturers for performance and proper operation.
2. Provide dimming type driver where indicated on Drawings. Driver and dimming equipment shall be tested and certified by respective Manufactures for performance and proper operation.
D. Self-contained LED Lamp and Driver, integral “Screw-Base” and/or “Pin-Connect”, replacement assembly for incandescent lamps.
1. Shall be dimmable. Dimmer and lamp shall be certified by respective Manufacturers for compatible correct operation with each other.
2. Optical system and operating temperature thermal performance shall be compatible with light fixture.
3. Comply with latest revisions of NEMA LSD-49 and SSL-6.
2.05 LIGHTING STANDARDS (SUPPORT POLES, POLE MOUNTED LIGHTING FIXTURES AND
LUMINAIRES)
A. General
1. Lighting poles, pole bases, pole arms, lighting fixtures (luminaires), supports with all lighting pole attachments and anchors shall be designed and constructed to withstand not less than 100 miles per hour steady horizontal wind loading and 130 miles per hour horizontal wind gust loading, without any damage to the lighting standards.
2. Provide tamper-resistant "hand-hole" and cover on the pole, for access into wiring terminations inside the pole. Provide ground "lug" attachment for equipment bond conductor.
City of Carlsbad
VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK
26 50 00-12 LIGHTING FIXTURES
3. Provide factory applied weather protective base undercoat and final finish on all exposed and internal components. Color as indicated or as selected by Owner’s Representative.
B. Base Plate
1. Provide a base plate at the bottom of each pole to attach and secure the pole to the pole anchor bolts. The base plate shall be permanently attached to the bottom of the pole.
C. Anchors
1. Anchor bolts shall be threaded the entire bolt length, not less than four bolts for each pole equally spaced around the pole base. Provide a minimum of two threaded nuts for each anchor bolt. Install a nut on the top and bottom sides of each base plate anchor bolt location. Not less than four threads shall be exposed after pole is installed and leveled.
City of Carlsbad
VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK 10/01/2025
LIGHTING FIXTURES 26 50 00-13
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 LIGHT FIXTURE INSTALLATION
A. General
1. The Contractor shall verify actual ceiling and wall construction types as defined on the Architectural Drawings and furnish all lighting fixtures with the correct mounting devices, trim rings, brackets whether or not such variations are indicated by fixture catalog number. The Contractor shall verify depth of all recessed lighting fixtures with Architectural Drawings prior to ordering fixtures. Any discrepancies that would cause recessed lighting fixtures not to fit into ceiling shall be reported to the Owner’s Representative prior to release of order to the Supplier of the fixtures.
2. On acoustical tile ceilings, fixture outlets shall be accurately located in the center, at the intersection of the four corners or at the center of the joints of two tiles.
3. The Contractor shall aim the exterior adjustable lighting fixtures after dark in the presence of, and at a time convenient to the Owner’s Representative.
4. Fixtures shall be ordered and furnished to operate correctly on the branch circuit voltage connected to the respective fixture as shown on the Site Plan and Floor Plan Electrical Drawings. The voltages shown on the fixture schedule are for generic fixture information only.
5. Install and connect lighting fixtures to the circuits and control sequences indicated on the Drawings and to comply with respective Manufacturer's instructions/ recommendations.
6. Lighting fixtures in building interstitial spaces, in mechanical plumbing and electrical spaces/rooms, are shown in their approximate locations. Do not install lighting outlets or light fixtures until the mechanical, plumbing and electrical equipment/pipes/ ductwork are installed; then adjust and install lighting in revised clear (non-interfering) locations to provide best even-illumination. Coordinate the locations with all other trades prior to lighting
B. Lighting Fixtures installed in Ceiling Support Grids - suspended lay-in "T-bar" and concealed spline ceilings.
1. Provide two seismic clips at opposite ends of each recessed light fixture, the clip shall connect to the ceiling grid main runners and the light fixture. The light fixture with seismic clips and ceiling grid runner connections shall resist a horizontal seismic force equal to the total weight of the light fixture assembly.
2. Each light fixture weighing 40-pounds or less and where the respective ceiling grid system is "heavy duty" type, shall be suspended directly from the ceiling grid or shall be suspended independent of the ceiling grid support system as approved by the AHJ. Each light fixture weighing more than 40-pounds or where the ceiling grid system is not a "heavy duty" type shall be supported independent of the ceiling grid and independent of ceiling grid support system.
3. Each light fixture supported independent of the ceiling grid system shall be supported with a minimum of four taut independent support wires, one wire at each fixture corner.
4. Each light fixture supported directly from the ceiling grid or ceiling grid support system shall be additionally connected with a minimum of two independent slack safety support wires. One wire at each opposite diagonal fixture corner. Each 3-feet by 3-feet and larger
City of Carlsbad
VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK
26 50 00-14 LIGHTING FIXTURES
light fixture shall be supported in the same manner, except provide a minimum of four independent slack safety wires, one at each fixture corner.
5. Light fixtures surface mounted to a suspended ceiling shall be installed with a 1½-inch steel – "C" channel which spans across and above a minimum of two parallel main ceiling grid "runners" and concealed above the ceiling. Each channel or angle member shall be provided with a minimum of two threaded studs for attaching to the fixture housing through the lay-in ceiling tile. Two steel "C" channel members shall be installed for each 4-feet (or smaller) fixture. Install the channels within 6-inches of each end of the light fixture to span a minimum of two ceiling grid parallel main runners. Provide two seismic clips connecting the ceiling grid main runners to each steel – "C" channel. Provide a not less than two taut independent support wires connecting to each channel. Bolt the light fixtures to the threaded studs on the channels or angles, to support the light fixture tight to the ceiling surface.
C. Fixture Supports
1. The support wires for light fixture support shall be 12-gauge steel (minimum). The wires including their building and light fixture attachments shall provide support capacity of not less than four times the weight of the light fixture assembly. Provide additional light fixture support wires and building anchors to meet these Requirements, as part of the Contract. The support wires shall be anchored to the building structural elements above the ceiling.
2. Pendant mounting fixtures shall be supplied with swivel hangers. Fixtures shall swing in any direction a minimum of 45 degrees of gravity, position. Fixtures shall have special stem lengths to give the mounting height indicated on the Drawings. Stem to be single continuous piece without coupling, and to be finished the same color as the canopy and the fixture, unless otherwise noted. The Contractor shall check all lock nuts and set screws to rigidly secure the swivel socket to the stem, and the stem to the outlet box.
Fixtures shall be plumb and vertical. Where obstructions occur restricting 45-degrees free-swing of fixtures, the fixtures shall be "guy" wired to prevent fixtures from striking obstructions. The Owner’s Representative shall approve method of guying. Swinging fixtures shall have an additional safety hanger cable attached to the structure and the fixture at each support, with the capacity of supporting four times the vertical weight of the light fixture assembly.
3. Suspended fixtures weighing in excess of 40-pounds shall be supported independently of the fixture outlet box. Provide "aircraft" (minimum 12 gauge) steel hanger cable for suspended fixtures route cable concealed or in pendant where possible. Each cable attachments shall support four times the weight of the fixture assembly. Securely attach the cable to the building structure.
4. Surface mounted fixtures installed on drywall or plaster ceilings and weighing less than 40-pounds may be supported from outlet box. Provide structural supports above drywall or plaster ceilings for installation of fixtures weighing more than 40-pounds and secure fixture to structural supports. The use of toggle bolts is prohibited.
C. Recessed Lighting Fixtures - Fire Rated Building Surfaces
1. Lighting fixtures recessed in ceiling or wall which has a fire resistive rating of 1-hour or more shall be enclosed in a fully enclosed backbox (except over fixture lens/diffuser). The
City of Carlsbad
VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK 10/01/2025
LIGHTING FIXTURES 26 50 00-15
material used to fabricate the "enclosed backbox" shall have a fire rating equal to that of the respective ceiling or wall.
2. The space from the fixture to the box enclosure shall be a minimum of 3-inches.
3. The backbox shall be concealed behind the fire rated ceiling and wall finish surface. The light fixture shall be provided with lamp ballast rated for (normal light output) operation in a "high" ambient temperature.
3.02 LAMPS
A. Fluorescent and HID lamps controlled by dimming equipment shall be operated (aged) for 100-continuous hours without interruption, at 100% full lumen output prior to occupancy of the building by the Owner.
B. Lamps shall be the type and Manufacturer as recommended by the Dimming System Manufacturer.
C. Install all lamps in each light fixture.
D. Lamp and Light Fixture use during construction:
1. All lamps in lighting fixtures that have been operated (ON) for a total of more than 300- hours prior to final completion of the Contract Notice of Completion shall be relamped by the Contractor. Remove the existing lamps with more than 300-hours of illuminated operation and provide new lamps of the type required by the Contract Documents, install lamps in respective light fixtures, typical for the following lamp types:
a. Linear fluorescent.
b. Compact fluorescent (CFL).
c. H.I.D.
d. Incandescent.
e. LED
3.03 LENS AND DIFFUSERS
Lens, diffusers, internal reflectors shall be completely cleaned of all dust, dirt and fingerprints after the installation of the light fixtures and lamps, and after all trades have completed work and prior to occupancy of the facility by the Owner.
3.04 BALLASTS
A. Ballasts remote from the lighting fixture, mounted as shown on the Drawings and designed for remote operation. Additional wiring and conduit shall be provided whether shown on the Drawing or not, between lighting fixture and remote Ballasts with required quantity of "THHN" wire installed in conduit to operate said fixture(s).
B. Conductors: Provide proper type and quantity of conductors with conduit system for proper operation of dimming system, whether or not shown on Drawings.
C. Contractor shall tandem wire 1-lamp or 3-lamp fluorescent fixtures when fixture is recessed mounted and within 8-feet of each other or if surface or pendant mounted within 1-foot of each other.
City of Carlsbad
VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK
26 50 00-16 LIGHTING FIXTURES
To accomplish tandem wiring, a tandem wiring harness shall be installed between inboard master ballast and inboard slave lamp located in adjacent fixture. Night-light or emergency light fixtures shall not apply.
City of Carlsbad
VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK 10/01/2025
LIGHTING FIXTURES 26 50 00-17
3.05 FLUORESCENT LIGHT FIXTURE TANDEM WIRING CONNECTIONS A. The Contractor shall provide tandem wiring whether or not shown on the Drawing for fluorescent lighting fixtures conforming to all of the following criteria:
1. Light fixture contains fluorescent lamp ballast.
2. Odd number of lamps in light fixture (i.e., one lamp, three lamps, five lamps, etc.).
3. Light fixtures are recess mounted within 10-feet of each other; light fixtures are surface mounted or suspended/pendent mounted within 1-foot of each other.
4. Light fixtures are located in the same room.
B. Provide the Tandem Wiring Connections between respective light fixtures as follows:
1. The tandem wiring harness shall be the product of the respective Lighting Fixture Manufacturer.
2. The tandem connection shall provide pre-assembled wiring harness connecting two fluorescent lamps in adjacent lighting fixtures with a master lamp ballast, remote adjacent fixture slave lamp.
3. The wiring harness shall contain the wiring in flexible steel conduit or enclosed metal raceway/jacket for installation in an air plenum.
C. Delete Tandem Wiring Requirement and provide Individual and Multi-Lamp Ballasts in each respective light fixtures under one or more of the following conditions.
1. Lighting fixtures are shown as night-light or emergency light type fixtures do not require tandem wiring.
2. Fluorescent Dimming Ballasts do not require tandem wiring.
3.06 COMMISSIONING LIGHTING FIXTURES (ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS) A. General
1. Verify correct lighting control configurations and operation in each room.
2. Simulate normal source power failure by "opening" (turn off) building main service disconnect and verify connections and operation of each emergency lighting fixture.
3. Confirm "EXIT" sign directional arrows are visible in each "EXIT" sign.
4. Verify light fixture support-hangers, ceiling grid clips and seismic restraints comply with the Contract Documents.
5. Remove protective shipping/installation shields on fixtures. Verify fixtures and lamps are clean and free of construction debris. Clean light fixtures found to be contaminated or dirty.
6. Setup, program, and function test lighting control systems to perform each of the indicated control functions, area/room zones and sequences.
7. Provide “aiming”, directional adjustment of light fixtures, both indoor and outdoor.
Aiming shall comply with Manufacturer’s aiming diagrams, and as directed by Owner’s Representative.
B. Sample Spot-Checks in Each Room the following lighting fixture information:
1. Lamp type and performance data.
2. Ballast type and performance data.
City of Carlsbad
VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK
26 50 00-18 LIGHTING FIXTURES
3. Combined lamp/ballast certification of performance and compatibility by respective Manufacturer.
4. Verify instructional signage is placed inside each lighting fixture in compliance with Contract Documents.
END OF SECTION
City of Carlsbad
VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK 10/06/2025
EARTHWORK 31 00 00-1
SECTION 31 00 00
EARTHWORK
PART 1 – GENERAL
This Part and all Subparts shall conform to the following related documents:
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
B. Publications listed below form a part of this specification to the extent referenced. The publications are referred to in the text by the basic designation only.
1. Standard Specifications:
a. The “GreenBook”: Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction (Latest Edition).
b. The Grading Code and Municipal Code of the City of Carlsbad.
c. Design Criteria and Standard Drawings for Water and Sewer Facilities through the Engineering Codes, Standards & Policies of the City of Carlsbad Land Development Engineering Department.
d. Caltrans-Manual of Traffic Controls for Construction and Maintenance Work Zones (Latest Edition).
2. Standard Drawings shall apply to the work to the extent referenced on the plans:
a. Standard Drawings issued by the County of San Diego Department of Public Works (Latest Edition).
b. Standard Plans for Public Works Construction (Latest Edition).
C. Reference Documents: A copy of the Geotechnical Investigation Reports (soils reports) and supplements for the project, as prepared by Southern California Geotechnical, Inc., Project No. 19G109-2:
August 7, 2020 Geotechnical Investigation, Proposed Veterans Memorial Park, Faraday Avenue at Whitman Way, Carlsbad, California
D. Requirements of the Contract Documents, including but not limited to, the General, Special, and Technical Provisions, apply to work in this Section with the same force and effect as though repeated in full herein.
E. Soils Report: The recommendations within the project’s soils report shall be incorporated into this specification. In the event of a conflict between the Geotechnical Report and these specifications and the project plans, immediately consult the project’s Civil Engineer or Project Manager. To prepare an accurate bid, it is suggested that bidders and their geotechnical consultant perform an independent evaluation of the subsurface conditions in the project areas. The independent evaluations may include,
City of Carlsbad
VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK
31 00 00-2 EARTHWORK
but not be limited to, review of other Geotechnical Reports prepared for the adjacent areas, site reconnaissance, and additional exploration and laboratory testing.
F. Import and/or export material as necessary to achieve proposed elevations. Contractor shall:
1. Perform any incidental over-excavation, excavation, and backfill of over-excavation as recommended to accommodate placed material.
2. Comply with import and export testing requirements unless noted otherwise. Contractor shall allow no less than two weeks to coordinate sample and test evaluation.
3. Comply with local governing agencies and obtain any permits for truck hauling routes. Routes will not be shown on plan, it is the responsibility of this contractor to coordinate these routes prior to issuing a bid.
G. Contractor shall be responsible for the complete review of the Geotechnical Report. Contractor shall review in conjunction with the civil plans, all plan sheets for relevant information necessary to properly execute this scope of work.
1.2 SUMMARY
Furnish materials, labor, transportation, services, and equipment necessary to perform all earthwork operations related to the Bike Park and Pump Track as indicated on the Drawings complete as shown and as specified herein.
A. Section Includes:
1. Preparing subgrades for slabs-on-grade, walks, pavements, lawns and grasses, and exterior plants.
2. Excavating and backfilling for buildings and structures.
3. Drainage courses for concrete slabs-on-grade.
4. Subbase course for concrete pavement.
5. Subbase and base course for asphalt paving.
6. Subsurface drainage backfill for walls and trenches.
7. Excavating and backfilling trenches for utilities and pits for buried utility structures.
8. Section includes all earthwork required for construction of the work. Such earthwork shall include, but not be limited to, the loosening, removing, loading, transporting, depositing, and compacting in its final location of all materials wet and dry, as required for the purposes of completing the work specified in the Contract Documents, which shall include, but not be limited to, the furnishing, placing, and removing of sheeting and bracing if necessary to safely support the sides of all excavation; all pumping, ditching, draining, dewatering, and other required measures for the removal or exclusion of water from the excavation; the supporting of structures above and below the ground; all backfilling around structures and all backfilling of trenches and pits; the disposal of excess excavated materials; alluvial removals, selective grading of expansive soils, soil importing, borrow of materials to make up deficiencies for fills, and all other incidental earthwork, all in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents.
City of Carlsbad
VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK 10/06/2025
EARTHWORK 31 00 00-3
B. The work includes but is not necessarily limited to furnishing all: labor, materials and the installation of same, appliances, tools, equipment, facilities, transportation, receiving and unloading, hoisting, task lighting, applicable taxes and services necessary for, and incidental to, performing all operations in connection with this scope of work.
C. The breakdown of the scope of work by specifications is for organizational purposes only. The scope noted herein provides additional clarity only. It is not necessarily all inclusive. Where there is a reference to a detail, plan sheet or a note, this is to bring awareness only. Unless specifically “excluded”, this Contractor has the entire scope of work.
D. The scope noted herein; regardless, if duplicated in another’s scope of work and other contract documents, shall be included in this Category Contractor’s base bid. In the event a scope item is duplicated in another Contractor’s scope of work and/or and other contract documents, this does not relieve this Contractor from the responsibility of the scope. It shall be the Construction Manager’s discretion as to which Contractor will perform the scope of work and who shall provide a credit for the value of the scope not provided.
E. Any reference in this scope to “Contractor”, “Category Contractor”, “Bid Category Contractor”, “Bid Package”, “Trade Contractor”, “Contractor”, “Subcontractor” or any version of these are all synonymous / one-in-the same.
F. Contractor is responsible to know the latest SCAQMD requirements:
1. Includes implementing those means necessary to ensure any and/or all related work materials, fluids, equipment, etc. are stored or covered in a manner acceptable to the requirements.
2. Contractor shall provide and maintain adequate dust control throughout the duration of their operation, including, but not limited to: washing/sweeping of existing sidewalks, public streets and concrete and asphalt access roads on a daily basis. Mitigation of dust shall be to the satisfaction of the Owner, City/County, and/or SCAQMD.
3. Any penalties the owner receives due to this Contractor’s negligence will be forwarded to this Contractor for reimbursement.
1.3 RELATED WORK
1. Section 31 23 12 – Sub-Grade Preparation
1.4 REFERENCES
A. Comply with the applicable reference specifications as specified in the General Provisions. Comply with the applicable reference specifications as specified in the GENERAL PROVISIONS and in accordance with applicable laws, codes and regulations required by the Owner’s Representative.
Work shall comply with the rules and regulations of local, state, and federal agencies having jurisdiction. Nothing contained herein shall be construed as permitting work that is contrary to such rules, regulations, and codes.
B. Comply with the current provisions of the following Codes and Standards
1. ASTM - American Society for Testing and Materials.
2. Standard Specifications (as specified in the General Provisions)
3. Latest Uniform Standards issued by the City or County.
City of Carlsbad
VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK
31 00 00-4 EARTHWORK
1.5 SUBMITTALS
A. Submittals, including samples of materials, shall be in accordance with the GENERAL PROVISIONS.
B. Samples: Submit a one-half cubic foot sample of proposed import soils (if required) per the project’s soil report for Owner's Representative's review and approval, identify location and source of import soil.
1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. General: All soils testing and inspection during earthwork operations, other than agricultural suitability and chemical analysis of proposed soils, will be done by a testing laboratory of the ENGINEER’s choice at the contractor’s expense except as specified in Paragraph 1.5.C below. Contractor shall be responsible for scheduling the tests and inspections and all tests performed on project soil will be given to the Owner’s Representative for review.
B. Where soil material is required to be compacted to a percentage of maximum dry density, the maximum dry density at optimum moisture content will be determined in accordance with the latest version of ASTM D 1557. In-place field density tests will be performed in accordance with ASTM D 1556, (sand cone) and/or ASTM D 2922 and ASTM D 3017 (nuclear gauge). The number and location of field density tests will be determined by the ENGINEER.
C. In case the tests of the fill or backfill show non-compliance with the required density, the CONTRACTOR shall accomplish such remedy as may be required to ensure compliance.
Subsequent testing to show compliance shall be by a testing laboratory selected by the ENGINEER and shall be at the CONTRACTOR’s expense. All imported fill material not specified in the contract shall be tested at the CONTRACTOR’s expense and approved by the ENGINEER.
1.7 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Existing Conditions: The existing topographic conditions are shown on the drawings for reference only. Upon beginning the earthwork, Contractor represents that he has inspected the site and satisfied himself as to actual grades and levels and the true conditions under which the work is to be performed. Promptly notify the Owner’s Representative of unexpected subsurface conditions. The Contractor is required to submit a "Site Acceptance" letter before earthwork operations begin.
B. Soil Classification: Excavated materials are not classified as to type.
1.8 EARTHWORK QUANTITIES AND ASSUMPTIONS
A. CONTRACTOR shall submit, with bid documents, an independent analysis of all earthwork and grading quantities, including cut, fill, shrinkage, subsidence, removals, and import/export. This submittal shall be reviewed by CONSTRUCTION MANAGER / OWNER’S REPRESENTATIVE and will establish the baseline for earthwork evaluation.
B. Acceptance of this submittal does not relieve CONTRACTOR of full responsibility for verifying quantities and conditions in the field. By submitting, CONTRACTOR acknowledges that earthwork costs are included in the Contract Sum. Any differences between estimated and actual earthwork quantities, unless caused by changes directed in writing by OWNER, should be brought to the
City of Carlsbad
VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK 10/06/2025
EARTHWORK 31 00 00-5
attention of the OWNER and ARCHITECT immediately and will be reviewed by the Owner on a case by case basis.
C. Failure to provide this analysis at time of bid shall be cause for rejection of bid or rejection of later claims for additional time or money related to earthwork quantities.
1.9 PROTECTION
A. Protection
1. Protect excavations by shoring, bracing, sheeting, underpinning, or other methods, as required to prevent cave-ins or loose dirt from entering excavations. Barricade open excavations and post warning lights at work adjacent to public streets and walks.
2. Cover holes and trenches when work is not in progress. Fence or barricade changes of plane more than 45 degrees horizontally and more than 3 feet vertically.
3. Maintain benchmarks, monuments, and other reference points. If disturbed or destroyed, replace as directed.
4. Protect existing berms and slopes from disruption. If slopes are disturbed, return to existing conditions at no additional cost to the Owner.
5. Underpin adjacent structure(s), including utility service lines, which may be damaged by excavation operations.
6. Protect existing natural areas and landscape improvements from damage.
7. Promptly repair damage to adjacent facilities caused by earthwork operations. Cost of repair at Contractor's expense.
1.10 SOIL REMOVAL
A. Refer to Construction and Demolition Waste Management Specifications for actions required regarding the disposal and diversion of all excess / waste materials, including excess excavated material and rock from the site.
PART 2 – PRODUCTS / MATERIALS
Products in this Part and all Subparts shall conform to the documents referenced in Part 1 – General.
Products include, but are not limited to the following:
2.1 SUITABLE FILL AND BACKFILL MATERIAL REQUIREMENT
A. General: Fill, backfill, and embankment materials shall be suitable selected or processed clean, fine earth, rock, or sand, and free from grass, roots, brush, or other vegetation; contamination; or
City of Carlsbad
VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK
31 00 00-6 EARTHWORK
deleterious material. The size, gradation, and properties of the materials shall be in accordance with the requirements of the Soil Report and these specifications.
B. Suitable materials may be obtained from onsite excavations, may be processed onsite materials, or may be imported provided these materials meet all the requirements in the Contract Documents. If imported materials are required to meet the requirements of this Section or to meet the quantity requirements of the project, the CONTRACTOR shall provide the imported fill materials and the required conformance reports of test results at no additional expense to the AGENCY, unless a unit price item is included for imported materials (including the appropriate required testing reports) in the bidding schedule.
2.2 FILL FOR MISCELLANEOUS LANDSCAPE WORK
A. General Landscape Construction
1. Miscellaneous Landscape Filling: Fill material like existing on-site soil with all rocks, etc. over 2" in diameter removed prior to placement.
2. Remove and dispose of rocks, etc. removed during soil processing offsite.
3. Imported fill material shall be inspected, tested, and approved by the Owner’s Representative prior to use in work. Copy of tests will be given to the City.
2.3 PLANTING SOIL FOR PLANT BACKFILL
Native soil shall be tilled and free of noxious weeds and chemicals. Soil must be approved as growing medium from Soils Lab Report with any supplementary additives as directed by Soils Lab Report. Copy of Soils Lab Report will be given to the Owner’s Representative.
2.4 USE OF FILL AND BACKFILL MATERIAL TYPES
A. The CONTRACTOR shall use the types of materials as designated on the Drawings and herein for all required fill, backfill, and embankment construction hereunder.
B. Where these Specifications conflict with the requirements of any local agency having jurisdiction, or with the requirements of a material manufacturer, the ENGINEER shall be immediately notified. In case of conflict therewith, the CONTRACTOR shall use the more stringent requirement, as determined by the ENGINEER.
2.5 ACCESSORIES
A. Warning Tape: Acid- and alkali-resistant polyethylene film warning tape manufactured for marking and identifying underground utilities, 6 inches wide and 4 mils thick, continuously inscribed with a description of the utility; colored as follows:
1. Red: Electric.
2. Yellow: Gas, and dangerous materials.
3. Orange: Telephone and other communications.
City of Carlsbad
VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK 10/06/2025
EARTHWORK 31 00 00-7
4. Blue: Water systems.
5. Green: Sewer systems.
6. Purple: Reclaimed Water System
B. Detectable Wire: Tracer wire shall be provided for plastic piping. Insulated No. 12 copper tracer wire shall be buried with the pipe and ends brought to surface.
C. Drainage Geotextiles
D. Erosion Control Geotextiles
E. Separation Geotextiles
PART 3 – EXECUTION
Execution of all related work in this Section shall conform to the documents referenced in Part 1 - General. Execution includes, but is not limited to the following:
3.1 PREPARATION
A. Prior to the start of grading the Contractor will be required to submit a work plan to outline the sequencing of grading and construction activities for the project. It will be the Contractor's responsibility to develop a project work plan that includes a project schedule and describes their means and methods, which will be required to be in conformance with the project specifications.
B. Establish extent of grading and excavation by area and elevation. Designate and identify datum elevation and project engineering reference points. Set required lines, levels, and elevations.
C. Do not cover or enclose work of this Section before obtaining required inspections, tests, approvals, and location recording.
3.2 EXISTING UTILITIES
A. Before starting grading and excavation, establish the location and extent of underground utilities in the work area. Exercise care to protect existing utilities during earthwork operations. Perform excavation work near utilities by hand and provide necessary shoring, sheeting, and supports as the work progresses.
B. Maintain, protect, relocate, or extend, as required, existing utility lines to remain which pass through the work area. Pay costs for this work, except as covered by the applicable utility companies.
C. Protect active utility services uncovered by excavation. Notify respective utility companies of damage caused to active utilities immediately.
D. Remove abandoned utility service lines from areas of excavation. Cap, plug, or seal abandoned lines and identify termination points at grade level with markers.
E. Accurately locate and record abandoned, and active utility lines rerouted or extended on project record documents.
City of Carlsbad
VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK
31 00 00-8 EARTHWORK
3.3 SITE GRADING – GENERAL
A. Perform grading within contract limits, including adjacent transition areas, to new elevations, levels, profiles, and contours indicated. Provide uniform levels and slopes between new elevations and existing grades.
B. Obtain approval of scarified subgrade surfaces by Owner's Representative prior to filling operations.
Scarify, dry, and compact soft and wet areas; remove and replace unsuitable subgrade materials with an approved fill material. Take corrective measures before placing fill materials.
C. Thoroughly scarify existing soil surface to a depth of 10" and verify scarification with Owner's Representative prior to placing fill material in mounded areas.
D. Spread approved fill material uniformly in layers not greater than 12" of loose thickness over entire fill zones of planting areas.
1. Lift thickness requirements may be modified by Owner’s Representative to suit equipment and materials or other conditions when required to assure satisfactory compaction.
2. Place and compact each layer of fill before placing additional fill material. Repeat filling until proposed grade, profile or contour is attained.
3. Suspend fill operations when satisfactory results cannot be obtained because of environmental or other unsatisfactory site conditions. Do not use over-saturated fill materials. Do not place fill material on over-saturated subgrade surface.
4. Grade surfaces to assure positive drainage and to prevent ponding and pockets of surface drainage. Install drainage swales as indicated on the Drawings.
5. Protect finish graded areas from traffic and erosion. Keep free of trash and debris. Repair and reestablish grades in settled, eroded, and damaged areas.
E. If, in the opinion of the Owner's Representative, the completed site grading does not reflect the Contract Documents, an independent surveyor may be hired to verify the grades. If the grades are correct, the Owner will pay for the survey. If the grades are incorrect, the cost of the survey will be deducted from the Contract price.
3.4 BACKFILLING / FILLING FOR PAVING & WALLS
A. Before filling, remove debris, large rocks, formwork, and loose material.
B. Proof-roll areas to receive fill with rubber-tired roller of sufficient weight. Weak areas or areas where excessive pumping is noted shall be removed, and if required by Owner’s Representative, replaced with select fill.
C. Prior to placing fill, scarify surface to a depth of 6 inches. Moisture content of loosened material shall be such that first layer of fill will readily bond to surface.
D. Top 6 inches shall be free from rocks larger than 3 inches diameter.
E. Place in maximum 8-inch lifts and compact per ASTM D 1557 at optimum moisture content (-1% to +3%). This lift and compaction requirement does not apply to planting areas.
City of Carlsbad
VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK 10/06/2025
EARTHWORK 31 00 00-9
F. Moisten fill to allow drying to correct moisture content before compaction. Do not place fill on subgrade that is over-saturated.
G. Allowing for total thickness of finish paving and base material, fill under paving to bring subgrade to proper elevation.
H. Soft areas that develop under construction operations shall be scarified, aerated, or moistened.
Compact to full depth required to obtain specified density for each layer.
3.5 EXCAVATING
A. It is the Contractor's responsibility to investigate the likelihood of caliches or hard rock excavation. The Owner will not provide any additional compensation to the Contractor for hard rock or caliches excavation.
3.6 FINISH GRADING
A. Grade uniformly with rounded surfaces at tops and bottoms of abrupt changes in plane. Hand grade steep slopes, areas that are inaccessible for machine work and areas around existing plants.
B. Slope graded surfaces to drain water away from structures, walls, etc.; minimum slope is 1/4 inch per foot.
C. Grade areas to elevation and slopes indicated without depressions causing pocketing of surface water or humps, producing localized runoff and erosion. Ponding of water on site is not allowed.
Finish surfaces to be not more than 0.10 foot above or below established grade elevation unless approved in writing by Owner's Representative.
D. See Section on Soil Preparation and Soil Mixes for additional fine grading requirements.
3.7 DRAINAGE
A. Always provide drainage of the working area.
3.8 DISPOSAL OF WASTE MATERIALS
A. Refer to Construction and Demolition Waste Management Specifications for actions required regarding the disposal and diversion of all excess / waste materials, including excess excavated material and rock from the site.
3.9 CLEANING
A. Upon completion of earthwork operation, clean areas within contract limits, remove tools and equipment.
B. Provide site clear, clean, free of debris and suitable for site work operations.
C. Remove and dispose of properly off site all rocks and other debris from grading operations at approved recycling centers, refer to Construction and Demolition Waste Management Specifications for actions required with regards to the disposal and diversion of all excess/ waste materials.
City of Carlsbad
VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK
31 00 00-10 EARTHWORK
END OF SECTION
City of Carlsbad
VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK 10/06/2025
CLEARING AND GRUBBING 31 10 00-1
SECTION 31 10 00
CLEARING AND GRUBBING
PART 1 – GENERAL
1.1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
A. The requirements set forth in the General Conditions shall be in addition to the standards provided herein.
B. The requirements set forth in the Supplemental Conditions shall be in addition to the standards provided herein.
1.2 DESCRIPTION
A. Preserve and protect existing site amenities to remain, including, but not limited to, trees, shrubs, underground utilities, and other improvements as shown on the Plans. Protection of work shall include affected improvements on adjoining properties.
B. Scope of work includes: site preparation, removal of debris, staging of equipment and materials and securing the site for construction.
1.3 RELATED WORK
A. Section 31 00 00 – Earthwork
B. Section 31 23 00 “Excavation and Fill”
1.4 PROTECTION/REPLACEMENT
A. Prior to demolition, erect protective fencing a minimum of one foot (1’) beyond the canopy of all trees to remain. The radius of the canopy shall be measured from the longest branch furthest from the trunk. Refer to the environmental document for additional requirements for protective fencing on other existing natural features. For work within or near protected trees, a tree permit may be required.
B. If public use is to be maintained on unaffected portions of the project site, the Contractor shall be responsible for directing pedestrian and vehicular traffic safely around the construction zone.
Utilization of temporary fencing, barricades, signage, etc. shall be the responsibility of the Contractor.
Safe detours shall be available to the general public at all times during the course of construction.
C. Protection of existing site improvements shown to remain, including, but not limited to, fencing, signs, benches, picnic tables, play structures, shade structures, drinking fountains, concrete paving, concrete wall and curbs, decomposed granite paving, asphalt concrete paving, recreational site improvements, etc. are to be protected and preserved.
D. The Contractor shall be responsible for any damage to and maintenance of all existing street improvements, drainage facilities and irrigation systems and to re-establish these improvements to their original condition as soon as possible after completion of the work in the area, to the complete satisfaction of the Project Manager and Inspector. Realignments or modifications to the existing facilities as shown on the plans are accepted.
E. Survey monuments and markers either shown on the Plans or encountered during the course of
City of Carlsbad
VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK
31 10 00-2 CLEARING AND GRUBBING
construction shall be protected and preserved. The Contractor shall notify the Inspector upon discovery of an unmarked monument, at which time, arrangements for the relocation or adjustment of the monument will be determined. All costs associated with the relocation or adjustment of these monuments shall be the Contractor’s responsibility.
F. Burning or burying removed material on-site is prohibited.
G. Where the removal of specific material creates an open hole, pit, trench or other depression, the Contractor shall immediately backfill and compact the areas consistent with requirements outlined in Section 31 00 00 of these Specifications.
H. All items identified in the Plans to remain or identified in the field to remain, removed in error by the Contractor, shall be repaired or replaced to match in equal or better construction, at no cost to the City. The quality of the repair or replacement shall be measured as that existing at contract award.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
Intentionally left blank.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 PRE-CONSTRUCTION SITE REVIEW
A. Contractor shall review existing site conditions with the Inspector prior to start of construction and document any conditions which adversely affect the satisfactory execution of the work and final acceptance of the project.
B. Commencement of work constitutes acceptance of existing conditions. The Contractor shall, at his expense, be responsible for correcting all unsatisfactory and defective work.
3.2 CLEARING
A. Completely remove trees, shrubs, stumps, vines, rubbish/debris, undergrowth, deadwood, structures, and other elements identified to be removed and/or which interfere with the construction as shown on the Plans and as specified.
B. Obtain verification from the Project Manager for non-identified items scheduled to be removed prior to actual removal.
3.3 GRUBBING
A. Remove all stumps, roots, grasses, and weeds in its entirety. Apply systemic weed killer. Confirm weed kill prior to removal.
B. Once surface material is removed, the Contractor shall stockpile the top twelve inches (12”) of topsoil for use during the final grading phase of work. This soil shall be free of rocks, debris, roots, and other undesirable material.
3.4 UTILITIES
A. Contact USA Alert (800) 642-2444 prior to commencement of any demolition or excavation work.
Provide a minimum of 48 hours notice. Verify all utilities entering into and their locations within the project site.
City of Carlsbad
VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK 10/06/2025
CLEARING AND GRUBBING 31 10 00-3
B. Where utilities lie within the project site, but are not a part of the project, the Contractor shall cooperate with the agency or utility company having jurisdiction to maintain its use and the integrity of the structure.
C. Where utilities enter into the project site and taps, connections to or extensions of the utility are identified in the Plans, the Contractor shall coordinate all work with the agency or utility company having jurisdiction to minimize or eliminate disruption of use by the adjacent properties.
D. Verify that all utilities, shown to be removed on the Plans, are inactive and turned off prior to disconnection and/or re-routing, prior to demolition.
3.5 DEBRIS REMOVAL
A. All materials removed as a part of this contract shall become the property of the Contractor and shall be legally disposed of off-site, unless otherwise noted on the Plans.
B. Where a portion of a concrete slab, curb or wall and asphalt concrete paving or curb is to be removed, the concrete shall be cut with a concrete saw at a 90-degree angle so that the edge of the remaining concrete shall form a neat, straight line. Conform to the City of Carlsbad Design and Construction Standards, latest edition.
END OF SECTION
City of Carlsbad
VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK 10/06/2025
SELECTIVE SITE CLEARING 31 12 00-1
SECTION 31 12 00
SELECTIVE SITE CLEARING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Work Included: Perform selective clearing of trees and complete as shown, and as specified.
B. Related Work:
1. Section 02 41 13 - Site Demolition
2. Section 31 00 00 – Earthwork
1.2 JOB CONDITIONS
A. Protection of Existing Plants to Remain, refer to Common Work Results for Existing Conditions
B. Work Schedule: Proceed and coordinate with the work as the site becomes available, consistent with seasonal limitations for clearing and transplanting.
1.3 SELECTION AND TAGGING OF TREES
Owner’s Representative will select and tag at the site, those trees to be saved and those to be removed.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (CONTRACTOR'S OPTION)
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 TREES TO BE CLEARED (If Applicable)
A. General: Refer to drawings for locations.
B. Special Conditions: Clear trees in areas only at direction of the owner’s representative.
C. Stump Removal: Grind or remove tree stumps to a minimum depth of two (2) ft. below proposed finish grade.
D. Disposal: Dispose of cleared trees off the site unless otherwise directed by Owner’s Representative.
3.2 CLEAN-UP
A. Keep all areas of work clean, neat, and orderly always.
B. Clean up and remove all debris from the entire work area prior to Final Acceptance.
C. Work Schedule: Proceed and coordinate with the work as the site becomes available, consistent with seasonal limitations for clearing and transplanting.
END OF SECTION
City of Carlsbad
VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK 10/06/2025
GRADING 31 22 00-1
SECTION 31 22 00
GRADING
PART 1 – GENERAL
1.1 GENERAL REQUIRMENTS
A. Permits: Contractor shall obtain and pay for all permits and compliance activities associated with Earthwork (e.g., grading, encroachment, and all utility permits).
1.2 RELATED DOCUMENTS AND REFERENCED STANDARDS
A. Plans, Specifications and Contract Documents for the Veterans Memorial Park Project No. ___________
B. Geotechnical Investigation, dated August 7, 2020 and corresponding documents prepared respectively by Southern California Geotechnical. These documents are included in the Specifications as Appendix “A”.
C. Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction (current edition).
D. County of San Diego Standard Plans (current edition).
E. Current editions of the Standard Plans and Specifications for the City of Carlsbad Water District, San Diego Gas & Electric, and local area telecommunication companies such as Verizon or Time Warner, as required.
F. Related Sections include the following:
1. Section 31 10 00 – Site Clearing
2. Section 31 23 00 – Excavation and Fill
3. Section 32 14 13 – Interlocking precast Concrete Unit Paving
1.3 SUMMARY
This section includes all earthwork operations associated with rough and precise grading (e.g., over excavation, subgrade preparation, backfill and compaction), drainage and moisture control, hardscapes (e.g., pavement, slabs on grade and walkways) and trenching and backfilling of all underground facilities such that all improvements shown on the drawings can be constructed in strict conformance with the geotechnical investigation prepared for this project. All excess material, any excavated material (rock) which has a dimension of 3” or more is unsuitable as well as unsuitable fills as defined in the geotechnical investigation for the project shall be removed and disposed of by the Contractor at an approved disposal site. All imported fill material shall be approved by the Engineer prior to transportation of the material to the project site. The limits of grading are the entire project site excepting the footprint of the existing structures to remain and as more specifically shown on the grading plan.
1.4 SUBMITTALS
A. Detailed Work Plan
1. Prior to mobilization and commencement of any work (demolition/earthwork/construction), CONTRACTOR shall submit a Detailed Work Plan identifying the planned sequence and schedule of earthwork operations, including at minimum: initial site clearing, demolition, first
City of Carlsbad
VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK
31 22 00-2 GRADING
area of cut, installation of gravity wall and geogrid system, first layer of fill, and all subsequent phases of earthwork (volumes of cut and fill, volumes of overexcavation/remediation, excavation, gravity wall installation and fill/compaction activities).
2. The Work Plan shall be coordinated with the overall Project Schedule and approved by the City/Construction Manager prior to mobilization.
3. This Work Plan shall establish the baseline reference for evaluating CONTRACTOR’s progress and shall be the basis of review for any requests for additional time or compensation related to earthwork sequencing, delays, or changed conditions.
4. Contractor shall provide weekly updates to the Detailed Work Plan, including volumes of earth moved, and submit to the City/Construction Manager for review/approval.
5. Failure to submit and maintain an accepted Work Plan shall constitute grounds for rejection of claims for additional Contract Time or Contract Sum.
1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. All work shall be in strict conformance with the related documents and referenced standards outlined above. The Contractor shall attend a pre-grading conference with the appropriate authorities (e.g., City Land Development Engineering Representative, City Project Engineer, Inspector, Independent Testing Firm) at least three (3) working days prior to starting work, or as indicated by the City.
B.
PART 2 – PRODUCTS
2.1 SOIL MATERIALS
A. All materials shall be in strict compliance with the above outlined related documents and referenced standards.
PART 3 – EXECUTION
3.1 PREPARATION
A. All operations shall be in accordance with the related documents, referenced standards and NPDES requirements. All work shall meet all Federal, State and Local requirements for safety. All facilities, not to be demolished, shall be protected form damage at all times.
3.2 UTILITIES
A. All utilities shall be appropriately permitted, at the contractors expense, inspected, fabricated and installed in accordance with the current standards and policies of each utility.
3.3 STORAGE OF SOIL MATERIALS
A. Contractor shall designate a stockpile area on the grading placement plan submittal for approval.
3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. All work shall be properly inspected, tested for conformance with the Plans, Specifications and Contract Documents. All nonconforming work shall be reworked, as directed by the Engineer, at the sole expense of the Contractor.
3.5 FINAL CERTIFICATION
A. Final certification shall be in conformance with the Grading Permit (e.g., Pad Certification and Compaction Reports). Building and other structure pad elevations shall be within a tolerance of + ¼
City of Carlsbad
VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK 10/06/2025
GRADING 31 22 00-3
inch. Furthermore, the Contractor shall undertake all survey work to establish final grades, elevations, and utility locations and submit this information to the Engineer for approval prior to final acceptance.
END OF SECTION
City of Carlsbad
VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK 10/07/2025
EXCAVATION AND FILL 31 23 00-1
SECTION 31 23 00
EXCAVATION AND FILL
PART 1 – GENERAL
1.1 DESCRIPTION:
A. All labor, materials, etc. necessary for and incidental to performing all operations of the work for this section, complete as shown on the Drawings or specified herein. Work includes, but is not necessarily limited to, the following:
1. Examine all other sections for work related to those other sections and required to be included as work under this section
2. Structural excavations for footings, grade beams, etc.
3. Backfill and compact
4. Provide de-watering and site drainage during construction
5. Remove surplus excavated materials from the site
6. Preparation of subgrade under slabs
7. Layout and setting of lines and levels
B. Related Work in Other Sections:
1. Storm Drainage Utilities - Section 33 40 00
2. Grading - Section 31 22 00
3. Concrete - Section 03 00 00
C. Requirements:
1. All work shall be done in accordance with applicable requirements provided in the “Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction”, (current edition)
2. Permits, fees, and codes: Obtain all permits and pay all fees required in connection with this work. Any fees made necessary by the removal and dumping of debris shall be paid for by the Contractor.
3. Layout of the work: The Contractor shall be responsible for the accuracy of all layout of work and shall retain and pay for the services of a licensed surveyor or civil engineer to set the lines and grades and to stake out all construction.
4. Soils data: The geotechnical soils report should be reviewed by the Contractor. Information in report shall not relieve Contractor of his responsibility for the work required. Logs of soil borings included in above-mentioned report do not constitute a guarantee of the uniformity of soil conditions over the entire site nor a guarantee against variations of the ground water level.
City of Carlsbad
VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK
31 23 00-2 EXCAVATION AND FILL
5. Sub-grade preparation: The sub-grade shall be that portion of the ground upon which Portland cement concrete or building floor slabs are to be constructed. The sub-grade shall be accurately shaped to the required elevations and shall not vary more than .10' above or below the required elevation. Within these limits, the elevations of the finished sub-grade shall conform to the elevations shown on the drawings when allowance is made for pavement and slab thicknesses to bring the area to finished elevation.
6. During the progress of the work, keep premises free from debris and waste material resulting from the work in this section. Upon completion, remove all surplus material and debris from the site.
D. Geotechnical Engineers:
There will be a Geotechnical Engineer on this project (selected and paid for by the City) who will represent the City. The Geotechnical Engineer will have the authority over all filling and grading and compaction operations, including stoppage of work if deemed necessary by him, due to improper work.
E. Benchmarks:
Protect against dislocation and damage. Repair or replace any that are disturbed.
F. Existing Utilities:
1. Carefully protect all conduits, drains, pipes, and wires that are on the property.
2. Repair any damage to existing utilities resulting from work of this section.
PART 2 – PRODUCTS
A. Materials for compacted fill and backfill shall consist of material per recommendations of the soils geotechnical evaluation report included in Appendix “A”.
B. All products, such as imported fill, existing fill to be reused, gravel fill, etc. shall be approved by the Geotechnical Engineer prior to use on this project.
C. Refer to the soils geotechnical evaluation report for existing materials at the site and for requirements of any products to be used.
PART 3 – EXECUTION
3.1 EXCAVATION
A. Excavate to the dimensions and elevations indicated. Remove all materials encountered, regardless of their nature. Adjust angle of slope shown for excavations as required during excavation to suit soil stability conditions encountered, as directed by Soils Engineer. If the excavation for footings is made below the elevations indicated on the drawings, fill the excavated portion with concrete of the strength and weight required for the footings.
B. Should suitable bearing, as determined by the Soils Engineer, not be encountered at the depth indicated on the drawings for foundations, do not proceed further until instructions are given and the necessary measurements made for the purpose of establishing the additional volume of excavation.
C. The bottoms of all footings and basement excavation shall be level, free of loose material, and
City of Carlsbad
VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK 10/07/2025
EXCAVATION AND FILL 31 23 00-3
approved by the Soils Engineer.
D. Remove excavated materials not suitable for backfill from the site and dispose of without any additional cost to the City. Structural excavations for footings shall be done so as to provide ample working space to permit the placing of any required form work, and to allow the City adjacent areas to be effectively drained and kept free from standing water at all times.
E. Excavations for footings which are carried below the required depth shall be re-filled to the required level with concrete at the Contractor's expense.
F. Provide any shoring necessary to maintain the banks of excavations and to prevent any sloughing or caving-in, and as necessary to prevent damage of any kind which may occur in connection with this work.
3.2 SITE DRAINAGE:
A. During the entire period that the excavations are open and the building sub-grades are exposed to the elements, perform corrective and protective grading to divert any surface and rainwater away from the open excavations in a legal manner.
B. Promptly remove any water occurring in the excavations from any cause and keep the excavations continuously dry by relief trenches, by sumps and pumping, or by other suitable and effective methods.
3.3 BACKFILLING:
A. After the concrete has been placed, the forms removed, and the concrete work approved, backfill, and compact the excavations to the indicated grades. Before placing backfill, remove all rubbish, wood, and debris from the excavations.
B. Deposit backfill in loose 6" layers and compact to at least 90% of maximum density at optimum moisture content as determined by ASTM D1557.
C. Do not backfill against waterproofed surfaces until such surfaces are properly protected and approved.
D. Under no circumstances will flooding or jetting be permitted when backfilling.
3.4 GRADING
Bring areas to be graded to the approximate finish grades and then scarify, moisten, and roll to obtain the required density. Scarify, moisten, and roll resulting high areas and low areas to obtain the required finish grades by cutting and filling. Finish grades shall be within a tolerance of 1/4" above or below the finish grade shown, less allowances for subsequent construction. Rough grades shall be within 0.10’ of required elevations.
A. Observation and Testing:
1. The Geotechnical Engineer will observe the filling and compacting operations so that he can state his opinion whether or not the fill was constructed in accordance with these specifications.
2. The Geotechnical Engineer will make field density tests in accordance with Test Method ASTM D1556 for each layer of fill. The Geotechnical Engineer may make field density tests using nuclear density gauge and hand-driven tubes. Density tests may be made by intervals not
City of Carlsbad
VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK
31 23 00-4 EXCAVATION AND FILL
exceeding 2' of fill height, provided all layers are tested. Density tests shall be made in the compacted materials below the surface where the surface is disturbed. If these tests indicate that the density or moisture content of any layer of fill or portion thereof does not meet the specified density or moisture content, the particular layer or portions shall be re-worked until the specified density and moisture content have been obtained.
3.5 SITE BALANCING AND AGRONOMIC SUITABILITY OF IMPORTED SOILS
A. CONTRACTOR shall grade the site to achieve a balanced condition between cut and fill wherever feasible. Excess excavation shall not be exported, and additional fill shall not be imported, without prior written approval of the CONSTRUCTION MANAGER. CONTRACTOR shall provide interim mass grading calculations demonstrating the balance condition prior to commencement of fine grading.
B. If imported soils or amendments are approved for use, CONTRACTOR shall obtain representative samples and perform testing by a certified agronomic laboratory for:
1. pH, soluble salts, and organic matter content
2. Nutrient levels (N, P, K, Fe, Mn, Zn, Cu, B).
3. Texture, infiltration rate, and drainage capacity.
4. Presence of contaminants, including petroleum hydrocarbons, heavy metals, herbicide residues, or other toxic substances detrimental to plant growth.
C. Soils found unsuitable for plant establishment shall be amended, blended, or replaced at CONTRACTOR’s cost to achieve compliance with agronomic recommendations and project planting requirements.
D. CONTRACTOR shall not place imported fill until test results and proposed amendment plan are reviewed and approved by LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT and CONSTRUCTION MANAGER.
E. Any imported soil that is later determined to be contaminated, incompatible with plant growth, or inconsistent with approved test results shall be removed and replaced at CONTRACTOR’s expense.
END OF SECTION
City of Carlsbad
VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK 10/07/2025
SUBGRADE PREPARATION 31 23 12-1
SECTION 31 23 12
SUBGRADE PREPARATION
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 GENERAL CONDITIONS
A. Requirements of the Contract Documents, including but not limited to, the General, Special, and Technical Provisions, apply to work in this Section with the same force and effect as though repeated in full herein.
1.2 SCOPE OF WORK
A. Furnish materials, labor, transportation, services, and equipment necessary to perform all sub-grade preparation work for the Bike Park and Pump Track as indicated on the Drawings complete as shown and as specified herein.
B. Related Work:
1. Section 31 00 00 – Earthwork
2. Section 03 10 00 – Concrete Formwork
3. Section 03 20 00 – Concrete Reinforcement
4. Section 03 30 00 – Cast-In-Place Concrete
5. Section 03 37 13 – Shotcrete
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Contractor to provide data indicating the total of post-industrial and post-consumer recycled aggregate base content throughout the Bike Park and Pump Track equaling the goal of 80% or more recycled content aggregate base.
1.4 REFERENCES
A. Comply with the applicable reference specifications as specified in the GENERAL PROVISIONS and in accordance with applicable laws, codes and regulations required by Owner’s Representative.
B. Comply with the current provisions of the following Codes and Standards:
ASTM - American Society for Testing and Materials.
Latest Uniform Standard Specifications issued by the City.
PART 2 - MATERIALS
2.1 SUITABLE MATERIALS
A. General: Fill, backfill, and embankment materials shall be suitable selected or processed clean, fine earth, rock, or sand, and free from grass, roots, brush, or other vegetation; contamination; or
City of Carlsbad
VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK
31 23 12-2 SUBGRADE PREPARATION
deleterious material. The size, gradation, and properties of the materials shall be in accordance with the requirements of the Soil Report and these specifications.
B. Aggregate base materials under pavements shall be crushed aggregate base material with a recycled content of 80% or more by weight which is constructed to the thickness shown or specified.
The percentage composition by weight of aggregate base shall conform to the Standard Specifications.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 SUBGRADE PREPARATION
A. Excavate and shape subgrade to line, grade, and cross-section shown on the Drawings.
B. Subgrade is that area on which pavement, surfacing, base, sub-base, or a layer of other material which may be specified, is to be placed.
C. Plow or scarify subgrade to a depth of 6" below the final subgrade elevation; and by harrowing, dry rolling and breaking clods, the earth shall be brought to finely divided condition. Remove boulders, hardened material, or rock encountered. The earth shall be uniform for the full depth and width of the subgrade.
D. Water loose earth to a uniform depth of 4".
E. Harrow the earth to mix the wet earth with the dry beneath, until the whole mass of loose material is at the proper state of moisture for compaction.
F. The finished subgrade, immediately prior to placing subsequent material thereon, shall be in accordance with the Standard Specifications and project Geotechnical Report.
G. The finished surface of the subgrade, at any point, shall not vary more than 0.05' above or 0.2' below the elevation indicated on the drawings unless approved in writing by Owner's Representative.
H. The Owner will not provide any additional compensation to the Contractor for hard rock or caliches excavation. Refer to the project Geotechnical Report for test boring information and analysis.
3.2 BASE
A. Base shall be readily compacted and spread with equipment that will provide a uniform layer conforming to the planned section.
3.3 CLEANUP
A. Upon completion of the subgrade preparation and base, remove surplus construction materials, earth, and debris so that the job site is left in a neat and orderly condition.
END OF SECTION
City of Carlsbad
VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK 10/07/2025
SOIL STABILIZATION SYSTEM 31 32 00-1
SECTION 31 32 00
SOIL STABILIZATION SYSTEM
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SCOPE OF WORK
A. Work included in this section.
1. Soil Stabilization System with stabilizer binder additive.
2. This work consists of furnishing and placing soil binder with soil where indicated on the plans or as designated.
1.2 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
A. Soil stabilizer binder additive mix for use with native or imported soils for the purpose of erosion & dust control and conditioning of bicycle track systems.
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Products; Min. 4’ x 4’ x (depth noted on the plans) site constructed soil sample with binder for approval prior to installation.
B. Soil binder Materials and Safety Data Sheets.
1.4 TESTS
A. Perform compaction testing on installed product to confirm installed product complies with the manufacturer's recommended parameters.
1.5 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS
A. Do not install soil stabilizer system during rainy conditions.
1.6 EXCESS MATERIALS
A. Provide owner’s authorized rep. with the following excess materials for use in future soils repair:
1. 1— 40 lb. bag of the Binder/Stabilizer additive.
2. Manufacturer’s installation instructions.
PART 2 – PRODUCTS
2.1 SOILTAC SOIL BINDER BY SOILWORKS
A. Contact information:
Phone: 480-545-5454
Address: 7150 E. Camelback Rd., #444
Scottsdale, AZ 85251 USA
City of Carlsbad
VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK
31 32 00-2 SOIL STABILIZATION SYSTEM
B. Material for soil binder shall consist of a dry granular formula containing anionic polyacrylamide polymer. Formulas containing neutral polyacrylamide polymers or cationic polyacrylamide polymers shall not be used. The molecular weight of the polymer shall be between 12 and 20 mg/mole.
C. The material used for soil binder shall not contain any mineral filler, clays, or other substances which may inhibit germination or growth of plants. Water & wood cellulose fiber shall conform to manufacturer’s recommendations. Where recommended by the manufacturer, the wood cellulose fiber used with the soil binder application may contain recycled wood fibers.
2.2 STABILIZER BINDER
A. Non-toxic, organic binder that is a colorless and odorless concentrated powder or liquid that binds site soils together to produce a firm and flexible surface.
B. Product: Soiltac by Soilworks or approved equal.
PART 3 – EXECUTION
3.1 MIXING AND BLENDING OF SOIL BINDER
A. Application of soil binder shall be done hydraulically in accordance with the following:
1. Application guidelines:
Soil binder/acre Water/acre Fiber/acre
20 lbs. 1000 gallons 900 lbs.
B. Mixing Procedure:
1. Fill tank with a minimum of one-third of the required volume of water.
2. Run agitators at high speed while the soil binder is slowly added to the water.
3. Add wood cellulose fiber. Agitate until homogenous, non-lumpy slurry is formed.
4. Agitate for a minimum of ten minutes prior to application. Spray onto mulch or soil using a nozzle that will disperse the spray into slurry that will uniformly cover the surface.
C. Measurement:
1. Soil binder will be measured as the actual number of acres or the actual number of pounds that are applied and accepted. The quantity of soil binder shall include water, fiber and soil binder applied in accordance with the foregoing requirements, completed and accepted.
• Pay Item Pay Unit
• Soil binder Acre
• Soil binder Pound
2. Water, mixing and application will not be measured and paid for separately but shall be included in the work.
City of Carlsbad
VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK 10/07/2025
SOIL STABILIZATION SYSTEM 31 32 00-3
3.2 PLACEMENT OF BLENDED STABILIZED SOIL MIXTURE
A. Installation of stabilized soil mixture shall consist of thoroughly mixing and blending the binder with the specified surface material. Correct and thorough blending of the products is fundamental to a favorably finished product.
B. Blended material shall be installed loosely and framed in some fashion to prevent the migration of material.
C. The material shall be graded in a manor to ensure drainage and prevent puddling. Ideally the finish grade will have a slight crown to further enhance drainage.
D. Water shall be added to the blended product to achieve compaction. It is necessary for the product to reach a compaction of at least 90 % to ensure the desired performance. The use of a vibratory roller, or a vibratory plate is generally required to attain compaction.
E. If the installation requires a depth of greater than three inches it will be necessary to use multiple lifts.
F. Upon installation of the product a sufficient drying time is required for the product to cure. This period is critical in that the re-introduction of moisture will degrade the finish product.
G. After compaction a light brooming of the surface will provide a small amount of lose material to give that natural look.
H. Smooth final finished grade to the finish condition noted on the approved plans.
3.3 MAINTENANCE
A. Remove debris, such as paper, grass clippings, leaves or other organic material by mechanically blowing or hand raking the surface as needed. During the first year, a minor amount of loose material will appear on the surface (1/16 to 1/4 inch). If this material exceeds 1/4 of an inch, redistribute the material over the entire surface. Water thoroughly to the depth of 1.” Compact with power roller of no less than 1000 lbs. This process should be repeated as needed. If cracking occurs, simply sweep loose material into the cracks, water thoroughly and hand tamp with an 8” to 10” hand tamp plate.
3.4 REPAIRS
A. Refer to manufacturer's recommendations.
B. Typical repair consists of:
1. Excavate damaged area to the depth of the stabilized aggregate and square up side walls.
2. If area is dry, moisten damaged portion slightly.
3. Pre-blend the dry required amount of binder product with the proper amount of aggregate in a concrete mixer or similar.
4. Add water to the pre-blended material and thoroughly moisten mix with 25 to 35 gallons per ton of pre-blended material or to approximately 10% moisture content.
City of Carlsbad
VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK
31 32 00-4 SOIL STABILIZATION SYSTEM
5. Apply moistened pre-blended mixture to excavated area to finish grade. Compact with an 8” to 10” hand tamp or with 1000 lb. roller for high traffic areas. Keep traffic off repair¬ areas for 12 to 48 hours after repair has been completed.
END OF SECTION
City of Carlsbad
VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK 10/07/2025
OPERATION OF MAINTENANCE OF PLANTING 32 01 90-1
SECTION 32 01 90
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE OF PLANTING
PART 1 – GENERAL
1.1 DESCRIPTION:
All labor, material, equipment, and services necessary to maintain the landscape in an attractive condition acceptable to the Owner for a period of 90 days.
1.2 RELATED WORK IN OTHER SECTIONS:
A. Section 32 90 00 – Planting
B. Section 32 84 00 – Irrigation System
1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE:
The Contractor's representative shall have a C-27 license and be experienced in landscape maintenance.
1.4 MAINTENANCE PERIOD:
The Contractor shall continuously maintain all areas involved in this Contract during the progress of the work and during the maintenance period until final acceptance of the work by the Owner’s Representative. Improper maintenance or possible poor condition of any planting at the termination of the scheduled maintenance period may cause postponement of the final completion date of the Contract. Maintenance shall be continued by the Contractor until all work is accepted by the Owner’s Representative. In order to carry out the plant maintenance work, the Contractor shall furnish sufficient workers and adequate equipment to perform the work during the maintenance period.
Maintenance period shall not start until all elements of construction, planting, and irrigation for the entire work are in accordance with Plans and Specifications. The Contractor shall request an inspection to begin the maintenance period after all planting and related work has been completed.
Prior to the date of final inspection, the Contractor shall acquire from the Owner’s Representative approved reproducible prints and record from the job record set, all changes made during construction, label said prints "Record Drawings," and deliver to the Owner’s Representative. Prior to the date of final inspection, the Contractor shall deliver to the Owner’s Representative the "Landscape and Irrigation Guarantee" as required.
1.5 CONTROL:
The selection of herbicides, application rates and methods are to be performed under the control and guidance of a State of California licensed pest control advisor and applicator.
PART 2 – PRODUCTS
2.1 GENERAL:
All materials used shall either conform to the Specifications in other Sections or shall be acceptable to the Owner’s Representative. The Owner’s Representative shall be given a record of all herbicides, insecticides, and disease control chemicals used.
City of Carlsbad
VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK
32 01 90-2 OPERATION OF MAINTENANCE OF PLANTING
PART 3 – EXECUTION
3.1 MAINTENANCE:
A. Weed and cultivate all areas at intervals of not more than ten days.
B. Perform watering, mowing, rolling, edging, trimming, fertilization, spraying, pest control, and cleanings as required.
C. Street gutters and curbs are to be included in the debris and siltation removal program.
D. Maintain adequate protection for people and property and be financially responsible for damages and injuries. Repair damages at no additional cost to the Owner.
3.2 TREE CARE:
A. Watering
Maintain a large enough water basin around plants so that enough water can be applied to establish moisture through the major root zone. When hand-watering, use a "water wand" to break the water force. Use mulches to reduce evaporation and frequency of watering.
B. Pruning
1. Prune trees to select and develop permanent scaffold branches that are smaller in diameter than the trunk or branch to which they are attached and which have a vertical spacing of 18 inches to 48 inches and radial orientation so as not to overlay one another; to eliminate diseased or damaged growth; to eliminate narrow V-shaped branch forks that lack strength; to reduce toppling and wind damage by thinning out crowns; to maintain a natural appearance; and to balance crown with roots.
2. Under no circumstances will stripping of lower branches on young trees be permitted. Lower branches shall be retained in a "tipped-back" or pinched condition with as much foliage as possible to promote caliper trunk growth (tapered trunk). Lower branches may be cut flush with the truck only after the tree is able to stand erect without staking or other support.
3. Evergreen trees shall be thinned and shaped when necessary to prevent wind and storm damage. The primary pruning of deciduous trees shall be done during the dormant season.
Damaged trees or those that constitute health or safety hazards shall be pruned at any time of year as required.
C. Staking and Guying
Stakes and guys shall be inspected to prevent girdling of trunks or branches and to prevent rubbing that causes bark wounds.
D. Weed Control
Keep basins and areas between plants free of weeds. Use recommended and legally approved herbicides. Avoid frequent soil cultivation that destroys shallow roots. Use mulches to help prevent weed seed germination.
E. Insect and Disease Control
City of Carlsbad
VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK 10/07/2025
OPERATION OF MAINTENANCE OF PLANTING 32 01 90-3
Maintain a reasonable control with approved materials.
F. Fertilization
1. Fertilize all planting areas with the following:
2. For ground cover areas, uniformly broadcast ammonium sulfate (21-0-0) at the rate of 5 pounds per 1000 square feet. The first application should occur approximately 30 days after planting and can be repeated thereafter every 45-60 days. In early fall and spring, substitute a complete fertilizer such as 16-6-8 or equal for the ammonium sulfate at the rate of 6 pounds per 1000 square feet. Tree and shrub plantings can be maintained with the above fertilizers; however, the frequency between applications should be every 60-90 days with the first application 60 days after planting. Follow each fertilization with a thorough irrigation. When plants have become well established, fertilizer applications can be less frequent.
G. Replacement of Trees
Replace dead, dying, and missing trees with trees of a size, condition, and variety acceptable to the Owner at the Contractor's expense.
3.3 IRRIGATION SYSTEM:
A. System Inspection
1. Contractor shall check all systems for proper operation. Lateral lines shall be flushed out after removing the last sprinkler head or two at each end of the lateral. All heads shall be adjusted as necessary for unimpeded coverage and to prevent over spray onto buildings, windows, and pavements.
B. Controllers
1. Set and program automatic controllers for seasonal water requirements. Give the Owner a key to controllers and instructions on how to turn off system in case of emergency.
C. Repairs
1. Repair all damages to irrigation system at Contractor's expense. Repairs shall be made within one watering period.
END OF SECTION
City of Carlsbad
VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK 10/07/2025
GEOGRIDS FOR EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS 32 05 19.19 -1
SECTION 32 05 19.19
GEOGRIDS FOR EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS
PART 1: GENERAL
1.01 SCOPE
Work includes furnishings and installing geogrid reinforcement, wall block, and backfill to the lines and grades designated on the construction drawings and as specified herein.
1.02 APPLCABLE SECTION OF RELATED WORK
A. 32 32 23.13 Segmental Concrete Unit Masonry Retaining Walls
1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. See specific geogrid manufacturer’s reference standards
B. Additional Standards:
1. ASTM D4595 - Tensile Properties of Geotextiles by the Wide-Width Strip Method
2. ASTM D5262 - Test Method for Evaluating the Unconfined Creep Behavior of Geogrids
3. ASTM D6638 Grid Connection Strength (SRW-U1)
4. ASTM D6916 SRW Block Shear Strength (SRW-U2)
5. GRI-GG4 - Grid Long Term Allowable Design Strength (LTADS)
6. ASTM D6706 - Grid Pullout of Soil
7. AB Spec Book Doc. # R0901
1.04 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Contractor shall check the geogrid upon delivery to assure that the proper material has been received.
B. Geogrid shall be stored above -10 F (-23 C).
C. Contractor shall prevent excessive mud, cementitious material, or other foreign materials from coming in contact with the geogrid material.
PART 2: MATERIALS
1.01 DEFINITIONS
A. Geogrid products shall be of high density polyethylene or polyester yarns encapsulated in a protective coating specifically fabricated for use as a soil reinforcement material.
B. Concrete retaining wall units are as detailed on the drawings and shall be Allan Block Retaining Wall Units.
C. Drainage material is free draining granular material as defined in Section 32 32 23.13 Segmental Concrete Unit Masonry Retaining Walls
D. Infill soil is the soil used as fill for the reinforced soil mass.
E. Foundation soil is the in-situ soil.
1.02 PRODUCTS
City of Carlsbad
VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK
32 05 19.19 -2 GEOGRIDS FOR EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS
A. Geogrid shall be the type as shown on the drawings having the property requirements as described within the manufacturer’s specifications.
1.03 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS
A. A manufacturer's product shall be approved by the wall design engineer.
PART 3: WALL CONSTRUCTION
1.01 FOUNDATION SOIL PREPARATION
A. Foundation soil shall be excavated to the lines and grades as shown on the construction drawings, or as directed by the on-site soils engineer.
B. Foundation soil shall be examined by the on-site soils engineer to assure that the actual foundation soil strength meets or exceeds assumed design strength.
C. Over-excavated areas shall be filled with compacted backfill material approved by on-site soils engineer.
D. Contractor shall verify locations of existing structures and utilities prior to excavation.
Contractor shall ensure all surrounding structures are protected from the effects of wall excavation.
1.02 WALL CONSTRUCTION
A. Wall construction shall be as specified under Section 32 32 23.13 Segmental Concrete Unit Masonry Retaining Walls.
1.03 GEOGRID INSTALLATION
A. Install Allan Block wall to designated height of first geogrid layer. Backfill and compact the wall rock and infill soil in layers not to exceed 8 in. (200 mm) lifts behind wall to depth equal to designed grid length before grid is installed.
B. Cut geogrid to designed embedment length and place on top of the Allan Block units to back edge of the raised front lip or within 1 in. (25 mm) of the concrete retaining wall face when using AB Fieldstone. Extend away from wall approximately 3% above horizontal on compacted infill soils.
C. Lay geogrid at the proper elevation and orientations shown on the construction drawings or as directed by the wall design engineer.
D. Correct orientation of the geogrid shall be verified by the contractor and on-site soils engineer. Strength direction is typically perpendicular to wall face.
E. Follow manufacturer’s guidelines for overlap requirements. In curves and corners, layout shall be as specified in Design Detail 9-12: Using Grid with Corners and Curves, of the AB Spec Book.
F. Place next course of Allan Block on top of grid and fill block cores with wall rock to lock in place. Remove slack and folds in grid and stake to hold in place.
City of Carlsbad
VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK 10/07/2025
GEOGRIDS FOR EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS 32 05 19.19 -3
G. Adjacent sheets of geogrid shall be butted against each other at the wall face to achieve 100 percent coverage.
H. Geogrid lengths shall be continuous. Splicing parallel to the wall face is not allowed.
1.04 FILL PLACEMENT
A. Infill soil shall be placed in lifts and compacted as specified under Section 32 32 23.13 Segmental Concrete Unit Masonry Retaining Walls.
B. Infill soil shall be placed, spread and compacted in such a manner that minimizes the development of slack or movement of the geogrid.
C. Only hand-operated compaction equipment shall be allowed within 3 ft (0.9 m) behind the wall. This area shall be defined as the consolidation zone. Compaction in this zone shall begin by running the plate compactor directly on the block and then compacting in parallel paths from the wall face back, until the entire consolidation zone has been compacted. A minimum of two passes of the plate compactor are required with maximum lifts of 8 in. (200 mm).
D. When fill is placed and compaction cannot be defined in terms of Standard Proctor Density, then compaction shall be performed using ordinary compaction process and compacted so that no deformation is observed from the compaction equipment or to the satisfaction of the engineer of record or the site geotechnical engineer.
E. Tracked construction equipment shall not be operated directly on the geogrid. A minimum fill thickness of 6 in. (150 mm) is required prior to operation of tracked vehicles over the geogrid. Turning of tracked vehicles should be kept to a minimum to prevent tracks from displacing the fill and damaging the geogrid.
F. Rubber-tired equipment may pass over the geogrid reinforcement at slow speeds, less than 10 mph (16 Km/h). Sudden braking and sharp turning shall be avoided.
G. The infill soil shall be compacted to achieve 95% Standard Proctor (ASTM D698). Soil tests of the infill soil shall be submitted to the on-site soils engineer for review and approval prior to the placement of any material. The contractor is responsible for achieving the specified compaction requirements. The on-site soils engineer may direct the contractor to remove, correct or amend any soil found not in compliance with these written specifications.
H. An independent testing firm should be hired by the owner to provide services.
I. Independent firm to keep inspection log and provide written reports at predetermined intervals to the owner or owner’s representative.
J. Testing frequency should be set to establish a proper compaction protocol to consistently achieve the minimum compaction requirements set by the design requirements. If full time inspection and testing at 8 inch (20 cm) lifts is not provided, then the following testing frequency should be followed:
a. One test for every 8 inches (20 cm) of vertical fill placed and compacted, for every 25 lineal feet (7.6 m) of retaining wall length, starting on the first course of block.
b. Vary compaction test locations to cover the entire area of reinforced zone; including the area compacted by the hand-operated compaction equipment.
City of Carlsbad
VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK
32 05 19.19 -4 GEOGRIDS FOR EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS
c. Once protocol is deemed acceptable, testing can be conducted randomly at locations and frequencies determined by the on-site soils engineer.
K. Slopes above the wall must be compacted and checked in a similar manner.
END OF SECTION
City of Carlsbad
VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK
FLEXIBLE PAVING 32 12 00-1
SECTION 32 12 00
FLEXIBLE PAVING
PART 1 – GENERAL
A. Pavements are part of the site grading and storm drainage and will be designed in conformance with the storm water design guidelines. Use of permeable (also called porous or pervious) asphalt requires special permission by the Owner’s Representative.
B. Asphalt and pervious or permeable pavements shall be designed by a geotechnical or civil engineer registered in the state of California. A life cycle cost analysis (including proper maintenance procedures) shall be provided for the different types of proposed payment by the Owner’s Representative.
C. The Contractor shall furnish the Owner’s Representative with a job-mix formula for the asphalt concrete not less than ten (10) days in advance of actual placement of the material. The job-mix formula, upon approval of the Owner’s Representative, shall be used to establish the standards to which the field tests results will be compared, and to determine compliance of the materials furnished with all physical properties of the composite mix and its individual components as shown on the approved job-mix formula. The job-fix formula, with the allowable tolerances for a single test, shall be used for monitoring compliance with the specifications.
PART 2 – PRODUCTS
A. Products will be consistent with Section 32 12 16 – Asphalt Paving.
PART 3 – EXECUTION
A. Execution of flexible pavements will be consistent with Section 32 12 16 – Asphalt Paving or as specified in the plans and specifications by the Owner’s Representative.
END OF SECTION
City of Carlsbad
VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK
32 12 00-2 FELXIBLE PAVING
END OF SECTION
City of Carlsbad
VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK 10/07/2025
ASPHALT CONCRETE PAVING 32 12 16-1
SECTION 32 12 16
ASPHALT CONCRETE PAVING
PART 1 – GENERAL
1.1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
A. The requirements set forth in the General Conditions shall be in addition to the standards provided herein.
B. The standards set forth in the City of Carlsbad Standards, latest edition, shall be in addition to the standards provided herein.
C. The standards set forth in the State of California, Title 24, Americans with Disabilities Act, latest edition, shall be in addition to the standards provided herein.
1.2 DESCRIPTION
A. Furnish all labor, materials, and equipment for the complete installation of asphalt concrete paving, including international disabled signs as shown in the City Standard, as shown on the Plans, and as specified herein.
B. Work Included: Provide labor, materials and equipment necessary to complete the work of this Section, including but not limited to the following:
1. Bituminous concrete paving
2. Repairs to existing pavements as indicated.
1.3 REFERENCES
A. CalTrans Standard Specifications for asphaltic concrete, latest edition.
1.4 TOLERANCES
A. All surface areas shall drain. Ponding or puddling are not acceptable.
B. Surface grades shall conform to the following:
DESCRIPTION SHALL NOT EXCEED, …FROM INDICATED LINE,
GRADE OR THICKNESS
Base Course 0.1 foot +
Finish Surface 0.05 foot +
Thickness of finished pavement 0.01 foot less +
C. Flatness: maximum variance of 1/8” as measured with a ten (10) foot straight edge.
1.5 TESTING
A. Testing shall occur during the installation of pavement. The number and frequency of tests shall be as determined by the Inspector.
City of Carlsbad
VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK
32 12 16-2 ASPHALT CONCRETE PAVING
1.6 RECORD DRAWINGS
A. The Contractor shall keep an accurate record of the as-built conditions of the asphalt concrete paving. These records shall be updated daily and kept at the construction site. At any time, the Inspector may examine the conditions of the “as-builts” to ensure compliance of the above.
1.7 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Information: Provide manufacturer's data showing installation and limitations in use. Supply Certificates of Compliance for all materials required for fabrication and installation. Work includes but is not limited to the following items:
1. Bituminous Concrete - mix data.
1.8 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Unless otherwise specified, work and materials for construction of the bituminous concrete paving shall conform to the applicable portions of the following:
1. MHD Specifications Section 460 for bituminous pavement for roadways and parking areas, Section 701 for bituminous sidewalks, and Section 405 for aggregate base course.
2. MHD Specifications Section 472 for repairs to existing pavements after installation of new curb.
B. Paving work, base course etc., shall be done only after excavation and construction work which might injure them has been completed. Damage caused during construction shall be repaired before acceptance.
C. Repair and replace existing paving areas damaged and removed during this Project. Workmanship and materials for such repair and replacement shall match those employed in existing work, except as otherwise noted.
D. Pavement subbase shall not be placed on a muddy or frozen subgrade.
E. Existing pavement under state or local jurisdiction shall, if damaged or removed during the course of this project, be repaired or replaced under this section of the specification in conformance with applicable codes, standards, and practices.
F. Codes and standards: Perform site improvement work in compliance with applicable requirements of governing authorities having jurisdiction.
G. Qualifications of workers: Use adequate numbers of skilled workers who are trained in the necessary crafts and who are completely familiar with the specified requirements and methods needed for proper performance of the work of this Section.
H. Layout and Grading: After staking and laying out the work, and before beginning final construction, obtain the Owner’s Representative’s approval of layout and grades. Contractor shall make minor adjustments as determined by the Owner’s Representative.
I. The Contractor and his Subcontractors shall inspect all sub-bases for unstable, unsuitable or improperly prepared areas. Do not begin work over unacceptable areas. Beginning work means the Contractor and his Subcontractors accept the subbase, previous work and conditions and shall be held responsible for any corrections required to properly implement the Construction Documents.
City of Carlsbad
VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK 10/07/2025
ASPHALT CONCRETE PAVING 32 12 16-3
1.9 ACCESSIBILITY COMPLIANCE
A. Special attention is to be given to compliance with the Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) and the requirements of the Massachusetts Architectural Access Board (MAAB).
1. Slopes: The cross pitch (perpendicular to travel) for walkways shall be constructed at 1.5% (2% maximum, 1% minimum). The longitudinal slope (parallel to travel) for walkways shall not exceed 4.5%. The slope of handicapped curb cuts shall be constructed at 7% (8% maximum).
2. Verify slopes with a 2-foot electronic “Smart Level”. Pedestrian pavements that do not meet these requirements shall be replaced at the Contractor’s expense.
3. A 5’-0” minimum level (1.5% pitch) area shall be provided at entrances to buildings, which are at an exterior grade continuous with the interior floor grade. Puddling of water at the entrances shall not be allowed.
B. These requirements supersede the grades shown on the plans. If these requirements cannot be met with the grades shown on the plans, notify the Owner’s representative immediately for direction.
C. The location and construction of handicapped curb cuts shall be reviewed and approved by the Municipal Engineer prior to construction.
1.10 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Environmental Requirements: The Subcontractor shall verify site conditions to assure that the requirements for installation procedures conform to the following:
1. Paving shall not be placed when the ambient temperature is below 40 degrees Fahrenheit or when there is frost in the base or any other time when weather conditions are unsuitable for the type of material being placed.
2. After final rolling of bituminous pavement, no vehicular traffic of any kind shall be permitted until it has cooled and hardened for at least 24 hours.
B. Site Information: Data on indicated grades, utilities and other existing conditions are not intended as representations or warranties of accuracy.
C. Existing Utilities: Locate existing utilities in areas of work. If utilities are to remain in place, provide adequate means of protection during installation of site improvements.
D. Protection: The Contractor shall use all means necessary to protect the materials of this Section before, during and after installation. In the event of damage, make all repairs and replacements necessary to approval of the Owner’s Representative and at no additional cost to the Owner. All work shall be executed in such a manner as to prevent any damage to existing streets, curbs, paving to remain, existing plant materials, and adjoining properties.
E. The Contractor shall remove all debris, construction equipment and scrap material from areas within the limit of work prior to inspection for acceptance.
City of Carlsbad
VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK
32 12 16-4 ASPHALT CONCRETE PAVING
F. The Drawings indicate, in general, the alignment and finished grade elevations. The Owner’s Representative, however, may make minor adjustments in grades and alignment as are found necessary.
PART 2 – PRODUCTS
2.1 AGGREGATE BASE
A. Conform to CalTrans’ Standard Specification, Section 26, paragraph 1.02B, Class 2.
B. Gravel: Refer to Section 31 00 00 Earthwork.
C. Reclaimed Bituminous Concrete Aggregate: Refer to applicable Section.
D. Submit to the Owner’s Representative a sieve analysis by an independent recognized testing laboratory of the material he intends to utilize. No material shall be placed until approved by the Owner’s Representative in writing.
2.2 BITUMINOUS CONCRETE
A. Bituminous Concrete: Standard plant-mixed, hot-laid paving material for road work, consisting of clean, crushed rock aggregate, mineral filler, and asphalt conforming to MHD Specifications Section M3.11.03.
1. Binder or bottom course paving for roadways and parking lots and sidewalks shall have maximum aggregate size passing 1 in. sieve.
2. Top or wearing course paving for roadways and parking lots shall have maximum aggregate size passing 5/8 in. sieve.
3. Top or wearing course paving for sidewalks shall conform to composition for "Dense Mix".
2.3 BITUMINOUS MATERIALS
A. Bituminous material for prime coat shall be one of the following:
1. Cut-back asphalt (rapid-curing type) conforming to AASHTO M81, Grade RC-70 or
2. Emulsified asphalt rapid-setting type conforming to AASHTO M140, Grade RS-1.
B. Bitumen shall be a rapid-setting type emulsified asphalt conforming to AASHTO M 140, Grade RS-1.
C. Bituminous crack sealer shall be a hot-applied bituminous sealer conforming to Fed. Spec. SS-S- 1401.
2.4 ASPHALT CONCRETE
A. Conform to CalTrans’ Standard Specification, Section 39, and the City of Carlsbad Standards, latest edition.
City of Carlsbad
VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK 10/07/2025
ASPHALT CONCRETE PAVING 32 12 16-5
2.5 SOIL STERILANT
A. Sterilizer shall be standard, quick-acting, short-lived, and non-selective weed and grass killer, commonly used under roadway/transportation projects. Application of the sterilant shall pose no short or long term health threats to the installer or the general public. Submit analysis for approval prior to applying.
2.6 STRIPING
A. Traffic marker paint, in accordance with CalTrans Standard Specifications.
2.7 HEADER
A. Per City of Carlsbad Parks Standards, latest edition.
2.8 ACCESSIBLE PARKING SIGNS
A. Signs for parking stalls shall conform to the California Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (CMUTCD), the Standard Highway Signs manual with the CalTrans California Sign Specifications.
B. Notification sign: Notification sign shall read: “Unauthorized vehicles parked in designated handicapped spaces not displaying distinguishing placards or license plates issued for physically disabled persons may be towed at owner’s expense.
C. Sign posts shall conform to the City of Carlsbad Standards.
PART 3 – EXECUTION
3.1 PREPARATION
A. Upon completion of grading operations, compact the subgrade at the required elevation to a relative compaction density of 95%, unless otherwise noted on the Plans. A load or performance test shall be conducted in the presence of the Inspector prior to the placement of AC.
B. Apply soil sterilant per manufacturer’s directions. Limit the work zone of the sterilant application to the area to receive paving plus 3’ on each side.
C. Completely install redwood header as shown in the City of Carlsbad Standards, latest edition, if shown on the Plans.
D. No material shall be placed in muddy conditions, nor shall any material be placed during or immediately after inclement weather, i.e. rain storms, temperatures below 35 degrees F, etc.
E. In areas where soil conditions are less than optimal, geotechnical tests shall be performed to verify compaction rates. The Inspector shall determine the number of tests necessary in order to verify conditions. Initial tests will be provided by the Owner’s Representative. Re-tests shall be the Contractor’s responsibility.
3.2 GRADING
A. Areas to be paved will be compacted and brought approximately to subgrade elevation before work of this section is performed. Final fine grading, filling, and compaction of subgrade to receive paving, as
City of Carlsbad
VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK
32 12 16-6 ASPHALT CONCRETE PAVING
required to form a firm, uniform, accurate, and unyielding subgrade at required elevations and to required lines, shall be done under this Section.
1. Refer to Section 31 00 00, Earthwork for grading requirements and procedures.
B. Existing subgrade material which will not readily compact as required shall be removed and replaced with satisfactory materials. Additional materials needed to bring subgrade to required line and grade and to replace unsuitable material removed shall be material conforming to this Section.
C. Subgrade of areas to be paved shall be re-compacted as required to bring top 8 in. of material immediately below gravel base course to a compaction of at least 90% of maximum density, as determined by ASTM D 1557, Method D. Subgrade compaction shall extend for a distance of at least 1 ft. beyond pavement edge.
D. Excavation required in pavement subgrade shall be completed before fine grading and final compaction of subgrade are performed. Where excavation must be performed in completed subgrade or subbase subsequent backfill and compaction shall be performed as directed by the Owner’s Representative and as specified in other Division 2 Sections. Completed subgrade after filling such areas shall be uniformly and properly graded.
E. Areas being graded or compacted shall be kept shaped and drained during construction. Ruts greater than or equal to 2 in. deep in subgrade, shall be graded out, reshaped as required, and re-compacted before placing pavement.
F. Materials shall not be stored or stockpiled on subgrade.
G. Disposal of debris and other material excavated and/or stripped under this section, and material unsuitable for or in excess of requirements for completing work of this Section shall be legally disposed of off-site.
H. Prepared subgrade will be inspected by the Owner’s Representative. Subgrade shall be approved by the Owner’s Representative before installation of paving base course. Disturbance to subgrade caused by inspection procedures shall be repaired under this Section of the specification.
3.3 BASE COURSE
A. Aggregate and reclaimed base course for paving and the spreading, grading, and compaction methods employed shall conform to standard requirements for usual base course of this type for first class road work, and the following: MHD Specifications Section 405, "Gravel Base Course".
B. Compaction of base course shall be to 95% of maximum density as determined by ASTM D 1557, Method D. Stone greater than 2-1/2 in. shall be excluded from course.
C. Width of base course shall be greater than the width of pavement surface, if continuous lateral support is provided during rolling, and shall extend at least 2 x base thickness beyond edge of the course above, if not so supported.
D. Aggregate and reclaimed material shall be applied in lifts less than or equal to 6 in. thick, compacted measure. Each lift shall be separately compacted to specified density, using a minimum of four coverages of tires of a ten wheel truck, having a gross weight of 70,000 lb. or using an approved equivalent.
City of Carlsbad
VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK 10/07/2025
ASPHALT CONCRETE PAVING 32 12 16-7
1. Material shall be placed adjacent to wall, manhole, catch basin, and other structures only after they have been set to required grade and level.
2. Rolling shall begin at sides and progress to center of crowned areas, and shall begin on low side and progress toward high side of sloped areas. Rolling shall continue until material does not creep or wave ahead of roller wheels.
3. Surface irregularities which exceed 1/2 in. using a 10 ft. long straightedge shall be replaced and properly compacted.
E. Subgrade and base course shall be kept clean and uncontaminated. Less select materials shall not be permitted to become mixed with gravel. Materials spilled outside pavement lines shall be removed and area repaired.
F. Portions of subgrade or of construction above which become contaminated, softened, or dislodged by passing of traffic, or otherwise damaged, shall be cleaned, replaced, and otherwise repaired to conform to the requirements of this specification before proceeding with next operation.
3.4 BITUMINOUS PAVING
A. Bituminous binder and wearing surface courses shall each be applied individually, in single lifts of full thickness indicated on the Drawings.
B. Work shall not be performed during rainy weather or when temperature is less than 40°F.
C. Adjacent work, including concrete, shall be protected from stain and damage during entire operation.
Damaged and stained areas shall be replaced or repaired to equal their original condition.
D. Existing paved surfaces to be overlaid with new bituminous concrete shall be cleaned of foreign and objectionable matter with blowers, power brooms, or hand brooms immediately before applying bituminous pavement. Cracks shall be cleaned and bituminous crack sealer applied to fully seal pavement.
E. The surface of the pavement to be resurfaced shall receive a bituminous prime coat before laying bituminous binder course. Prime coat shall be applied at rate which will leave Bituminous residue of 5 to 7 gal./100 sq. yd. after evaporation of vehicle. Base surface shall be dry and clean when prime coat is applied. Bituminous paving material shall not be placed until vehicle has completely evaporated from prime coat. Adjoining new paving shall be placed before prime coat has dried or dusted over.
F. Deliveries shall be timed to permit spreading and rolling all material during daylight hours, unless artificial light, satisfactory to Owner’s Representative, is provided. Loads which have been wet by rain or otherwise will not be accepted. Hauling over freshly laid or rolled material will not be permitted.
G. Placing and rolling of mixture shall be as nearly continuous as possible. Rolling shall begin as soon after placing as mixture will bear the operation without undue displacement. Delays in rolling freshly spread mixture will not be permitted. Rolling shall proceed longitudinally, starting at edge of newly placed material and proceeding toward previously rolled areas. Rolling overlap on successive strips shall be greater than or equal to 1/2 width of roller rear wheel. Alternate trips of roller shall be of slightly different lengths. Corrections required in surface shall be made by removing or adding materials before rolling is completed. Skin patching of areas where rolling has been completed will not be permitted. Course shall be subjected to diagonal rolling, crossing lines of the first rolling while mixture is hot and in compactable condition. Displacement of mixture or other fault shall be corrected at once by use of rakes and application of fresh mixture or removal of mixture, as required. Rolling of
City of Carlsbad
VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK
32 12 16-8 ASPHALT CONCRETE PAVING
each course shall be continued until roller marks are eliminated. Roller shall pass over unprotected edge of course only when paving is to be discontinued for sufficient time to permit mixture to become cold.
I. In places not accessible to roller, mixture shall be compacted with hand tampers. Hand tampers shall weigh at least 50 lb. and shall have a tamping face less than or equal to 100 sq. in. Mechanical tampers capable of equal compaction will be acceptable in areas in which they can be employed effectively.
J. Portions of pavement courses which become mixed with foreign material or are in any way defective shall be removed, replaced, replaced with fresh mixture, and compacted to density of surrounding areas. Bituminous material spilled outside lines of finished pavement shall be immediately and completely removed. Such material shall not be employed in the work.
K. Joints shall present same texture, density, and smoothness as other sections of the course.
Continuous bond shall be obtained between portions of existing and new pavements and between successive placements of new pavement. New material at joints shall be thick enough to allow for compaction when rolling. Compaction of pavement, base, and subgrade at joints shall be such that there is no yielding of new pavement relative to existing pavement when subjected to traffic.
L. Contact surfaces of previously constructed pavement (if greater than or equal to seven days since binder placed), manholes, and similar structures shall be thoroughly cleaned and painted with a thin uniform coating of bitumen immediately before fresh mixture is placed. Tack coat shall be applied at rate which will leave asphaltic residue of 5 to 7 gal./100 yd.2 after evaporation of vehicle. Base surface shall be dry and clean when tack coat is applied. Bituminous paving material shall not be placed until vehicle has completely evaporated from tack coat. Adjoining new paving shall be placed before tack coat has dried or dusted over.
M. Earth or other approved material shall be placed along pavement edges in such quantity as will compact to thickness of course being constructed, allowing at least 1 ft. of shoulder width to be rolled and compacted simultaneously with rolling and compacting surface. Pavement edge shall be trimmed neatly to line before placing earth or other approved material along edge.
1. After final rolling, vehicular traffic shall not be permitted on pavement until it has cooled and hardened, and in no case less than six hours.
N. Variations in smoothness of finished surface shall be less than or equal to the following tolerances when tested with a 10 ft. straightedge, applied both parallel to and at right angles to centerline of paved area.
1. For roadway and parking pavement surface course - 1/4 in. in 10 ft.
2. For sidewalk pavement surface course - 1/4 in. in 10 ft.
3. At joint with existing pavement, and at other locations where an essentially flush transition is required, pavement elevation tolerance shall not exceed 0.01 ft.
4. At other areas pavement elevation tolerance shall not exceed + 0.05 ft.
5. Irregularities exceeding these amounts or which retain water on surface shall be corrected by removing defective work and replacing with new material conforming to this Section.
O. The Contractor shall check the final surface for depressions by applying water in the presence of the Owner’s Representative or Engineer. Minor depressions (less than 1/8" in depth) need not be
City of Carlsbad
VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK 10/07/2025
ASPHALT CONCRETE PAVING 32 12 16-9
corrected, however, in cases where the variation in the surface course exceeds 1/8", the entire area affected shall be removed and replaced with new surface course at the expense of the Contractor.
3.5 REPAIRS TO EXISTING PAVEMENT
A. Subgrade shall be prepared in strict accordance with paragraphs above.
B. Base course shall be replaced in strict conformance with paragraphs above.
3.6 INSTALLATION
A. Spread aggregate base material in 6” lifts.
B. Compact base surface to a relative compaction of 95% and in accordance to the CalTrans Standard Specifications, Section 26.
C. Spread asphalt concrete material in accordance to the CalTrans Standard Specifications, Section
39. D. Upon completion, apply water to the finished surface and allow water to run-off. All areas of ponding, puddling shall be filled with asphalt and fine aggregate. Conform fill surface with adjacent surface to the point edges are not visible.
E. Take every precaution to protect adjacent amenities or structures from material spillage or damage.
In case of spillage or damage, the Contractor shall immediately repair or replace the damaged area to the satisfaction of the Owner’s Representative.
F. Clean and oil all manhole covers, grates, and other surface structures within the pavement area.
G. All new asphalt concrete paving shall receive a fog seal at a rate of 1/12 to 1/10 gallon of undiluted emulsion per square yard. All work shall conform to CalTrans Standard Specifications, Section 37.
Once sealed, parking of vehicles and/or equipment or stockpiling of material on the finished surface is prohibited.
H. Clean all surface structures that lie within the asphalt concrete area.
3.7 STRIPING
A. Conform to the City of Carlsbad Standards, latest edition.
B. Ensure that all pavement to receive striping is completely cured. Clean all pavement surfaces.
C. Accurately lay out all pavement markings, including, parking stripes, centerline stripes, international disabled parking logo, striping for disabled access ramp, directional arrows, game court lines, and other pavement markings as shown on the Plans or as required by code.
D. All pavement lines, striping and lettering shall be four inches (4”) in width, unless otherwise indicated on the Plans.
E. Lines painted with traffic paint shall receive two coats of paint. Allow each coat to dry completely prior to applying the second coat.
F. Apply all pavement markings on clean, dry surfaces, during weather conditions where temperatures are higher than 35 degrees F, no rain is occurring or predicted within the next twenty-four (24) hours,
City of Carlsbad
VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK
32 12 16-10 ASPHALT CONCRETE PAVING
and the humidity is less than 80%.
G. Remove all excess adhesives and tracking onto unmarked areas.
H. All pavement striping applications shall conform to CalTrans Standard Specifications, Sections 84 and 85.
3.8 ACCESSIBLE PARKING SIGNS (FOR PARKING LOTS ONLY)
A. Verify that the language on the signs meets with current laws and regulations prior to installation.
Immediately notify project manager of discrepancies.
B. For signs at parking stalls: install one per space designated for disabled parking. Locate sign as shown on the Plans. Verify location in the field prior to installation. Sign bottom shall be set at seven feet (7’) above finished grade.
C. For notification signs: install one per driveway entrance. Verify location in the field prior to installation.
Sign bottom shall be set at 2’ above finished grade unless otherwise directed.
D. Sign posts shall be set in concrete footings with #4 rebar welded 12” from the bottom of the post.
3.9 PROTECTION AND CLEANING
A. Do not allow equipment or vehicles to park on new asphalt surfaces upon completion of fog seal operations. At his discretion, the Contractor may allow the parking of equipment and vehicles on the asphalt concrete AFTER the asphalt concrete material has been laid, passing applicable compaction tests and PRIOR TO applications of fog seal and striping.
END OF SECTION
City of Carlsbad
VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK 10/07/2025
RIGID PAVEMENT 32 13 00-1
SECTION 32 13 00
RIGID PAVEMENT
PART 1 – GENERAL
1.1 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Concrete paving including but not limited to pedestrian and vehicular areas; concrete banding; curbs; terraced concrete seating; curb and gutter; concrete ribbon gutter; concrete cross gutter; curb outlet; concrete mow curbs; concrete accessible ramps; curb ramp and access ramp; concrete stairs, concrete stair cheek walls; utility slabs; concrete pad for picnic tables, trash receptacles, drinking fountain, bike racks, trash enclosures, etc.
B. Retardant, smooth form, and broom finishing concrete pavements.
C. Aggregate base material for vehicular paving or as otherwise noted per plan.
D. Reinforcement
E. Concrete accessories to include curing compounds, expansion joint filler, and joint sealants.
Admixtures as permitted under Division 3 Specifications.
1.2 REFERENCES
A. ACI 301 – Specification for Structural Concrete for Buildings
B. ADAAG – Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) Accessibility Guidelines for Buildings and Facilities
C. ASTM A82 – Specification for Steel Wire, Plain, for Concrete Reinforcement
D. ASTM A185 – Welded Steel Wire Fabric for Concrete Reinforcement
E. ASTM A184 – Specification for Fabricated Deformed Steel Bar Mats for Concrete
F. ASTM D1751 – Preformed Expansion Joint Fillers for Concrete Paving and Structural Construction
G. ASTM A615 – Deformed and Plain Billet-Steel for Concrete Reinforcement
H. ASTM C33 – Concrete Aggregates
I. ASTM C94 – Ready Mixed Concrete
J. ASTM C150 – Portland Cement
K. ASTM C260 – Air-Entraining Admixtures for Concrete
L. ASTM C309 – Liquid Membrane-Forming Compounds for Curing Concrete
M. ASTM C494 – Chemical Admixtures for Concrete
N. ASTM C979 – Pigments for Integrally Colored Concrete
O. ASTM C1116 – Specification for Fiber-Reinforced Concrete and Shotcrete
City of Carlsbad
VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK
32 13 00-2 RIGID PAVEMENT
P. ASTM D1557 – Standard Test Methods for Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of Soil Using Modified Effort
Q. CCR – California Code of Regulations, Title 24, Part 2, California State Accessibility Standards
R. Standard Plans, issued by the County of San Diego
S. “Standard Specifications of the State of California” Business and Transportation District, Department of Transportation, latest edition
T. “Geotechnical Investigation Report”, Southern California Geotechnical, Inc.
1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Perform work in accordance with ACI 301.
B. Obtain materials from same source throughout.
C. All material shall comply with the latest editions of the American Concrete Institute (ACI) and Uniform Building Code. Testing of Portland cement concrete shall apply to all site concrete (building, footings, flatwork, etc.) at the discretion of the County engineer.
D. Concrete Installer
1. Qualified contractor shall submit documentation at time of bid demonstrating sufficient, verifiable experience installing similarly scaled concrete installations, as noted below:
a. Minimum 5 projects in the last 5 years where concrete subcontractor has installed a minimum of 50,000 sq. ft. of retardant finish concrete. Project name, location, client contact information, and photographs of completed work shall be provided.
b. List of 5 references of clients in the last 5 years. Company name, contact personnel, telephone number, and e-mail address shall be provided.
2. Provide field quality control testing and inspection during concrete operations.
3. Contractor shall provide adequate notice, cooperate with, provide access to the work, obtain samples, and assist Owner’s Representative in execution of their testing procedures.
1.4 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS
A. Conform to applicable code for paving work on public property.
B. Conform to CCR, Title 24, Part 2, and ADAAG for access for the handicapped.
1.5 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit product data under applicable provisions.
1. Submit complete materials list of items proposed for the work. Identify material source.
2. Submit admixture, curing compound, retarder, and accessory item product data.
3. Submit material certificates for aggregates, reinforcing, and joint fillers.
City of Carlsbad
VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK 10/07/2025
RIGID PAVEMENT 32 13 00-3
B. Submit data on joint filler, admixtures, and curing compounds.
C. Submit proposed mix design to testing laboratory for review prior to commencement of work.
D. Submit manufacturer’s instructions under applicable provisions.
E. Submit concrete delivery tickets with the following:
1. Batch number
2. Mix by class or sack content with maximum size aggregate.
3. Admixture
4. Air content
5. Slump
6. Time of loading
7. Total Weight / Cubic Yard / Certification by weigh master
8. Submit concrete test reports.
1.6 TESTING
A. Provide slump test on first load of concrete delivered each day and whenever requested due to changes in consistency or appearance of concrete.
B. Provide air indicator tests and air meter tests for all air-entrained concrete.
1. Perform air indicator test with a “Chase” AE 35 or equal air indicator an air meter test in accordance with ASTM C231 or C173. Test first load of concrete delivered each day.
2. Furnish copies of field records and test reports as listed for strength tests.
C. Strength Testing:
1. Provide 1 set of 3 test specimens for each 50 cubic yards placed in any one day. Secure samples in accordance with ASTM C31.
2. Test 1 specimen at 7 days and 2 specimens at 29 days in accordance with ASTM C39.
3. Furnish copies of field records and test reports as follows:
2 copies to Owner’s Representative
1 copy to Contractor
1 copy to Ready Mix supplier
D. Record the exact location of the concrete in the work represented by each set of cylinders and show on test reports.
E. Coefficient of friction shall be 0.65 or above on all concrete surfaces.
City of Carlsbad
VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK
32 13 00-4 RIGID PAVEMENT
PART 2 – PRODUCTS
2.1 CONCRETE MATERIALS
A. Cement: ASTM C150 Normal-Type II / V, Portland type, natural gray color with Top-cast #5 sandblast finish, unless otherwise indicated on plans and details, from single source throughout project.
B. Fine and Coarse Aggregates: ASTM C33, non-reactive.
C. Water: Clean and not detrimental to concrete.
2.2 BASE MATERIALS
A. Aggregate Base: Crushed aggregate base (CAB) or crushed miscellaneous base (CMB) conforming to “Geotechnical Investigation Report” Southern California Geotechnical.
2.3 FORM MATERIALS
A. Conform to ACI 301.
B. Refer to Section 03 10 00 – Concrete Forming and Accessories.
2.4 REINFORCEMENT
A. Refer to Section 03 21 00 – Reinforcing Steel.
B. Reinforcing Steel: ASTM A615; deformed billet steel bars, uncoated finish.
#3 reinforcing steel shall be 40 grade.
#4 reinforcing steel shall be 40 grade.
#5 reinforcing steel shall be 60 grade.
C. Welded Steel Wire Fabric: Plain type, ASTM A185; in coiled rolls or flat sheets; uncoated finish.
D. Fabricated Bar Mats: ASTM A184; welded or clip-assembled steel bar mats of ASTM A615, Grade 60 steel bars.
E. Tie Wire: ASTM A82, annealed steel, minimum 16 gauge size.
F. Dowels: Speed dowels at 24” O.C. at all expansion and cold joints with #4 rebar, Model Number PSD 12/#4 TS with PSD/#4 BL base, centered in slab, as manufactured by Aztec Concrete Accessories (800) 531-3335, or approved equal.
G. Supports: Chairs, spacers, dowel bar supports, and other devices for spacing, supporting, and fastening reinforcing bars, and dowels in place.
2.5 ACCESSORIES
A. Curing Compound: ASTM C309 or better, concrete curing compound per Section 201-4 of the “Greenbook” - Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction.
B. Expansion joint filler and joint sealants.
1. Joint Filler: 1/4” Deck-o-Foam expansion material as manufactured by W.R. Meadows, or
City of Carlsbad
VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK 10/07/2025
RIGID PAVEMENT 32 13 00-5
approved equal, with. Submit sample to Owner’s Representative for approval.
2. Joint sealers shall be non-sag two-part urethane sealer “Dynatred” as manufactured by Pecora Corporation (800) 523-6688, or equal. Color shall match paving surface color. Color shall be “Limestone” (039) in fields of natural gray concrete and “Beige” (595) in fields of Colored Concrete. Install per manufacturer’s recommendations. Install silica sand over “wet” joint sealant (full coverage) to protect sealant until completely cured.
C. Concrete Surface Sealer. Aqueous copolymer chemically reactive dispersion that provides a durable, transparent protective barrier, ‘Ultrapel’ as manufactured by Prosoco or approved equal.
D. Surface Retardant: ‘Topcast #5’ Surface Retardant, Etch Code: Sandblast or approved equal as provided by Dayton Superior Corp. unless otherwise indicated on plans and details, from single source throughout project.
2.6 ADMIXTURES
A. Admixtures shall be as permitted under Subsection 201-1.2.4 of the Standard Specifications and as directed by the County.
2.7 CONCRETE MIX
A. Mix concrete in accordance with ASTM C94, Alternative No. 3.
B. Provide ASTM C94 ready-mixed concrete. Batch mixing at site not acceptable.
1. Pedestrian and vehicular paving; curbs; curb and gutters; terraced concrete seating; cross gutters; curb outlet; mow curbs; accessible ramps; curb ramp; access ramp; ramp cheek walls; utility slabs; transformer pad; concrete pad for drinking fountain and bike racks, etc.
2. Compressive Strength: 3,000 psi minimum at twenty-eight (28) days, or as stated in the “Geotechnical Investigation Report”, Southern California Geotechnical, Inc.
3. All structural concrete mix design shall be per project structural concrete plans and specifications.
4. All concrete shall be per geotechnical report. See appendix.
5. Slump Range: 6” maximum at the point/time of placement.
6. Water/cement ratio per geotechnical report. See appendix.
7. No air entrainment.
C. Coarse aggregate shall consist of 3/4” aggregate.
D. Provide an approved water-reducing admixture in all concrete.
E. Indicate water added to mix at job site on each delivery ticket. Show quantity of water added. Site water tempered mixes exceeding specified slump range will be rejected as not complying with specifications requirements.
F. Contractor shall retain the services of a qualified State of California licensed civil engineer to provide a concrete mix design for each class of concrete in accordance with UBC Section 1905. Concrete
City of Carlsbad
VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK
32 13 00-6 RIGID PAVEMENT
mix design submittals shall bear the stamp and signature of the engineer approving the mix design as being consistent with project specifications and geotechnical report.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSPECTION
A. Verify compacted subgrade is ready to support paving and imposed loads.
B. Verify gradients and elevations of base are correct.
C. Beginning of installation means acceptance of existing conditions.
3.2 BASE
A. Prepare and compact base materials in accordance with recommendations in the “Geotechnical Investigation Report” as prepared by Southern California Geotechnical, Inc. See Appendix A in specifications.
3.3 PREPARATION
A. Moisten base to minimize absorption of water from fresh concrete.
B. Coat surfaces of adjacent manholes, catch basins, inlets, and other fixed objects with oil to form isolation joint and prevent bond with paving.
C. Notify County minimum 24 hours prior to commencement of concreting operations/placement.
3.4 FORMING
A. Place and secure forms to correct location, dimension, and profile.
B. Assemble formwork to permit easy stripping and dismantling without damaging concrete.
C. Place joint fillers vertical in position, in straight lines. Secure to formwork during concrete placement.
D. Forms shall be braced to withstand the pressures developed and shall be tight to prevent the loss of mortar. Formed wall surface shall be free of any unevenness greater than 1/4” when checked with a 10’ straight edge.
E. Concrete in walls with side slopes flatter than 3/4:1 shall be placed on suitable material which has been overfilled, compacted, and trimmed to true grade. Backforms shall be used where the side slope is 3/4:1 or steeper.
F. A clear non-staining form release agent which will not discolor nor affect the surface texture of the concrete and does not react with any ingredients of the concrete shall be used.
G. Use flexible metal, 1" lumber or plywood forms to form radius bends.
H. Install, align, and level forms, stake, and brace forms in place. Maintain following grade and alignment tolerances.
1. Top of Form: Maximum 1/8” in 10’0”.
2. Vertical Face: Maximum 1/8” in 10’0”.
City of Carlsbad
VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK 10/07/2025
RIGID PAVEMENT 32 13 00-7
I. The Contractor shall include all fine grading and compaction with regard to setting forms during concrete placement.
3.5 REINFORCEMENT
A. Place reinforcement at mid-height of slabs-on-grade.
Aluminum and plastic supports for reinforcement shall not be used.
Bars shall be accurately spaced as shown on the Plans and spacing of first bar immediately adjacent to transverse construction joint shall be one-half the required spacing shown on the Plans. In no case shall the clear distance between parallel bars be less than 2½ diameters of the bar, or a minimum of 2 inches. Unless otherwise shown on Plans, embedment of reinforcing steel (other than stirrups and spacers) shall be 1½ inches clear depth for #8 bars or smaller, and shall be 2 inches clear for #9 bars and larger. Where placement of reinforcing steel requires alternate bars of different size embedment, requirements shall be governed by the larger bar. Stirrups and spacers shall be embedded not less than 1 inch clear depth.
Measurement of embedment shall be from the outside of the bar to the nearest concrete face. Tack welding or butt welding of reinforcing bars will not be permitted.
B. Lap adjoining pieces of welded wire fabric one full mesh and lace splice with wire. Offset laps of adjoining sheets.
C. Place fabricated bar mats in lengths as long as practical. Overlap adjacent mat 2 inches.
D. Interrupt reinforcement at expansion joints.
E. Place secondary fiber reinforcement in concrete mix in quantities as specified by manufacturer.
F. Place reinforcement to achieve slab and curb alignment as detailed.
G. Provide doweled joints at interruption of concrete with one end of dowel set in capped sleeve to allow longitudinal movement.
H. Splicing
Reinforcing bars may be continuous at locations where splices are shown on the plans, at the option of the Contractor. The location of splices, except where shown on the Plans, shall be determined by the Contractor, based upon using available commercial lengths where applicable.
Splices shall consist of placing the reinforcing bars in contact and wiring them together in such a manner as to maintain the alignment of the bars and to provide minimum clearances.
No lapped splices will be permitted at locations where the concrete section is not sufficient to provide a minimum clear distance of 2 inches between the splice and the nearest adjacent bar. The clearances to the surface of the concrete shall not be reduced. Length of lapped splices shall be as noted on drawings.
Splices of tensile reinforcement at points of maximum stress shall be avoided; however, any deviation from splices shown on the Plans shall be approved by the Owner’s Representative.
City of Carlsbad
VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK
32 13 00-8 RIGID PAVEMENT
3.6 PLACING CONCRETE
A. Place concrete in accordance with ACI 301.
B. Hot and Cold Weather Placement: ACI 301.
C. Place concrete formwork on public property in conformance with applicable code.
D. Ensure reinforcement, inserts, embedded parts, and formed joints are not disturbed during concrete placement.
E. Place concrete continuously between predetermined construction joints and control joints. Do not break or interrupt successive pours such that cold joints occur.
F. Do not push or drag concrete into place or use vibrators to move concrete into place.
G. Place concrete to pattern indicated.
3.7 JOINTS
A. Contractor shall submit a paving jointing and pour sequence plan indicating the following:
1. Proposed layout of all joints (cold joint/hidden expansion, expansion joint, sawcut, and tooled joints.)
2. Concrete pour sequence.
B. Locate cold joint (hidden expansion joint) as indicated. Coordinate cold joints with alternate concrete pours and at all change of pavement types (concrete paving to concrete band). Provide sawcut per detail two days after pour.
C. Location expansion joints with caulk sealant at all paving/wall interface areas.
D. Install joint fillers full-width and depth of joint. Remove perforated portion of joint filler to receive sealants as indicated on the details.
E. Provide joint fillers in single lengths for the full slab width, whenever possible. Fasten joint filler sections together when multiple lengths are required.
F. Where intersecting joints occur join top edge and continue any spliced joints without deviation of form line or direction.
G. Protect the top edge of the joint filler during concrete placement.
H. Place expansion joints at minimum 12 foot intervals, unless otherwise shown on plans, to correct elevation and profile. Align curb, gutter, and sidewalk joints.
I. Place joint filler between paving components and building or other appurtenances to provide a sealed surface.
J. Provide control joints at indicated intervals. See plans.
K. Saw cut control joints as noted on plans and details.
City of Carlsbad
VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK 10/07/2025
RIGID PAVEMENT 32 13 00-9
L. Provide keyed points as indicated.
M. Finish each edge of joint with radiused jointer tool.
N. Form isolation joints where paving abuts curbs, catch basins, manholes, inlets, structures, and other fixed objects.
3.8 FINISHING
A. Contractor shall provide 6’ x 6’ sample onsite pour of each finish specified for review and approval by Owner’s Representative prior to production. Sample shall be available for review 2 weeks prior to scheduled production pours and shall indicate specified finish, sawcuts, and/or tooled control joints, and expansion joints.
B. Uniformly spread, screed, and consolidate concrete. Do not spread concrete by vibration.
C. All concrete specified to receive ‘Top-Cast’ retardant finish shall be placed, floated, and finished per recommendations of Architectural Concrete Chemicals. ‘Top-Cast’ retardant finish (Sandblast 05) shall be applied, removed, and finished per manufacturer’s specifications.
D. Smooth Form Finish:
1. Coordinate as necessary to secure form construction using smooth, hard, uniform surfaces, with number of seams kept to a practical minimum and in a uniform, orderly pattern.
2. Patch tie holes and defects.
3. Trowel to smooth non-slip even finish.
4. Use for curbs, gutters, mowstrips, walls, stairs, vertical surfaces, or otherwise noted on plans or details.
3.9 CURING
A. Cure concrete surfaces in accordance with ACI 301.
B. Apply curing compound on finished slab surfaces in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions.
3.10 SEALANTS
A. Apply sealers on finished slab surfaces in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions.
3.11 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Field inspection and testing will be performed under provisions of Section 01 41 00 – Regulatory Requirements and Section 01 42 13 – Reference Standards and Abbreviations.
B. Owner’s Representative will take cylinders and perform slump and air entrainment tests in accordance with ACI 301 and will arrange for pickup of cylinders by Testing Laboratory.
C. Three concrete test cylinders will be taken for every 50 or less cubic yards of each class of concrete placed each day.
D. One slump test will be taken for each set of test cylinders taken.
City of Carlsbad
VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK
32 13 00-10 RIGID PAVEMENT
E. Maintain records of placed concrete items. Record date, location of pour, quantity, air temperature, and test samples taken.
3.12 TOLERANCES
A. Maximum Variation of Surface Flatness: 1/4 inch in 10 feet.
B. Maximum Variation from True Position: 1/2 inch.
3.13 PROTECTION
A. Immediately after placement, protect concrete under provisions of the General Requirements from premature drying, excessive hot or cold temperatures, and mechanical injury.
B. Do not permit traffic over pavement for seven (7) days after finishing.
END OF SECTION
City of Carlsbad
VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK
DECORATIVE CONCRETE PAVING 32 13 16-1
SECTION 32 13 16
DECORATIVE CONCRETE PAVING
PART 1 – GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section includes:
1. Colored concrete paved banding.
1.2 SUBMITTALS AND MOCK-UPS
A. Prior to installation of decorative pavement, Contractor to provide an 8’x8’ mock-up to ensure desired look is achieved and is in conformance with established standards.
B. Approval by Owner or Owner’s Representative is required.
C. Mock-up shall stay in place throughout project duration as a standard for judging completed work.
Do not move or destroy mock-up.
PART 2 – PRODUCTS
2.1 ALLOWABLE DECORATIVE PAVING
A. Sandblast Finish Concrete Paving Banding
1. To be used for the concrete paving banding throughout the site.
2. Concrete banding shall meet Owner Representative’s standards and be 12” thick at tree wells and 6” thick throughout the rest of the site. Shall be rebar reinforced overlaying a least 12” of compacted aggregate base course.
3. Concrete mix design must contain 60% fine aggregate and 40% large aggregate to achieve sand finish.
4. Color to be “Sangria” #1117 available from Davis Colors, or approved equal, throughout site and around tree wells unless otherwise noted.
5. Color to be “San Diego Buff” #5237 available from Davis Colors, or approved equal, at Memorial Plaza.
6. Sand finish to be achieved using surface retarder as follows:
a. ‘Top Cast’ by Dayton Superior or approved equal.
b. Number code: grade 05.
c. Etch/aggregate size to expose: sandblast finish.
d. Coverage: 200-300 square feet per gallon.
e. Retardant removal per manufacturer’s standards, typically within 6-24 hours after application. Timing of removal dependent upon temperature to create desired finish.
B. Sealer to be applied to decorative concrete paving after 28 day curing period unless otherwise directed by Owner’s Representative. Owner’s Representative has pre-approved the following
City of Carlsbad
VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK
32 13 16-2 DECORATIVE CONCRETE PAVING
product to be in compliance with these standards: Non-sag Two-part polyurethane sealer (Dyna Tred) by Percora Corporation (800) 523-6688, or approved equal.
PART 3 – EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Sandblast finish.
B. Expansion joints to 12’ maximum in a single run of paving. Shall be at the same interval as the design width of pedestrian paving.
C. Reinforcement:
1. Create two continuous lines of #4 horizontal rebar.
2. Use #4 rebar speed-dowels at 18” on center at all expansion and cold joints, Model number PSD 12/#4 TS. With PSD/#4 BL base by Aztec Concrete Accessories, (800) 531-3355, or approved equal.
END OF SECTION
City of Carlsbad
VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK
CONCRETE PAVING JOINT SEALANTS 32 13 73-1
SECTION 32 13 73
CONCRETE PAVING JOINT SEALANTS
PART 1 – GENERAL
This Part and all Subparts shall conform to the following related documents:
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
B. Publications listed below form a part of this specification to the extent referenced. The publications are referred to in the text by the basic designation only.
1. State of California, Department of Transportation, (CALTRANS):
a. Highway Design Manual (Latest edition).
b. Manual of Traffic Controls for Construction and Maintenance Work Zones (Latest Edition).
2. ASTM – American Society for Testing and Materials
3. ACI – American Concrete Institute, Manual of Concrete Practice.
C. Standard Drawings shall apply to the work to the extent referenced on the plans:
1. Standard Plans for Public Works Construction (Latest Edition).
1.2 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes the following:
1. Expansion and contraction joints within cement concrete pavement.
2. Joints between cement concrete and asphalt pavement.
1.3 SUBMITTALS
1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
1.6 PROJECT CONDITIONS (WORK SITE MAINTENANCE)
PART 2 – PRODUCTS
Products in this Part and all Subparts shall conform to the documents referenced in Part 1 – General.
Products include, but are not limited to the following:
2.1 MATERIALS, GENERAL
2.2 COLD-APPLIED JOINT SEALANTS
City of Carlsbad
VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK
32 13 73-2 CONCRETE PAVING JOINT SEALANTS
2.3 HOT-APPLIED JOINT SEALANTS
2.4 JOINT-SEALANT BACKER MATERIALS
2.5 PRIMERS
PART 3 – EXECUTION
Execution of all related work in this Section shall conform to the documents referenced in Part 1 – General. Execution includes, but is not limited to the following:
3.1 EXAMINATION
3.2 PREPARATION
3.3 INSTALLATION OF JOINT SEALANTS
3.4 CLEANING
3.5 PROTECTION
END OF SECTION
City of Carlsbad
VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK
INTERLOCKING CONCRETE UNIT PAVING 32 14 13-1
SECTION 32 14 13
INTERLOCKING CONCRETE UNIT PAVING
PART 1 – GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Division 01 Specification Sections, Drawings, General Conditions, Supplementary General Conditions, and Special Conditions apply to this section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Interlocking Concrete Paver Units (manually installed).
2. Bedding and Joint Sand.
3. Edge Restraints.
4. Joint sand stabilizers.
1.3 REFERENCES
A. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM):
1. ASTM C 33, Standard Specification for Concrete Aggregates.
2. ASTM C 67, Standard Test Methods for Sampling and Testing Brick and Structural Clay Tile, Section 8, Freezing and Thawing.
3. ASTM C 136, Standard Test Method for Sieve Analysis of Fine and Coarse Aggregates.
4. ASTM C 140, Standard Test Methods for Sampling and Testing Concrete Masonry Units and Related Units.
5. ASTM C 144, Standard Specification for Aggregate for Masonry Mortar.
6. ASTM C 936, Standard Specification for Solid Concrete Interlocking Paving Units.
7. ASTM C 979, Standard Specification for Pigments for Integrally Colored Concrete.
8. ASTM D 698, Standard Test Method for Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of Soil Using Standard Effort (12,000 ft-lbf/ft3 (600 kN-m/m3)).
9. ASTM D 1557, Test Method for Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of Soil Using Modified Effort (56,000 ft-lbf/ft3 (2,700 kN-m/m3)).
10. ASTM D 2940, Specification for Graded Aggregate Material for Bases or Subbases for Highways or Airports.
B. Interlocking Concrete Pavement Institute (ICPI):
1. ICPI Tech Spec Technical Bulletins
1.4 SUBMITTALS
A. In accordance with Conditions of the Contract and Division 1 Submittal Procedures Section.
B. Manufacturer’s drawings and details: Indicate perimeter conditions, relationship to adjoining materials and assemblies, concrete paver layout, patterns, color arrangement, installation, and setting details.
C. Sieve analysis per ASTM C 136 for grading of bedding and joint sand.
City of Carlsbad
VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK
32 14 13-2 INTERLOCKING CONCRETE UNIT PAVING
D. Concrete pavers:
1. Representative full-size samples of each paver type, thickness, color, finish that indicate the range of color variation and texture expected in the finished installation. Color(s) selected by Owner’s Representative from manufacturer’s available colors.
2. Accepted samples become the standard of acceptance for the work.
3. Test results from an independent testing laboratory for compliance of concrete pavers with ASTM C 936.
4. Manufacturer’s certification as having met applicable ASTM standards.
5. Manufacturer’s catalog product data, installation instructions, and material safety data sheets for the safe handling of the specified materials and products.
E. Paver Installation Subcontractor:
1. A copy of Subcontractor’s current certificate from the Interlocking Concrete Pavement Institute Concrete Paver Installer Certification program.
2. Job references from projects of a similar size and complexity. Provide Owner’s Representative/Client/General Contractor names, postal address, phone, fax, and email address.
1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Paving Subcontractor Qualifications:
1. Utilize an installer having successfully completed concrete paver installation similar in design, material, and extent indicated on this project.
2. Utilize an installer holding a current certificate from the Interlocking Concrete Pavement Institute Concrete Paver Installer Certification program.
B. Mock-Ups:
1. Install a 4 ft x 4 ft minimum paver area.
2. Use this area to determine surcharge of the bedding sand layer, joint sizes, lines, laying pattern(s), color(s), and texture of the job.
3. This area will be used as the standard by which the work will be judged.
4. Subject to acceptance by Owner’s Representative, mock-up may be retained as part of finished work.
5. If mock-up is not retained, remove, and properly dispose of mock-up.
1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, & HANDLING
A. General: Comply with Division 1 Product Requirement Section.
B. Comply with manufacturer’s ordering instructions and lead-time requirements to avoid construction
City of Carlsbad
VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK
INTERLOCKING CONCRETE UNIT PAVING 32 14 13-3
delays.
C. Delivery: Deliver materials in manufacturer’s original, unopened, undamaged containers packaging with identification labels intact.
1. Coordinate delivery and paving schedule to minimize interference with normal use of buildings adjacent to paving.
2. Deliver concrete pavers to the site in steel banded, plastic banded or plastic wrapped packaging capable of transfer by forklift or clamp lift.
3. Unload pavers at job site in such a manner that no damage occurs to the product.
D. Storage and Protection: Store materials protected such that they are kept free from mud, dirt, and other foreign materials. Store concrete paver cleaners and sealers per manufacturer’s instructions.
1. Cover bedding sand and joint sand with waterproof covering if needed to prevent exposure to rainfall or removal by wind. Secure the covering in place.
1.7 PROJECT/SITE CONDITIONS
A. Environmental Requirements:
1. Do not install sand or pavers during heavy rain or snowfall.
2. Do not install sand and pavers over frozen base materials.
3. Do not install frozen sand or saturated sand.
4. Do not install concrete pavers on frozen or saturated sand.
1.8 MAINTENANCE
A. Extra Materials: Provide additional material for use by Owner for maintenance and repair.
B. Pavers shall be from the same production run as installed materials.
PART 2 – PRODUCTS
2.1 INTERLOCKING CONCRETE PAVERS
Note: In Addition to ASTM conformance, it is recommended a maximum 3:1 aspect ratio (length/thickness) and minimum 3 1/8 in. (80mm) thickness for vehicular applications. Residential driveways and pedestrian applications should use a minimum 2 3/8 in. (60mm) thick units with a maximum 4:1 aspect ratio.
A. Manufacturer:
1. Angelus Block Co., Inc.
Contact: Rialto Paver Plant
3435 South Riverside Avenue
Tel: (951) 328-9115
Website: www.angeluspavingstones.com
Email: [email protected]
B. Interlocking Concrete Pavers:
1. Paver Type: Standard Collection, Slaton Random Paving Stones.
City of Carlsbad
VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK
32 14 13-4 INTERLOCKING CONCRETE UNIT PAVING
a. Material Standard: Comply with material standards set forth in ASTM C 936. b. Color: Cream-Terracotta-Brown blended.
c. Color Pigment Material Standard: Comply with ASTM C 979. d. Size: 14.75 x 18.70 inches, 70mm thick.
e. Average Compressive Strength (C140): 8000 psi (55 MPa) with no individual unit under 7200 psi (50 MPa) per ASTM C 140.
f. Average Water Absorption (ASTM C 140): 5% with no unit greater than 7%. g. Freeze/Thaw Resistance (ASTM C 67): Resistant to 50 freeze/thaw cycles with no greater than 1% loss of material. Freeze-thaw testing requirements shall be waived for applications not exposed to freezing conditions.
2.2 PRODUCT SUBSTITUTIONS
A. Substitutions: No substitutions permitted.
2.3 BEDDING AND JOINT SAND
A. Provide bedding and joint sand as follows:
1. Washed, clean, non-plastic, free from deleterious or foreign matter, symmetrically shaped, natural, or manufactured from crushed rock.
2. Do not use limestone screenings, stone dust, or sand for the bedding sand material that does not conform to conform to the grading requirements of ASTM C 33.
3. Do not use mason sand or sand conforming to ASTM C 144 for the bedding sand.
4. Where concrete pavers are subject to vehicular traffic, utilize sands that are as hard as practically available.
5. Sieve according to ASTM C 136.
6. Bedding Sand Material Requirements: Conform to the grading requirements of ASTM C 33 with modifications as shown in Table 1.
Table 1
Grading Requirements for Bedding Sand
ASTM C 33
Sieve Size Percent Passing
3/8 in.(9.5 mm) 100
No. 4 (4.75 mm) 95 to 100
No. 8 (2.36 mm) 85 to 100
No. 16 (1.18 mm) 50 to 85
No. 30 (0.600 mm) 25 to 60
No. 50 (0.300 mm) 10 to 30
No. 100 (0.150 mm) 2 to 10
No. 200 (0.075 mm) 0 to 1
Note: Coarser sand than that specified in Table 2 below may be used for joint sand including C 33 material as shown in Table 1. Use material where the largest sieve size easily enters the smallest joints. For example, if the smallest paver joints are 2 mm wide, use sand 2 mm and smaller in particle size. If C 33 sand is used for joint sand, extra effort may be required in sweeping material and compacting the pavers in order to completely fill the joints.
City of Carlsbad
VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK
INTERLOCKING CONCRETE UNIT PAVING 32 14 13-5
7. Joint Sand Material Requirements: Conform to the grading requirements of ASTM C 144 as shown with modifications in Table 2 below:
Table 2
Grading Requirements for Joint Sand
ASTM C 144 ASTM C 144
Natural Sand Manufactured Sand
Sieve Size Percent Passing Percent Passing
No. 4 (4.75 mm) 100 100
No. 8 (2.36 mm) 95 to 100 95 to 100
No. 16 (1.18 mm) 70 to 100 70 to 100
No. 30 (0.600 mm) 40 to 75 40 to 100
No. 50 (0.300 mm) 10 to 35 20 to 40
No. 100 (0.150 mm) 2 to 15 10 to 25
No. 200 (0.075 mm) 0 to 1 0 to 10
Note: Specify specific components of a system, manufactured unit, or type of equipment. See ICPI Tech Spec 3, Edge Restraints for Interlocking Concrete Pavements for guidance on selection and design of edge restraints.
PART 3 – EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
Note: Compaction of the soil subgrade is recommended to at least 98% standard Proctor density per ASTM D 698 for pedestrian areas and residential driveways. Compaction to at least 98% modified Proctor density per ASTM D 1557 is recommended for areas subject to heavy vehicular traffic.
Stabilization of the subgrade and/or base material may be necessary with weak or saturated subgrade soils.
Note: Local aggregate base materials typical to those used for highway flexible pavements are recommended, or those conforming to ASTM D 2940. Compaction of aggregate is recommended to not less than 98% Proctor density in accordance with ASTM D 698 is recommended for pedestrian areas and residential driveways. 98% modified Proctor density according to ASTM D 1557 is recommended for vehicular areas. Mechanical tampers are recommended for compaction of soil subgrade and aggregate base in areas not accessible to large compaction equipment. Such areas can include that around lamp standards, utility structures, building edges, curbs, tree wells and other protrusions.
Note: Prior to screeding the bedding sand, the recommended base surface tolerance should be ±3/8 in. (±10 mm) over a 10 ft. (3 m) straight edge. See ICPI Tech Spec 2, Construction of Interlocking Concrete Pavements for further guidance on construction practices.
Note: The elevations and surface tolerance of the base determine the final surface elevations of concrete pavers. The paver installation contractor cannot correct deficiencies in the base surface with additional bedding sand or by other means. Therefore, the surface elevations of the base should be checked and accepted by the General Contractor or designated party, with written certification to the paving subcontractor, prior to placing bedding sand and concrete pavers.
A. Acceptance of Site Verification of Conditions:
1. General Contractor shall inspect, accept, and certify in writing to the paver installation subcontractor that site conditions meet specifications for the following items prior to installation of interlocking concrete pavers.
City of Carlsbad
VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK
32 14 13-6 INTERLOCKING CONCRETE UNIT PAVING
a. Verify that subgrade preparation, compacted density and elevations conform to specified requirements.
b. Verify that geotextiles, if applicable, have been placed according to drawings and specifications.
c. Verify that aggregate and concrete base materials, thickness, compacted density, surface tolerances, and elevations conform to specified requirements. d. Provide written density test results for soil subgrade, aggregate base materials to the Owner’s Representative, General Contractor, and paver installation subcontractor. e. Verify location, type, and elevations of edge restraints, utility structures, and drainage inlets.
2. Do not proceed with installation of bedding sand and interlocking concrete pavers until subgrade soil base conditions are corrected by the General Contractor or designated subcontractor.
3.2 PREPARATION
A. Verify base is dry, certified by General Contractor as meeting material, installation, and grade specifications.
B. Verify that base is ready to support sand, pavers, and imposed loads.
C. Edge Restraint Preparation:
1. Install edge restraints per the Drawings and manufacturer’s recommendations.
3.3 INSTALLATION
A. Spread bedding sand evenly over the base course and screed to a nominal 1 in. (25 mm) thickness, not exceeding 1 1/2 in. (40 mm) thickness. Spread bedding sand evenly over the base course and screed rails, using the rails and/or edge restraints to produce a nominal 1 in. (25 mm) thickness, allowing for specified variation in the base surface.
1. Do not disturb screeded sand.
2. Screeded area shall not substantially exceed that which is covered by pavers in one day.
3. Do not use bedding sand to fill depressions in the base surface.
Note: When initially placed on the bedding sand, manually installed pavers often touch each other, or their spacer bars if present. Joint widths and lines (bond lines) are straightened and aligned to specifications with rubber hammers and pry bars as paving proceeds.
B. Lay pavers in pattern(s) shown on drawings. Place units hand tight without using hammers. Make horizontal adjustments to placement of laid pavers with rubber hammers and pry bars as required.
Note: Contact manufacturer of interlocking concrete paver units for recommended joint widths.
C. Provide joints between pavers between 1/16 in. and 3/16 in. (2 and 5 mm) wide. No more than 5% of the joints shall exceed 1/4 in. (6 mm) wide to achieve straight bond lines.
D. Joint (bond) lines shall not deviate more than ±1/2 in. (±15 mm) over 50 ft. (15 m) from string lines.
E. Fill gaps at the edges of the paved area with cut pavers or edge units.
City of Carlsbad
VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK
INTERLOCKING CONCRETE UNIT PAVING 32 14 13-7
F. Cut pavers to be placed along the edge with a [double blade paver splitter or] masonry saw.
Note. Specify requirements for edge treatment in paragraph below.
G. Adjust bond pattern at pavement edges such that cutting of edge pavers is minimized. Cut pavers at edges as indicated on the drawings.
H. Keep skid steer and forklift equipment off newly laid pavers that have not received initial compaction and joint sand.
I. Use a low-amplitude plate compactor capable of at least minimum of 4,000 lbf (18 kN) at a frequency of 75 to 100 Hz to vibrate the pavers into the sand. Remove any cracked or damaged pavers and replace with new units.
J. Simultaneously spread, sweep, and compact dry joint sand into joints continuously until full. This will require at least 4 to 6 passes with a plate compactor. Do not compact within 6 ft (2 m) of unrestrained edges of paving units.
K. All work within 6 ft. (2 m) of the laying face must shall be left fully compacted with sand-filled joints at the end of each day or compacted upon acceptance of the work. Cover the laying face or any incomplete areas with plastic sheets overnight if not closed with cut and compacted pavers with joint sand to prevent exposed bedding sand from becoming saturated from rainfall.
L. Remove excess sand from surface when installation is complete.
Note: Excess joint sand can remain on surface of pavers to aid in protecting their surface especially when additional construction occurs after their installation. If this is the case, delete the article above and use the article below. Designate person responsible for directing timing of removal of excess joint sand.
M. Allow excess joint sand to remain on surface to protect pavers from damage from other trades.
Remove excess sand when directed by Owner’s Representative.
N. Surface shall be broom clean after removal of excess joint sand.
3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
Note: Surface tolerances on flat slopes should be measured with a rigid straightedge. Tolerances on complex contoured slopes should be measured with a flexible straightedge capable of conforming to the complex curves on the pavement surface.
A. The final surface tolerance from grade elevations shall not deviate more than ±3/8 in. (±10 mm) under a 10 ft (3 m) straightedge.
B. Check final surface elevations for conformance to drawings.
Note: For installations on a compacted aggregate base and soil subgrade, the top surface of the pavers may be 1/8 to 1/4 in. (3 to 6 mm) above the final elevations after compaction. This helps compensate for possible minor settling normal to pavements.
C. The surface elevation of pavers shall be 1/8 in. to 1/4 in. (3 to 6 mm) above adjacent drainage inlets, concrete collars, or channels.
D. Lippage: No greater than 1/8 in. (3 mm) difference in height between adjacent pavers
City of Carlsbad
VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK
32 14 13-8 INTERLOCKING CONCRETE UNIT PAVING
Note: Cleaning and sealing may be required for some applications. See ICPI Tech Spec 5, Cleaning and Sealing Interlocking Concrete Pavements for guidance on when to clean and seal the paver surface, and when to stabilize joint sand. Delete article below if cleaners, sealers, and or joint sand stabilizers are not applied.
3.5 JOINT SAND STABILIZATION
A. Apply joint polymeric sand stabilization materials between concrete pavers and compact in accordance with the manufacturer’s written recommendations.
3.6 PROTECTION
A. After work in this section is complete, the General Contractor shall be responsible for protecting work from damage due to subsequent construction activity on the site.
END OF SECTION
City of Carlsbad
VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK
STONE PAVING 32 14 40-1
SECTION 32 14 40
STONE PAVING
PART 1 – GENERAL
1.1 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Natural stone pavers and steps.
1.2 SUBMITTALS
A. See applicable Section.
B. Product Data: Provide characteristics of paver unit, dimensions, special shapes, and setting materials.
C. Samples: Submit two samples of each paver, illustrating style, size, color range, and surface texture of units being provided.
1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Source Limitations for Stone: Obtain each stone variety from a single quarry. Make stone available for examination by Owner’s Representative.
1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Stone shall be carefully packed and loaded for shipment using reasonable care and customary precautions against damage in transit. Material which may cause staining or discoloration shall not be used for blocking or packing.
B. Stone shall be stacked on timber or platforms at least 4 inches above the ground. Care shall be taken to prevent staining or discoloration during storage.
PART 2 – PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURERS
A. Castohn
6801 South Adams Street
Tacoma, WA 98409
Tel: (253) 830-3366
Email: [email protected]
Website: www.castohn.com
2.2 STONE MATERIALS
A. Fitness Steps:
1. Product: Outcropping Large Wall Series.
2. Profile: Pallet A, minimum 12” height.
3. Color: Western Bluff.
2.3 SAND BED MATERIALS
City of Carlsbad
VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK
32 14 40-2 STONE PAVING
A. Crushed Miscellaneous Base
B. Free-Draining Granular Sand for Base: Clean washed bank sand containing maximum of 30 percent particle size of No. 10 (2 mm) sieve.
C. Compact Subbase material: Minimum of 95% max. dry density.
PART 3 – EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Verify that substrate is level, smooth, capable of supporting pavers and imposed loads, and ready to receive work of this section.
B. Verify gradients and elevations of substrate are correct.
3.2 INSTALLATION - SAND SETTING BED
A. Spread crushed miscellaneous base to a minimum thickness of 3 inches under the bottom-most stone riser.
B. Spread sand evenly over prepared substrate to a minimum thickness of 3 inches.
C. Dampen and roller compact sand to level and even surface.
D. Screed and scarify top 1/2 inch of sand.
E. Place pavers in pattern shown on plans.
F. Tamp and level pavers until units are firmly bedded, level, and to correct elevation and gradients.
3.3 CLEANING
A. Rinse surfaces with clean water.
B. Broom clean paving surfaces.
END OF SECTION
City of Carlsbad
VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK 10/01/2025
DECOMPOSED GRANITE PAVING 32 15 00-1
SECTION 32 15 00
PEDESTRIAN DECOMPOSED GRANITE PAVING
PART 1 – GENERAL
1.1 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Decomposed Granite Paving
1.2 RELATED SECTIONS
A. Section 31 10 00 – Site Clearing
B. Section 31 22 00 – Grading
C. Section 31 23 00 – Excavating and Fill
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. The Contractor shall provide the County’s Representative with copies of all material invoices from the Contractor’s material supplier, showing material weight and specifications, as verification of all materials supplied for the contract.
1.4 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A. Standards and references are relevant to the work of this section mention herein;
1. Standard Specifications: Highway Department, Standard Specifications for Highways and Bridges, latest edition.
2. ASTM: American Society for Testing & Materials
1.5 SAMPLE SUBMITTALS
A. Sieve Analysis and Sand Equivalency for specified material
B. Samples of aggregate for color
C. Decomposed Granite Paving Mock-up:
1. Install 10-foot by 10-foot by 3.5-inch depth area of Decomposed Granite Paving.
2. Install Decomposed Granite Paving over moistened compacted aggregate base or moistened compacted sub grade soil.
3. Install pre-approved edging as temporary restraints along the edges.
4. Use equipment to be used on remainder of work in construction the mock-up.
5. Perform initial compaction and final compaction as would be performed for full-scale construction.
6. Make observations during mock-up construction regarding the depth of placement required to
City of Carlsbad
VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK
32 15 00-2 DECOMPOSED GRANITE PAVING
achieve finished pavement thickness and elevation after initial and final compaction.
7. Demonstrate compaction procedures during mock-up construction that eliminate roller marks and provide a uniform surface texture without tearing or displacing the pavement mixture, and use lighter weight compaction equipment if required to meet specifications requirements without tearing or displacing the Decomposed Granite Paving.
8. If mock-up fails to meet specification requirements, make necessary adjustments to the construction procedures.
9. Construct as many mock-ups as necessary to achieve and accepted paving depth, surface finish, and surface density over the entire surface of the mock-up at no additional cost to the Owner.
10. Mock-ups which are completely or partially finished incorrectly will be rejected.
11. Remove rejected mock-ups immediately from the site at no additional cost to the Owner.
12. The Mock-up, when accepted, shall become the project standard for compaction, aggregate consolidation, tolerances, and appearance.
PART 2 – SUMMARY
2.1 MANUFACTURES AND SUPPLIERS
A. Decomposed Granite Paving shall be “Organic-Lock” by Envirobond provided by: Gail Materials, 1256 Magnolia Avenue, Corona CA 92879, Contact: David Dzwilewski Tel: (951) 667-6706, Fax (951) 667-6102, www.gailmaterials.net .
1. Color shall be “Gails Gold”.
2.2 MATERIALS
A. Gradation: As determined by ASTM C 136 methodology (Caltrans 202)
SIEVE SLEEVE PERCENT PASSING
1/2” 100
3/8” 90-100
No. 4 50-100
No.30 25-55
No. 100 10-20
No. 200 5-18
B. SAND EQUIVALENT: As Determined by ASTM D 2419 methodology (Caltrans 217)
Shall have a minimum of 30.
2.3 PREPARATION
A. The finished sub grade shall be uniform and free of deleterious debris such as organic materials, nails, stones, and loose soil.
B. Make necessary corrections to furnish a firm and stable base as shown and specified on drawings.
City of Carlsbad
VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK 10/01/2025
DECOMPOSED GRANITE PAVING 32 15 00-3
C. Pre-soak base material with water to the correct moisture level prior to installing Decomposed Granite Paving as needed to compact base.
2.4 BLENDING
A. “Organic-Lock” Paving by Envirobond is a manufactures proprietary blend supplied by Gail Materials.
2.5 SURVEY REQUIREMENTS
A. Lines and Levels: Establish lines and levels. Locate and lay out by instrumentation and similar appropriate means for “Organic-Lock” Paving finished surface grades.
2.6 CURBING AND EDGING
A. The use of a curb or edging is not required.
B. If utilized, compacted “Organic-Lock” Paving should not be more than ¼ inch below the top of the curbing or edging.
2.7 INSTALLATION OF “ORGANIC-LOCK” PAVING
A. Trail or pathway applications shall have a crown or minimum cross slope of 1.5 percent and shall be compacted to minimum of 90 percent.
B. Placement:
1. Place mix using a continuous self-propelled mechanized spreading and finishing machine designed for that purpose.
2. Spread “Organic-Lock” Paving to a loose depth of +/- 5 inches, or as specified on drawing of final grade.
3. Compact with a 1 to 3 ton roller to achieve the specified compaction.
4. Do not use the vibration mode on the roller drums as this may cause the binder to separate from the aggregate and stick to the roller drum and discolor the “Organic-Lock” Paving.
5. If material is sticking to the roller drums, lay sheets of 6 millimeter plastic liner and compact with the roller drum.
6. A light misting of water may also aid in the compaction sticking of “Organic-Lock” Paving to the roller.
7. Compact material making a minimum of 8 passes and up to 10 passes.
8. In small areas that are difficult to access with large equipment use a .5 ton reversible plate compactor making a minimum of 8 passes and up to 10 passes.
9. Once compaction of the “Organic-Lock” Paving is completed allow for 24 hours as to allow the “Organic-Lock” Paving to cure. Prevent moisture from coming in contact with the “Organic-Lock” Paving during this the first 24 hours of this stage.
City of Carlsbad
VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK
32 15 00-4 DECOMPOSED GRANITE PAVING
2.8 TOLERANCES
A. Finished “Organic-Lock” Paving Compaction versus Detail Drawing Thickness: +/- 3/16 inch.
B. Finished surface shall be uniform and solid with +/- 3/16 inch variation from a 10 foot-long straight edge laid parallel to the center path except at grade breaks. Loose materials or ruts shall not be present on the surface.
2.9 MAINTENANCE
A. In areas of vehicular use and/or with continued exposure to dirt and debris, surface darkening may occur.
B. Scarifying the surface 1/8 inch with a nail drag and roller drum will quickly clean the surface and expose fresh underlying “Organic-Lock” Paving material.
C. This procedure will become less frequent over time.
2.10 REPAIRS
A. In areas of repair, remove the damaged “Organic-Lock” Paving material.
B. With a shovel, square the corners and edges of the area to be repaired.
C. Scarify the area to be repaired with a rake or nail drag to prevent a poor interface of existing “Organic- Lock” Paving material and fresh “Organic-Lock” Paving material.
D. Fill in the area of repair with “Organic-Lock” Paving material and compact as instructed in Section
2.7 INSTALLATION OF “ORGANIC-LOCK” PAVING.
END OF SECTION
City of Carlsbad
VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK 10/01/2025
STABILIZED DECOMPOSED GRANITE PAVING 32 15 01-1
SECTION 32 15 01
RIDING STABILIZED DECOMPOSED GRANITE PAVING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SCOPE OF WORK
A. Work included in this section.
1. Decomposed granite or crushed 3/8” minus aggregate paving with Stabilizer binder additive.
1.2 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
A. Decomposed granite or crushed 3/8” minus aggregate paving with Stabilizer binder additive.
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Products; 5 (five) lb. sample of each color and sieve analysis for grading of decomposed granite or crushed 3/8” minus aggregate.
1.4 TESTS
A. Perform gradation of decomposed granite material or 3/8” minus crushed aggregate in accordance with ASTM C 136 — Method for Sieve Analysis for Fine and Course.
1.5 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS
A. Do not install decomposed granite or crushed 3/8” minus aggregate paving during rainy conditions.
1.6 EXCESS MATERIALS
A. Provide owner’s authorized rep. with the following excess materials for use in future decomposed granite or 3/8” crushed aggregate paving repair:
1. 40 — 50 lb. bags of the aggregate paving.
2. 1— 40 lb. bag of the Stabilizer additive.
PART 2 – PRODUCTS
2.3 DECOMPOSED GRANITE OR 3/8” CRUSHED AGGREGATE SCREENINGS
A. Crushed Stone Sieve Analysis Percentage of Weight Passing a Square Mesh Sieve AASHTO T11- 82 and T27-82.
3/8” MINUS AGGREGATE GRADATION
Sieve Size % Passing
3/8 inch 100
No. 4 95-100
No. 8 75-80
No. 16 55-65
No. 30 40-50
City of Carlsbad
VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK
32 15 01-2 STABILIZED DECOMPOSED GRANITE PAVING
No. 50 25-35
No. 100 20-25
No. 200 5-15
Note: Gradation based upon AASHTO T11-82 and T27-82.
B. Decomposed granite or 3/8” crushed aggregate screenings are to be the following color (color must be uniform):
1. Desert Gold
2. Submit sample for approval by Owner.
C. Products from Minick Materials, Kafka Granite, LLC, Living Earth, Silver Creek Materials, or equivalent approved by Engineer.
2.4 STABILIZER BINDER
A. Non-toxic, organic binder that is a colorless and odorless concentrated powder that binds decomposed granite or crushed 3/8” minus aggregate together to produce a firm surface.
B. Product from stabilizer solutions, Inc., Living Earth, TechniSoil, or equivalent approved by Engineer.
PART 3 – EXECUTION
3.5 BLENDING STABILIZER
A. Blend 12-16 lbs. of Stabilizer per ton of decomposed granite or crushed 3/8” minus aggregate screenings. It is critical that Stabilizer be thoroughly and uniformly mixed throughout decomposed granite or crushed 3/8” minus aggregate screenings.
3.6 PLACEMENT OF DECOMPOSED GRANITE SCREENINGS OR CRUSHED 3/8” MINUS
AGGREGATE SCREENINGS
A. Upon thorough moisture penetration, compact aggregate screenings to 95% relative compaction by compaction equipment such as double drum roller (2-4 ton) or single drum roller (1000 lbs.) vibratory plate tamp. Do not begin compaction for 6 hours after placement and up to 48 hours.
B. Take care in compacting decomposed granite or crushed 3/8” minus aggregate screenings when adjacent to existing trees, new planting and irrigation systems.
END OF SECTION
City of Carlsbad
VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK
PAVEMENT MARKINGS 32 17 23-1
SECTION 32 17 23
PAVEMENT MARKINGS
PART 1 – GENERAL
1.1 WORK INCLUDED
A. Provide pavement marking in the types and arrangements specified, and as needed for a complete and proper installation, including accessibility graphics and markings.
1. Pavement markings are to be applied in two phases, and a minimum of three coats:
a. Single coat work: immediately after asphalt is placed. b. Two coat work: 5 days after seal coat is applied to asphalt which is approximately 30 days after asphalt is completed and cured.
1.2 RELATED WORK
A. Section 32 12 16 – Asphalt Paving.
1.3 QUALTIY ASSURANCE
A. Use adequate numbers of skilled workmen who are thoroughly trained and experienced in the necessary crafts and who are completely familiar with the specified requirements and the methods needed for proper performance of the work of this section.
B. Comply with requirements of local authorities with respect to required numbers of parking spaces, sizes, line colors, line width, curb colors, parking zones, graphic symbols, and lettering.
PART 2 – PRODUCTS
2.1 PAVEMENT MARKING PAINT
A. Provide paint specifically formulated for use as pavement marking in automobile traffic areas, and in proper color selected by City’s Representative or required by governing authorities, of an approved manufacturer, except blue and white for accessible graphic, red for fire lanes and other no parking or restricted parking areas.
1. Unless otherwise noted, provide double lines, each minimum 3 inches wide.
2. Blue color shall comply with No. 15090 Federal Standard 595B.
3. Accessible parking spaces shall be marked according to CBC Sections 1129B.3 and 1129B.4.
4. Tactile warning lines shall be in conformance with CBC Section 1133B.8.3 and 1133B.8.3.
2.2 ACCESSIBILITY SIGNS
A. Provide at entry driveway and at other designated or required locations. Verbiage is to be acceptable to City’s Representative and in full compliance with all authorities having jurisdiction.
B. For letters and numbers on signs, provide a width to height ratio between 3:5 and 1:1, and provide a stroke width to height ratio between 1:5 and 1:10, unless other sizes and ratios are required by
City of Carlsbad
VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK
32 17 23-2 PAVEMENT MARKINGS
governing authorities.
C. Signs are not to be located within parking areas off curb area unless specifically shown to be located there on the Drawings. Place and install signs in locations away from parking where there is potential impact by vehicles.
2.3 OTHER MATERIALS
A. Provide other materials, not specifically described but required for a complete and proper installation, as selected by the Contractor subject to the approval of the City’s Representative. Include accessibility sign bollards, and compact car, loading, reserved, and visitor designations where shown or required.
1. Parking Bumpers: Provide reinforced concrete parking bumpers, minimum of 5 feet long each.
Each bumper is to have a reinforcing per plans. Set each bumper after seal coat and striping as competed. Set with two vertical reinforcing bars penetrating bumper and pavement.
PART 3 – EXECUTION
3.1 APPLICATION
A. Do no final striping and graphic work of this section until seal coat has cured.
B. Secure approval of graphics design and layout prior to start of application. As part of the Bid Form, indicate exact number of parking stalls to be provided, and designated accessible stalls.
1. Provide no parking areas for fire department, accessible parking, ramps, loading, etc.
C. Using proper masking, stencils, and application equipment recommended for the purpose by the manufacturer of the approved paint, apply the approved paint in strict accordance with its manufacturer’s recommendations.
D. Apply with mechanical marking equipment to ensure consistent and straight markings.
E. “Snap lines” shall be properly and completely removed upon completion of Work.
F. Mistakes shall be mechanically removed – not merely “blacked out”.
END OF SECTION
City OF Carlsbad
VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK 10/07/2025
ATHLETIC AND RECREATIONAL SURFACING 32 18 00-1
SECTION 32 18 00
ATHLETIC AND RECREATIONAL SURFACING
PART 1 – GENERAL
1.1 DESCRIPTION
All labor, materials, and incidentals necessary to furnish and install complete playground equipment as shown on the Plans and described herein.
1.2 RELATED WORK IN OTHER SECTIONS
A. Section 33 40 00 – Stormwater Utilities
B. Section 31 23 00 – Excavation and Fill
C. Section 03 10 00 – Concrete Forming and Accessories
D. Section 11 68 13 – Playground Equipment
E. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM):
1.3 LICENSES
Installing Contractor shall have a California State Contractor’s License C61 (D12). Limited Specialty, Synthetic Materials.
1.4 SUBMITTAL OF “APPROVED EQUAL”
In addition to “Item Equivalency” of the General Requirements, Bidders shall comply with the following requirements:
A. Bidder shall submit a resilient rubber surfacing sample of each color blend on the project measuring 12 inches x 12 inches x 2 inches thick with tapered edge.
B. Bidder shall submit the following test results:
1. ASTM F 1292 Impact Attenuation Test Data.
2. ASTM E 108 Flame Test Data. Product shall exhibit a minimum of Class A rating.
3. ASTM E 303 Skid Resistance Test Data.
4. Above test results shall be certified and submitted on the letterhead of an independent testing laboratory. Test results shall meet or exceed U.S. Consumer Products Safety Commission Standards and the Standard Consumer Performance Specification for Playground Equipment for Public Use.
5. Bidder shall submit verifiable documentation of a minimum of 10 poured-in-place protective surface projects completed in the State of California, dating back 5 years or less, where the proposed “or approved equal” resilient surfacing was used. Include the project name, project cost, completion date, contract person, and telephone numbers.
City OF Carlsbad
VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK
32 18 00-2 ATHLETIC AND RECREATIONAL SURFACING
6. ASTM D412 Standard Test Methods for Vulcanized Rubber and Thermoplastic Rubbers and Thermoplastic Elastomers-Tension.
7. ASTM D624 Standard Test Method for Tear Strength of Conventional Vulcanized Rubber and Thermoplastic Elastomers.
8. ASTM D2047 Standard Test Method for Static Coefficient of Friction of Polish-Coated Floor Surfaces as Measured by the James Machine.
9. ASTM D2859 Standard Test Method for Flammability of Finished Textile Floor Covering Materials.
10. ASTM E303 Standard Test Method for Measuring Surface Frictional Properties Using the British Pendulum Tester.
11. ASTM F1292 Standard Specification for Impact Attenuation of Surface Systems Under and Around Playground Equipment.
12. ASTM F1951 Standard Specification for Determination of Accessibility of Surface Systems Under and Around Playground Equipment.
1.5 WARRANTIES AND CERTIFICATION
Upon completion of the Work, and as a condition for acceptance by the Owner, the Contractor shall furnish the Engineer the following:
A. Written warranty by the protective surface installer as described herein.
B. Certificate of compliance that all protective playground surfacing has been installed in accordance with the manufacturer’s specifications.
C. Certificate of compliance that all protective playground surfacing meets or exceeds the U.S.
Consumer Product Safety Commission Standards and the Standard Consumer Performance Specification for Playground Equipment for Public Use.
D. The contractor shall submit to the Owner a written 10 year warranty from the installer against all defects in material or workmanship. The warranty shall begin on the date of final acceptance of Work.
PART 2 – PRODUCTS
2.1 POURED-IN-PLACE PROTECTIVE PLAYGROUND SURFACE
A. Install poured-in-place playground surfacing by a pre-qualified installer that is National Playground Safety Institute (NPSI) certified. Contractor to have completed a minimum of 10 projects similar in size and scope within the last 5 years.
B. Contractor to submit 12” x 12” sample of each color specified.
C. The Contractor shall provide all services and products to ensure a complete installation of resilient playground surfacing.
D. The resilient surfacing shall conform to ASTM F 1292 91, ASTM F 35586 Class A flame spread, ASTM E108.
City OF Carlsbad
VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK 10/07/2025
ATHLETIC AND RECREATIONAL SURFACING 32 18 00-3
E. Thickness of resilient surfacing must match fall heights of proposed play equipment per Consumer Product Safety Commission. Contractor shall confirm thickness requirements with playground equipment manufacturer prior to installation.
F. Sub-base preparation concrete base and drainage including any necessary excavation will be the sole responsibility of the Contractor and shall be included in the square footage cost for resilient surfacing.
G. Concrete curbing must be installed below grade to confine the resilient surfacing and will be installed per Plans and Specifications.
H. 4" concrete over compacted dirt shall be installed under all resilient surfacing as specified.
I. Compaction of sub-base material shall be at 90% minimum.
J. Compacted sub-base shall be level and uniform.
K. Compacted sub-grade shall be graded for drainage at a 1-2%.
L. Resilient surfacing will be poured in place and its intended use will be for a shock absorbing surface under and around playground equipment.
M. The resilient surfacing will be porous, seamless, and capable of installing at various thicknesses.
N. Resilient surfacing is a two layer system consisting of a base mat cushion layer covered by a weather resistant wearing layer with aliphatic binder.
O. Basemat Cushion Course: ‘The resilient surfacing shall be an installed thickness as specified below:
Overall Thickness Critical Fall Height
1 -3/4” 4’
2” 5’
2-1/2” 6’
3” 7’
3-1/2” 8’
4” 9’
4-1/2” 10’
P. The wearing course shall be an installed nominal thickness of 1/2”, minimum 3/8”, maximum 5/8”.
All wearing courses color to be determined by Owner’s Representative prior to installation. Color shown on plan for bid purposes only. Submit samples for Owner’s Representative review and approval prior to installation.
Q. Wearing course shall be hand troweled to produce an even, uniform surface. All edges to be transitioned to a beveled or flush condition.
R. A two-year guarantee against defects in materials and workmanship must be provided in writing to the Owner prior to project completion.
City OF Carlsbad
VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK
32 18 00-4 ATHLETIC AND RECREATIONAL SURFACING
PART 3 – EXECUTION
3.1 RESILIENT SURFACING
A. Areas where resilient surfacing is to be installed shall be excavated, graded, and compacted as required to meet elevations shown on the Plans.
B. Portland cement concrete improvements shall be constructed in accordance with the details shown on the Plans.
C. Cushion Course – Install per manufacturer’s specifications.
D. Wearing Course – Install per manufacturer’s specifications.
E. Finish – The wearing course shall be hand troweled to produce an even, uniform surface. The finish course shall be sloped to drain as indicated on the Plans.
END OF SECTION
City of Carlsbad
VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK 10/07/2025
SITE CONCRETE 32 19 00-1
SECTION 32 19 00
SITE CONCRETE
PART 1 – GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and General Provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division-1 Specification Sections, apply to the work of this Section.
1.2 DESCRIPTION OF WORK
A. Extent: Furnish all labor, material, equipment, tools, and incidentals necessary for the installation of Site Concrete as shown on the Drawings and as specified in this Section.
1. The work includes installation of aggregate base.
B. Related work includes but is not limited to:
1. Section 31 00 00 – Earthwork
2. Section 12 93 00 – Site Furnishings
1.3 STANDARDS & DEFINITIONS
A. Unless otherwise shown or specified, all materials and methods shall conform to the appropriate current sections of:
1. The State of California Department of Transportation (CALTRANS) Standard Specifications, latest edition, except for measurement and payment requirements.
2. Concrete work and materials shall be in accordance with American Concrete Institute Building Code Requirements for Structural Concrete ACI 318.
3. Walking surface finishes shall comply with the accessibility provisions of the 2013 California Building Code (CBC): Part 2 of California Code of Regulations, Title 24.
B. Applicable ASTM International Standards (latest revisions) as they apply to this work and related test methods, including:
1. A185 Specification for Steel Welded Wire Reinforcement, Plain, for Concrete
2. A615 Specification for Deformed and Plain Carbon-Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement
3. A775 Specification for Epoxy-Coated Steel Reinforcing Bars
4. C33 Specification for Concrete Aggregates
5. C94 Specification for Ready-Mixed Concrete
6. C136 Test Method for Sieve Analysis of Fine and Coarse Aggregates
7. C150 Specification for Portland Cement
City of Carlsbad
VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK
32 19 00-2 SITE CONCRETE
8. C157 Standard Test Method for Length Change of Hardened Hydraulic-Cement Mortar and Concrete
9. C171 Specification for Sheet Materials for Curing Concrete
10. C260 Specification for Air-Entraining Admixtures for Concrete
11. C309 Specification for Liquid Membrane-Forming Compounds for Curing Concrete
12. C311 Test Methods for Sampling and Testing Fly Ash or Natural Pozzolans for Use in Portland- Cement Concrete
13. C330 Specification for Lightweight Aggregates for Structural Concrete
14. C494 Specification for Chemical Admixtures for Concrete
15. C618 Specification for Coal Fly Ash and Raw or Calcined Natural Pozzolan for Use in Concrete
16. C920 Specification for Elastomeric Joint Sealants
17. C979 Specification for Pigments for Integrally Colored Concrete
18. C989 Specification for Slag Cement for Use in Concrete and Mortars
19. C1240 Specification for Silica Fume Used in Cementitious Mixtures
20. D1751 Specification for Preformed Expansion Joint Filler for Concrete Paving
C. Relative compaction: is defined as the in-place dry density of the compacted soil divided by the laboratory compacted maximum dry density determined according to ASTM D1557 (Modified Proctor Density) latest edition, expressed as a percentage.
1.4 SUBMITTALS
A. General: Submit the following within fourteen (14) days after Notice to Proceed.
B. Product data: All steel reinforcement, sealants, cure, expansion joint filler, integral color, and sealer.
C. Aggregate base: Sieve analysis for aggregate base.
D. Concrete Mix: Proposed mix design of each class of concrete with proportions of materials.
1. Cement certification, fly ash certification of compliance or test data, admixture data, aggregate test data.
1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Layout Review: Stake and layout all paving areas for review by the Owner’s Representative prior to excavation.
B. Inspection: Notify the Engineer 24 hours prior to placement of any concrete to inspect sub-grade, forms, and reinforcement.
C. Tolerances: Tolerances for sub-grade, sub-base and finished grade shall be as specified by the
City of Carlsbad
VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK 10/07/2025
SITE CONCRETE 32 19 00-3
Standard Specifications except that Contractor shall install the aggregate base and concrete to the minimum thickness shown. No combination of high and low tolerances will be permitted.
1.6 MOCK-UPS
A. Site Reviews – Special Concrete: Prepare mock-ups of all at-grade and above-grade concrete work that is colored, as shown on the Drawings. Minimum 3-ft x 3-ft for paving. Minimum 10-ft length for curbs and gutters.
1. Mock-ups shall be viewed for color, form, pattern, jointing, and finish requirements. Mockups shall include expansion joint and control joints.
2. Provide up to two additional mock-up panel(s) if the original mock-up(s) is/are not approved, at no additional cost to the Owner.
3. Approved mock-ups shall be kept at the job site to serve as a demonstration for all finishes.
Mock-ups shall be removed at the completion of the concrete work.
4. All concrete work installed that does not conform to the approved mock-ups shall be removed and replaced by the Contractor at the Contractor's expense.
B. Schedule:
1. For integral color concrete, mock-up(s) shall be poured at least 4-weeks before the scheduled pour, to allow for curing, and additional mock-up(s) if required.
C. Site Reviews – Detectable Warning Surfaces: Prepare a minimum 3-ft x 3-ft mock-up of detectable warning surface to be installed.
1. For cast-in place composite surfaces, include at least two panels to show joint.
2. If the installation includes a curved portion, the mock-up shall be of a curved portion, radius to match that shown on the Drawings.
1.7 TESTS
A. Testing and analysis of concrete will be performed under provisions of Section 6-3 of the Standard Specifications.
B. Testing firm may take cylinders and perform slump, compression strength, and air entrainment tests in accordance with ASTM C143, C39 and C173.
City of Carlsbad
VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK
32 19 00-4 SITE CONCRETE
PART 2 – PRODUCTS
2.1 BASE, FORMWORK, AND REINFORCEMENT
A. Aggregate Base: Standard Specifications, Section 26, Class-2, 3/4" maximum.
AGGREGATE GRADING REQUIREMENTS
SIEVE SIZES
PERCENTAGE PASSING
1 ½” MAXIMUM ¾” MAXIMUM
OPERATING
RANGE
CONTRACT
COMPLIANCE
OPERATING
RANGE
CONTRACT
COMPLIANCE
2” 100 100
1 ½” 90-100 87-100
1” 100 100
¾” 50-85 45-90 90-100 87-100
No. 4 25-45 20-50 35-60 30-65
No. 30 10-25 6-29 10-30 5-35
No. 200 2-9 0-12 2-9 0-12
QUALITY REQUIREMENTS
TEST OPERATING RANGE CONCTRACT COMPLIANCE
Resistance (R-value) 78 Min.
Sand Equivalent 25 Min. 22 Min.
Durability Index 35 Min.
Aggregate Base: Class-2, manufactured from 100% recycled materials, and conforming to CALTRANS Section 26, latest edition will be acceptable.
B. Formwork: Steel or wood, of size and strength to resist movement during concrete placement and to retain straight, true, and to proper elevation, horizontal and vertical alignment until removed. Use forms that are straight and free of distortion and defects. Use flexible spring steel forms or laminated boards to form radius bends as required.
1. Form ties and similar accessories shall be such that all metal will be at least 1 inch from surface when forms are stripped.
C. Reinforcement Bars and Dowels: Deformed steel bars, ASTM A615, Grade 60 for bars #5 and larger; Grade 40 for bars #4 and smaller, unless otherwise shown. All reinforcement shall be clean and free of paint and loose rust scale.
D. Welded Wire Mesh: Welded plain cold-drawn steel wire fabric, ASTM A185 by Davis Wire Corporation or approved equal. Furnished in flat sheets, not rolls.
E. Form-release: form release agent complying with Federal and State V.O.C. and air quality control regulations. V.O.C. content shall be less than 250q/L to comply with California EPA Standards for form release agents.
2.2 CONCRETE
A. Portland Cement: Type-II cement shall conform to the requirements of ASTM C150.
City of Carlsbad
VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK 10/07/2025
SITE CONCRETE 32 19 00-5
B. Coarse aggregate: shall conform to ASTM C33, and Standard Specifications Section 90. Gravel, crushed gravel, crushed rock, or combinations thereof, free from organic matter and other deleterious substances, from an approved source.
C. Fine Aggregate: shall conform to ASTM C33, and Standard Specifications Section 90. Natural sand or a combination of not less than 50% natural and manufactured sand, free from deleterious coatings, roots, bark, sticks, rags, and other extraneous material. All fine aggregate shall be thoroughly and uniformly washed.
D. Fly Ash: Fly ash, Class C, F, or N, shall conform to ASTM C618 & C311
1. Fly ash shall be supplied by an experienced producer, complying with all applicable standards.
2. At no time during the course of the project will a change of fly ash source (plant) be permitted without the prior written consent of the Engineer.
E. Water: used in the concrete mix shall conform to ASTM C94. Water shall be clear and free from injurious amounts of oil, salts, acid, alkali, organic matter, or other deleterious substances.
F. Chemical Admixtures:
1. Air Entrainment: Air entrainment agents shall conform to ASTM C260. Use five percent (5%) air entrainment: Manufactured by W.R. Grace, Sika, BASF or approved equal.
2. Water Reducer: shall conform to ASTM C494, Type A, Type D. Manufactured by W.R. Grace, Sika, BASF or approved equal.
3. Shrinkage Reducer: capable of reducing drying shrinkage up to 80% at 28 days per ASTM C157, Eclipse 4500 by Grace Construction, MasterLIFE SRA20 by BASF, or approved equal.
4. Chemical admixtures shall be at the Contractor’s discretion at the time of the pours.
G. Cure: Water-based, California EPA VOC-limits compliant, clear membrane curing compound shall conform to ASTM C309, Type 1, Classes A & B. 1100-Clear by W.R. Meadows or approved equal.
1. White liquid membrane curing compound shall not be used.
H. Waterproofing Sealant: Sinak S-102 Sealer by Sinak Corporation www.sinakcorp.com or approved equal.
I. Color & Finish: As shown on the Drawings.
2.3 CONCRETE MIX DESIGN
A. General: Concrete mix shall comply with applicable industry standards for concrete materials, admixtures, bonding materials, curing and other except as noted.
B. Strength: Concrete shall be designated by class based on 28-day compressive strengths when tested in accordance with ASTM C39 and shall be:
1. Class-2 (590 lbs of cementitious material per cubic yard) for curbs, gutters, footings, vehicular paving, and all above-grade structures unless otherwise noted. Slump shall be not more than four inches (4").
City of Carlsbad
VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK
32 19 00-6 SITE CONCRETE
2. Class-3 (505 lbs of cementitious material per cubic yard) for all sidewalks, pavements, sub- pavements, and sub-slabs unless otherwise noted. Slump shall be not more than four inches (4").
C. Fly Ash: Incorporation of fly ash into the concrete mix is at the discretion of the Contractor. If fly ash is to be used in the mix, substitute up to 15% of Portland cement with fly ash for all classes of concrete, final proportions to be determined by the Contractor.
1. Concrete mixtures with fly ash must be properly designed for the application, and finishing procedures must be appropriately applied.
2. For mix designs utilizing 15% or more fly ash, proportioning shall be based on field experience or trial mixtures or both, per ACI 318, Section 5.3.
2.4 CONTROL JOINTS
A. Expansion joint filler: 1/4" thick Deck-o-Foam expansion material, shall conform to ASTM D1751.
Manufactured by W.R. Meadows (909) 469-2606, or approved equal.
B. Expansion joint cap: Snap-cap 1/4", by W.R. Meadows or approved equal.
C. Joint Sealant: Non-sag two-part polyurethane sealer (Dyna Tred), shall comply with ASTM C920 Type M. Manufactured by Pecora Corporation (800) 523-6688, or approved equal. Color shall be ‘Limestone’ (039) in fields of natural gray concrete and ‘Beige’ (595) in fields of colored concrete.
1. Paving samples shall be provided by the contractor to the Owner’s Representative for final review and approval.
2.5 CONCRETE COLORS AND PAINTS
A. Integral Color: Pigments that comply with ASTM-C979, Davis Colors (800)356-4848 or approved equal, quantity per bag cement per manufacturer's recommendations.
1. Colors shall be as shown on the Drawings.
2. Finish shall be Top Cast #5 sandblast.
2.6 DETECTABLE WARNING (DW) SURFACES
A. General:
1. DW surfaces shall comply with all requirements of ADAAG / CA Title 24 / CBC, latest editions.
2. DW surfaces shall have minimum static coefficient of friction of 0.6, wet and dry.
3. DW surface product shall include a written replacement warranty for detectable warning surface, guaranteeing replacement when there is defect in the dome shape, color fastness, sound-on- cane acoustic quality, resilience, or attachment.
4. Finished DW surfaces shall be free from blemishes.
5. Colorfast and UV-stable color as shown on the Drawings.
B. Products: Pre-approved detectable warning surface products:
City of Carlsbad
VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK 10/07/2025
SITE CONCRETE 32 19 00-7
1. Concrete paver, 12"x12" by Tiletech Pavers (213) 380-5560, Stepstone, Inc. (800) 572-9029, Hanover Architectural products (717) 637-0500, or Wasau Tile (800) 388-8728.
C. Pre-approved equal.
2.7 STEPS
A. Step Nosing: Shall be Type-24 with extruded anchor, by American Safety Tread, Helena AL (800)245-4881 or approved equal.
2.8 OTHER MATERIALS
A. Wheel Stop: Pre-cast reinforced concrete wheel stop (parking bumper), length 3' tested to minimum 4000psi at 28 days.
1. American Precast Concrete, Inc. El Monte, CA, (626)443-0970
2. Bertelson Precast Corporation, Modesto, CA, (209) 571-5430
3. Approved Equal
B. Anti-skate device: Skate Stoppers anti-skate device as supplied by Intellicept, El Cajon, CA (619)447-6374 www.skatestoppers.com , or approved equal.
1. Model as shown on the Drawings, Stainless Steel finish.
PART 3 – EXECUTION
3.1 JOB CONDITIONS
A. Weather Conditions: Construct concrete surface course only when atmospheric temperature is above 40 degrees F., when the underlying base is dry, and when weather is not rainy.
B. Grade Control: Establish and maintain the required lines and grades, including cross-slope during construction operations.
C. Protection: Take all steps necessary not to discolor or damage existing improvements. If damage occurs, repair immediately and if repair cannot be made to the satisfaction of the Engineer, remove, and replace at no expense to the Owner.
3.2 BASE PREPARATION
A. Sub-grade: See Specification Section Earthwork and Grading for sub-grade preparation and compaction requirements. Verify that sub-grade preparation, compacted density and elevations conform to the Specifications.
B. Place and compact aggregate base as specified in the Standard Specifications, Section 26, to at least 95% relative compaction, and to a depth as noted on the Drawings. Verify grades to allow for finish paving.
C. Clear aggregate base surface of all loose or unsuitable material.
City of Carlsbad
VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK
32 19 00-8 SITE CONCRETE
3.3 INSTALLATION
A. Form Construction: Set forms to the required grades and lines, rigidly braced, and secured.
1. Install sufficient quantity of forms to allow continuous progress of work and so that forms can remain in place at least 24 hours after concrete placement.
2. Remove forms without damage to the placed concrete.
B. Reinforcement: Reinforcement shall be per the Drawings, secured in place. No concrete shall be poured prior to the Engineer's inspection.
C. Integral Color: Install in mix of all concrete specified with exposed faces per manufacturers written recommendations. Apply sealer per manufacturer’s application instructions.
D. Placement: Moisten sub-grade as required to provide a uniform, dampened condition at the time concrete is placed. Place concrete using methods which prevent segregation of the mix, with as little re-handling as possible. Consolidate concrete along the face of forms and adjacent to transverse assemblies, reinforcement, or side forms. Use care to prevent dislocation of reinforcing, dowels, and joint devices. Deposit and spread concrete in a continuous operation between transverse joints. If interrupted for more than 1/2 hour, place a construction/cold joint.
E. Control Joints: Construct control joints true-to-line with face perpendicular to surface of the concrete, unless otherwise shown. Construct transverse joints at right angles to the centerline, unless otherwise noted. See Control Joint Types specified herein for specific guidelines.
1. All joints shall be set accurately to grade and straight in alignment as shown on the Drawings.
Alignment shall not vary more than 1/8" in 10' length.
F. Finishing: After striking-off and consolidating concrete, smooth the surface by screeding and floating.
Use hand methods only where mechanical floating is not possible. Distribute concrete as required to remove surface irregularities, and re-float repaired areas to provide a continuous, smooth finish.
Work edges of slabs, gutters, back top edge of curb, and formed joints with an edging tool, and round to 1/2" radius, unless otherwise shown. Eliminate any tool marks on concrete surface.
1. After floating, test concrete surface for trueness - maximum 1/8" variation in 10' length in any direction.
2. After completion of floating and when excess moisture or surface sheet has disappeared, complete surface finishing, as specified herein.
3. During finishing, cement shall not be applied to the dry concrete surface.
G. Curing: Protect and cure finished concrete, complying with applicable requirements of the Standard Specifications and manufacturer's recommendation for integrally colored concrete.
1. All concrete shall be cured for at least 7 days after placing.
H. Waterproofing Sealant: Apply sealant per product manufacturer recommendations to all areas of walls below finished grade and in contact with soil. Two coats minimum.
I. Step Nosing: Install nosing product per manufacturer's instructions. If integral nosing grooves then paint per paint manufacturer's instructions.
City of Carlsbad
VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK 10/07/2025
SITE CONCRETE 32 19 00-9
3.4 CONTROL JOINTS
A. Expansion Joints: shall be as constructed as shown on the Drawings.
1. Dowels: grease both ends.
2. Joint fillers: shall be in one-piece lengths for the full width being placed wherever possible.
Where more than one length is required, lace or clip joint filler sections together. Form top edge of filler to conform to top profile of concrete.
3. Paving - locate expansion joints:
a. Where shown on the Drawings; if not shown then at maximum 60' O.C. in any direction. b. At all walls, steps, ramps, and other site structures. c. At building faces.
4. Expansion joint cap: Install joint filler with expansion joint cap, top edge of the cap to conform to top profile of concrete. Remove the top of the expansion joint cap after all finish work is completed per manufacturer's recommendations. Seal the expansion joint with joint sealant.
Sealant shall produce a concave joint over joint filler and shall not spill over the edges of the joint.
B. Construction (Cold) Joints: shall be constructed as shown on the Drawings.
1. At old and new concrete pours. Drill the existing concrete to accept dowels and embed. Grease both ends of dowel, or epoxy end in existing concrete and grease end in new concrete.
2. At previous day's pour and fresh pour: Grease both ends of dowel.
3. When curb and/or gutter and pedestrian paving are poured separately, provide #3 dowels, 8" length 24" O.C.
C. Weakened Plane Joints: shall be constructed as shown on the Drawings.
1. Pedestrian paving - locate joints as shown on the Drawings; if not shown then at a maximum spacing of 20' O.C. in any direction. Joints shall be saw-cut.
2. Vehicular paving - locate joints as shown on the Drawings. Joints shall be saw-cut – width and depth shall be per the Standard Specifications, Section 40-1.08 B (1). Saw cutting shall occur within the first 12 to 24 hours after pour, at the discretion of the Contractor.
3. Curbs - construct joints across the top and visible face:
a. aligned with weakened plane joints in monolithic paving. b. at a maximum of 20’ O.C. when adjacent to modular paving.
3.5 CONCRETE FINISHING
A. General: Walking surfaces including curbs shall be slip-resistant.
B. Paving: Broom finish - draw a stiff fine-hair broom across concrete surface, perpendicular to line of traffic. Repeat operation if required to provide a fine line texture. Texture must be true and straight across entire width of concrete slab.
City of Carlsbad
VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK
32 19 00-10 SITE CONCRETE
C. Seat-walls: Lightly sand blast to expose fines in mix.
3.6 DETECTABLE WARNING SURFACE
A. Detectable warning surface shall be installed as shown on the Drawings, according to the Manufacturer’s specifications, and installation shall comply with all requirements of with the accessibility provisions of the California Building Code (CBC): Part 2 of California Code of Regulations, Title 24, latest edition.
B. At curves, taper each concrete paver / composite panel equally on both sides as shown on the Drawings. Do not taper alternate pavers with full pavers in between unless otherwise shown on the Drawings.
3.7 ANTI-SKATE DEVICES
A. Anti-skate devices shall be installed as shown on the Drawings and according to the Manufacturer’s specifications. If not shown on the Drawings then at 36” O.C. unless otherwise noted.
3.8 REPAIR AND CLEAN-UP
A. Repair: Defective work such as under-strength concrete, concrete out of line, level or plumb, or showing objectionable cracks, honeycomb, rock pockets, voids, spalling, exposed reinforcing, etc., shall be repaired or removed and replaced as directed by and to the satisfaction of the Engineer. All cleaning, patching, and repairs shall be subject to the Engineer’s approval and acceptance.
B. Protection: Protect concrete from damage until acceptance of work.
C. Contractor shall clean up and remove from the site all spillage, overpour, discarded forming materials, rejected work or materials, and any other refuse or debris resulting from the work. Sweep concrete and wash free of stains, discolorations, dirt, and other foreign materials just prior to final inspection.
D. Disposal: Surplus material and debris remaining upon completion of the work shall be segregated as to type, and transported from the job site and disposed of in a legal manner.
END OF SECTION
City of Carlsbad
VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK 10/07/2025
WELDED WIRE FENCES AND GATES 32 31 16-1
SECTION 32 31 16
WELDED WIRE FENCES AND GATES (OMEGA FENCING)
PART 1 – GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 RELATED WORK (Sections to consult)
A. Section 31 10 00 – Site Clearing
B. Section 32 13 00 – Rigid Pavement
C. Section 03 10 00 – Concrete Forming and Accessories
D. Section 04 22 00 – Concrete Unit Masonry
E. Division 16 Sections for electrical service and connections for motor operators, controls, limit switches, other powered devices and for system disconnect switches.
1.3 REFERENCES
ASTM-A82 Cold Drawn steel wire, Plain, for Concrete Reinforcement.
ASTM-A185 Steel Welded Wire Fabric, Plain, for Concrete Reinforcement.
A1008 Steel, Sheet, Cold-Rolled, Carbon, Structural, High-Strength Low-Alloy (HSLA) and HSLA with Improved Formability.
A787-01 Standard Specification for Electric-Resistance-Welded Metallic-Coated Carbon Steel Mechanical Tubing.
A513-00 Standard Specification for Electric-Resistance-Welded Carbon and Alloy Steel Mechanical Tubing.
A653 Standard Specification for Steel Sheet, Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) or Zinc-Iron Alloy- Coated (Galvannealed) by the Hot-Dip Process.
A500 (1993) Standard Specification for Cold formed welded and seamless carbon steel structural tubing in round shapes.
A 641 (1989) Standard Specification for Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) Carbon Steel Wire.
B 6 (1987) Standard Specification for Zinc.
B 117 (1990) Standard Test Method of Salt Spray (Fog) Testing.
B 221 (1995) Standard Specification for Aluminum and aluminum-alloy extruded bars, rods, wire, shapes, and tubes.
City of Carlsbad
VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK
32 31 16-2 WELDED WIRE FENCES AND GATES
D 2247 (1988) Standard Practice for Testing Water Resistance of Coatings in 100% Relative Humidity.
D 2794 (1990) Standard Test Method for Resistance of Organic Coatings to the Effects of Rapid Deformation (Impact).
D 3359 (1990) Standard Test Methods for Measuring Adhesion by Tape.
F 900 (1984) Standard Specification for industrial and commercial swing gates.
F 934 (1989) Standard Specification for Standard Colors for Polymer-Coated Chain Link Fence Materials.
F 1184 (1988) Standard Specification for industrial and commercial horizontal slide gates.
F 1043-11A Standard Specification for Strength and Protective Coatings on Steel Industrial Chain Link Fence Framework.
F2919 Standard Specification for Welded Wire Mesh Fence Fabric (Metallic-Coated or Polymer Coated) with Variable Mesh Patterns or Meshes Greater than 6 sq. in. [3871 mm2] in Panels.
A121 Standard Specification for Metallic-Coated Carbon Steel Barbed Wire.
F626 Standard Specification for Fence Fittings 01 - OMEGA ARCHITECTURAL - EN - SPEC - 2012.
1.4 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: Material descriptions, construction details, dimension of individual components and profiles, and finishes for the following:
1. Fence and gate posts, rails, and fittings.
2. Gates and hardware.
3. Gate operators, including operating instructions.
4. Motors: Show nameplate data, ratings, characteristics, and mounting arrangements.
B. Shop Drawings: Show locations of fence, each gate, posts, rails, and details of gate swing, or other operation, hardware, and accessories. Indicate materials, dimensions, sizes, weights, and finishes of components. Include plans, elevations, sections, gate swing and other required installation and operational clearances, and details of post anchorage, attachment, and bracing. Installation procedures and instructions by manufacturer describing all details for a typical fence and gates.
1. Gate Operator: Show locations and details for installing operator components, switches, and controls. Indicate motor size, electrical characteristics, drive arrangement, mounting, and grounding provisions.
2. Wiring Diagrams: Power and control wiring. Differentiate between manufacturer-installed and field-installed wiring and between components provided by gate operator manufacturer and those provided by others.
C. Samples for Initial Selection: Manufacturer's color charts shown on its internet site.
City of Carlsbad
VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK 10/07/2025
WELDED WIRE FENCES AND GATES 32 31 16-3
D. Samples for Verification: Request a color chip from the manufacturer.
E. Qualification Data: For firms and persons specified in "Quality Assurance" article to demonstrate their capabilities and experience. Include lists of completed projects with project names and addresses, names, and addresses of Owner’s Representative and Owners, and other information specified.
F. Maintenance Data: Request the maintenance manual for the gate operator.
1.5 SUBSTITUTE PRODUCTS
To enable all tenders to be judged equitably, they shall be based on the specified products in this document and shown on the drawings:
A. The proposal for any substitute products must be attached to their tender separately, identifying the substitute product by its trade name along with any savings it may represent.
B. Following the opening of the tender, only those substitutes proposed by the lowest bidder of the specified products will be considered.
C. All substitute approval requests shall be accompanied by manufacturing drawings and specifications, and they meet all specifications for design, size gauge of metal parts and fabrication.
D. Each substitute sample must be presented to the Owner’s Representative within seven days following the opening of tenders. After this time, the bidder will be required to supply the original specified product.
E. The Owner’s Representative reserves the right to grant or deny approval for proposed substitutions without prejudice to this right and his decision shall be final.
F. The above conditions apply to this section independently of any other clauses on the subject found in this document.
1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Installer Qualifications: an experienced installer who has completed fences and gates similar in material, design, and extent to those indicated for this Project and whose work has resulted in construction with a record of successful in-service performance.
B. Source Limitations for Fences and Gates: obtain each color, grade, finish, type, and variety of components for fences and gates from one source with resources to provide fences and gates of consistent quality in appearance and physical properties.
C. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: listed and labelled as defined in NFPA 70, Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended use.
D. UL Standard: Provide gate operators that comply with UL 325.
E. Emergency Access Requirements: comply with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction for automatic gate operators serving as a required means of access.
1.7 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Existing Utilities: do not interrupt utilities serving facilities occupied by Owner or others unless permitted under the following conditions and then only after arranging to provide temporary utility
City of Carlsbad
VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK
32 31 16-4 WELDED WIRE FENCES AND GATES
services according to requirements indicated:
1. Notify Owner’s Representative in advance of proposed utility interruptions.
2. Do not proceed with utility interruptions without Owner’s Representative’s written permission.
B. Field Measurements: verify layout information for fences and gates shown on drawings in relation to property survey and existing structures. Verify dimensions by field measurements.
PART 2 – THE PRODUCT
2.1 MANUFACTURER:
OMEGA II FENCE SYSTEMS ™
A division of Metaltech - Omega inc.
1735, St-Elzear west
Laval (Quebec), Canada
H7L 3N6
Tel: 800-836-6342 / 450-686-9600
Fax: 450-681-5318
Email: [email protected]
Web site: www.omegafence.com
Products from qualified manufacturers who have five years or more experience manufacturing galvanized chain link fencing framework and swing gates will be considered by the Owner’s Representative if they meet all specifications for design, size, gauge of metal parts and fabrication.
Panel, eye-U-brackets and end-to end connector manufactured by Omega II Fence Systems. Other chain link fences hardware, posts and gates must be obtained from another single source.
2.2 COATINGS
A. Zinc coating:
1. The wire meshes is coated with 0.5 oz./sq.ft. (150 g/m2) zinc in conformity with ASTM A 641 (1989) Class 1.
2. The fence posts, the swing gate frame and the posts are zinc coated (galvalume process) with a minimum of 0.9 oz/sq.ft. (275 g/m2) as per ASTM A653 G90.
B. The polyester surface coating color shall be Signal Black (standard) – RAL 9004. Polyester coating to be minimum 4 mils applied by an electrostatic method. Coating shall cover all surfaces of the wire and post sections. Coating shall be capable of withstanding the following tests:
1. Mechanical adhesion test as per ASTMD 3359 (1990) - Method B.
2. Shock resistance tests as per ASTM D 2794 (1990).
3. Salt spray testing with a min. of 1,000 hrs without red rust appearance, as per ASTM B 117 (1990).
4. Humidity resistance in a weather meter chamber as per ASTM D 2247 (1988).
5. Exposure to ultraviolet light with exposure of 1000 hours using apparatus Type E and 63°C as
City of Carlsbad
VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK 10/07/2025
WELDED WIRE FENCES AND GATES 32 31 16-5
per ASTM D1499.
2.3 MATERIALS
MODEL “OMEGA ARCHITECTURAL” FENCE AND ACCESSORIES
A. Height shall be: 4 ft. (1245mm), 5 ft. (1549mm), 6ft. (1778mm), or 8 ft. (2464mm) or a multiple of stacked panels.
B. Model “OMEGA ARCHITECTURAL” – Steel Mesh Fence Panels: The wire mesh fence panels, 92 3/4“ (2356 mm) (wide, is welded by resistance using 6 gauge - 0.192" (4.88 mm) (pre-galvanized steel wire, welded at each crossing to form rectangles of 2 in. x 6 in. (50 mm x 150 mm). The cold rolled wire shall have a tensile strength of at least 75,000 psi (515 Mpa) and a 2 172 lbs (985 Kg) break strength as per ASTM A185 & A853. One end of the vertical wires of the panel shall exceed 1’’ (25 mm) from the last or the first horizontal wire thereby creating a spiked top or bottom depending of its position when installed. The other end is cut flush. Panels shall have a number of folds according to Table 2 depending on the respective height of the panel.
Note: Panel camber may not exceed 0.094’’ (2.5 mm).
C. The 2’’ or 3’’ (50 mm or 75 mm) Square posts are to be installed in-ground and/or a flanged application. The size and the gauge of the posts shall be as shown in table 2 for the various height dimensions: Unlike chain link there is no need for larger end or corner posts because the panels are self-supporting. The posts are cold rolled from 1008 grade steel and meet ASTM 500 and ASTM A787-01. Minimum requirement from the post selection performance table 1:
TABLE 1
Post Selection Performance table: Maximum Horizontal Load (lbs.)
TYPICAL
AVAILABLE POSTS 4’H (1245 mm) 5’H (1549 mm) 6’H (1778 mm) 8’H (2464 mm) 2 x 2 (50x50)
16 Ga. (1,6mm) 329 263 __/__ __/__
2 x 2 (50x50)
11 Ga. (3,0mm) 578 463 385 289
3 x 3 (75x75)
11 Ga. (3,0mm) 1383 1106 922 691
Minimum requirement for the 2” x 2” (50 mm x 50 mm) post: gauge 16 (1.6 mm) for 4’H (1245 mm) and 5’H (1545 mm) panel - gauge 11 (3.0 mm) for 6’H (1778 mm) and 8’H (2464 mm) panel. The length of the posts are minimum 24 in. to 36 in. (610 mm to 915 mm) more than the actual height of the fence for installation in the ground depending on local land code requirements (frost line).
City of Carlsbad
VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK
32 31 16-6 WELDED WIRE FENCES AND GATES
TABLE 2
PANEL SQUARE POST INSTALLATION
Width in.
(mm)
Height in.
(mm) N° folds Height in.
(mm) Type in. Gauge Weight
[lbs/ft.] Depth in. (mm)
92 ¾
(2356)
49 (1245) 2 72
(1829) 2 x 2 16 1.71 36 (914)
92 ¾
(2356)
61 (1549) 2 84
(2134) 2 x 2 16 1.71 36 (914)
92 ¾
(2356)
70 (1778) 3 96
(2440) 2 x 2 11 2.8 36 (914)
92 ¾
(2356)
97 (2464) 4 120
(3048) 3 x 3 11 4.7 36 (914)
2 x 2 11 2.8 36 (914)
3 x 3 11 4.7 36 (914)
D. The 2’’ or 3’’ (50 mm or 75 mm) Universal post bracket kits: The attachment “ Universal bracket kit”, includes one of each part : 14 gauge (2,6mm) steel collar and wire retaining plate 1/4” x 1” (6,3mm x 25 mm), nut , washer and carriage bolt 5/16” x 1 1/4” (8,0mm x 32 mm), all galvanized steel. For 90º turn, use the same bracket. For different angles, used the “Universal angle brackets”.
The 50 mm or 75 mm (2” or 3”) U Shape Bracket kit : The attachment “ U Shape Bracket” includes the following components : a stainless steel U rod Ø5/16’’ (Ø8 mm), a rear flange in PVC 3 1/2’’ x 1 1/2’’ x 1 1/8’’ (88.7mm x 37.8mm x 28.4mm), a forehead support in PVC 2 3/8’’ x 5/8’’ x 1 1/16’’ (60.4mm x 15.2mm x 27.5mm), cosmetic plastic caps and nuts (M8).
Bracket kit requirement per panel
PANELS UNIVERSAL BRACKET U SHAPE BRACKET
4’ H (1230mm) 4 4
5’ H (1449mm) 6 6
6’ H (1830mm) 6 6
8’ H (2430mm) 8 8
E. The Special Panel Fitting – SPF enables a panel to be fastened to any vertical or horizontal surface, such as a steel, concrete beam, or a wood post. All hot dip galvanized.
When wanting to fasten the panel to something other than a post, [use one or more] of the (4) different models described below:
1. The SPF-W kit, for mounting on a vertical surface, consists of an L-shaped slotted plate, which accommodates a 1 3/4’’ (45 mm) vertical adjustment and a retaining plate that hold two vertical wires when bolted together.
2. The SPF-C kit, for horizontal surfaces, uses the same “L” shaped slotted plate and (2) wire retaining plates.
City of Carlsbad
VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK 10/07/2025
WELDED WIRE FENCES AND GATES 32 31 16-7
3. The SPF-P kit connects two panels together.
F. Post caps: are made out of an aluminum alloy for dimension posts 2 in. x 2 in. (50 mm X 50 mm), 3 in. x 3 in. (75 mm X 75 mm) and 4 in. x 4 in. (100 mm X 100 mm). For larger dimensions, the caps are made of galvanized steel.
G. Polyester powder coating: (see article 2.02B).
H. Concrete: Concrete Mixture: Normal-weight concrete with not less than 3000 psi (20.7- Mpa) compressive strength (28 days), 3 in. (75-mm) slump, and contain " coarse aggregate " of a minimum diameter of 0.2 in. (5 mm) to a maximum of 3/4” (20 mm) maximum size aggregate.
I. Barbed wire supporting arms: Pressed steel arms with provisions for attaching 3 rows of barbed wire.
Arms shall withstand 250 lb. (113 kg) downward pull at outermost end of arm without failure. Arms are fastened to the posts.
J. Barbed wire: Zinc or aluminum coated steel wire, double strand, 12 gauge, twisted line wire with 4 point barbs, spaced approximately (choose one) 3" or 5" (75 mm or 125 mm) on center conforming to ASTM A121.
K. Option: Overhang: The 45° extension has the same dimensions as the post 2 in. x 2 in. or 3 in. x 3 in. (50 mm X 50 mm or 75 mm X 75 mm) and measuring a minimum 18 in. (460 mm) length. They are welded at the end of the square post by forming an angle of 45º and provided with two (2) kits of fasteners Universal by post to receive a panel of 16 in. (420 mm). Moreover larger dimensions are available on request.
2.4 SINGLE / DOUBLE SWING GATES
A. Gate frames: Omega swing gates shall be made in accordance with ASTM F900 (1984) using galvanized square steel tube 16 ga (1.6 mm). The frame is made from two vertical tubes of 1 1/2 in.
X 1 1/2 in. (38 mm X 38 mm) (and from two horizontal tubes of 2 in. x 2 in. (50 mm X 50 mm) welded at intersections to create a rigid frame. If the gate is over 8 ft. ( 2440 mm) high or 8 ft. (2440 mm) wide, a supplementary vertical support of 1 1/2 in. X 1 1/2 in. (38 mm X 38 mm) is needed.
If the gate height or width exceeds 7 ft. (2134 mm), both vertical tubes must be 11 ga (3.0 mm).
B. The gate posts are cold rolled from 1008 grade steel. Dimensions correspond Posts are to include cap and SPF-W kit for adjacent panel mounting.
Single frame gate opening Square post size
6 ft. (1830 mm) or less 3 in. x 3 in. (75 mm X 75 mm)
6.1 ft. (1860 mm) to 13.5 ft. (4115 mm) 4 in. x 4 in. (100 mm x 100 mm)
13.6 ft. (4145 mm) to 16 ft. (4875 mm) 6 in. x 6 in. (150 mm x 150 mm) 16 ft. (4876 mm) and over Custom by manufacturer
C. Hinge: Per project plans.
D. Kickplate: Per project plans. Shall comply with ADA standards.
E. Latch: Clamp-on gravity system that is self latching.
F. Gate Keeper for double leafed models: Gate keeper consist of mechanical device with gravity-lock system that fasten each gate leaf when in full open position.
City of Carlsbad
VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK
32 31 16-8 WELDED WIRE FENCES AND GATES
G. Double gates hardware: Consists of
1. One drop bar to secure in closed position one of the gate leaves complete, with stop pipe to engage the center drop rod
2. Self-locking device with padlock eyes as an integral part of latch.
PART 3 – EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Examine areas and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for [a verified survey of property lines and legal boundaries,] site clearing, earthwork, pavement work, and other conditions affecting performance.
Do not begin installation before final grading is completed, unless otherwise permitted by Owner’s Representative.
B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
3.2 PREPARATION
A. Stake locations of fence lines, gates, and terminal posts. Do not exceed intervals of 500 ft. (152.5 m) or line of sight between stakes. Indicate locations of utilities, lawn sprinkler system, underground structures, benchmarks, and property monuments.
3.3 INSTALLATION GENERAL
A. Install fencing on established boundary lines inside property line
B. Post Excavation: Drill or hand-excavate holes for posts to diameters and spacing indicated, in firm, undisturbed or compacted soil.
C. Post Setting: Set posts in concrete footing. Protect portion of posts above ground from concrete splatter. Place concrete around posts and consolidation. Using mechanical devices to set posts is not permitted. Verify that posts are set plumb, aligned, and at correct height and spacing, and hold in position during placement and finishing operations until concrete is sufficiently cured.
1. Dimensions and Profile: As indicated on Drawings.
2. Space line posts uniformly at center to center.
3. Exposed Concrete Footings: Extend concrete 2 in. (50 mm) above grade, smooth, and shape to shed water.
4. Concealed Concrete Footings: Stop footings 2 in. below grade as indicated on Drawings to allow covering with surface material.
5. Posts Set into Concrete in Sleeves: Use steel pipe sleeves preset and anchored into concrete for installing posts. After posts have been inserted into sleeves, fill annular space between post and sleeve with anchoring cement, mixed and placed to comply with anchoring material manufacturer's written instructions, and finished sloped to drain water away from post.
City of Carlsbad
VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK 10/07/2025
WELDED WIRE FENCES AND GATES 32 31 16-9
6. Posts Set into Concrete in Voids: Form or core drill holes not less than 5 in. (125 mm) deep and 3/4 in. (20 mm) larger than OD of post. Clean holes of loose material, insert posts, and fill granular space between post and concrete with anchoring cement, mixed and placed to comply with anchoring material manufacturer's written instructions, and finished sloped to drain water away from post.
7. Flange Post Installation: Bolt mounting plates attached to each post to slab or structure as indicated, using expansion bolts.
3.4 FENCE INSTALLATION – Model OMEGA ARCHITECTURAL
A. Terminal Posts: Locate terminal end, corner, and gate posts at changes in horizontal or vertical alignment as indicated on Drawings.
B. Square post installation 2 in. or 3 in. (50 mm or 75 mm): Post hole shall be a minimum of 8 in. (200 mm) in diameter and 42 in. (1070 mm) in depth. Once the concrete is set, the mesh sections are installed with the Universal Bracket kits 2 in. or 3 in. (50 mm or 75 mm), always install flush with horizontal wire of the panel ( no gap). Post spacing are for 2 in. (50 mm) post 97 3/4 in. (2483 mm) (c/c with a adjustment of ± 1 1/2 in. (38 mm) and for the 3 in. (75 mm) post 98 3/4 in. (2508 mm) c/c of the post with a adjustment of ± 1 1/2 in. (38 mm) on each side.
C. For the fence to follow slopes, it is required to step the fence sections. The Universal bracket on square posts can be slid along the post at the desired height and should always be install flush with horizontal wire (no gap). When faced with a steep slope, it will be necessary to order longer posts and panels cut in half as to keep the gap under the panel to a minimum.
D. Mesh Panels: Vertical wire extensions down for safety. The fence panel shall be installed a distance of a minimum of 1 1/4 in. (30 mm) and maximum of 2 in. (50 mm) above the ground surface.
E. Upon cutting or trimming, a post or a wire mesh section, apply a zinc rich primer to the exposed ends and finish with the matching touch-up paint supplied by the manufacturer.
3.5 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
A. General: Comply with ACI 301 for cast-in-place concrete.
B. Materials: Portland cement complying with ASTM C 150 per Geotechnical report requirements.
Aggregates complying with ASTM C 33, and potable water (for ready-mixed concrete complying with ASTM C 94). Measure, batch, and mix Project-site-mixed concrete according to ASTM C 94.
1. Concrete Mixture: Normal-weight concrete with not less than 3000 psi (20.7- Mpa) compressive strength (28 days), 3 in. (75-mm) slump, and contain " coarse aggregate " of a minimum diameter of 1/5’’ (5 mm) to a maximum of 3/4’’ (20 mm) maximum size aggregate. A 5% to 7% air entrained or according to recommendation of section 03000.
C. Materials: Dry-packaged concrete mix complying with ASTM C 387 for normal-weight concrete mixed with potable water according to manufacturer's written instructions.
3.6 GROUT AND ANCHORING CEMENT
A. Nonshrink, Nonmetallic Grout: Premixed, factory-packaged, nonstaining, noncorrosive, nongaseous grout complying with ASTM C 1107. Provide grout, recommended in writing by manufacturer, for exterior applications.
City of Carlsbad
VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK
32 31 16-10 WELDED WIRE FENCES AND GATES
B. Erosion-Resistant Anchoring Cement: Factory-packaged, non-shrink, nonstaining, hydraulic- controlled expansion cement formulation for mixing with potable water at Project site to create pourable anchoring, patching, and grouting compound. Provide formulation that is resistant to erosion from water exposure without needing protection by a sealer or waterproof coating and that is recommended in writing by manufacturer for exterior applications.
3.7 GATE INSTALLATION & ADJUSTMENT
A. Install gate posts in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
B. Concrete Set Gate Posts: Drill holes in firm, undisturbed or compacted soil. Holes shall have a diameter 4 times greater than outside dimension of post, and depths approximately 6 in. (150 mm) deeper than frost level. Excavate deeper as required for adequate support in soft and loose soils, and for posts with heavy lateral loads. Set post bottom 36 in. (914 mm) below surface when in firm, undisturbed soil. Place concrete around posts in a continuous pour, tamp for consolidation. Trowel finish around post and slope to direct water away from posts. Check each post for vertical and top alignment, and maintain in position during placement and finishing operations.
C. Install gates perfectly horizontal and levelled (at junction), plumb, and secure for full opening without interference.
D. Attach hardware so to have the nuts inside the property thus making the assembly tamper-proof which will prevent unauthorized removal. Install ground-set items in concrete for anchorage.
E. Adjust hardware for smooth operation and lubricate where necessary to operate smoothly, easily, and quietly, free from binding, warp, excessive deflection, distortion, nonalignment, misplacement, disruption, or malfunction, throughout entire operational range. Confirm that latches and locks engage accurately and securely without forcing or binding.
3.8 GATE OPERATOR INSTALLATION
(Indicative only. Consult local professional for proper design.) (See notes section 2.4.)
A. General: Install gate operators according to manufacturer's written instructions, aligned and true to fence line and grade.
B. Excavation for Support Posts and Concrete Bases/Pads: Hand-excavate holes for bases/pads, in firm, undisturbed or compacted soil to dimensions and depths and at locations as required by gate operator component manufacturer's written instructions and as indicated on Drawings.
C. Concrete Bases/Pads: Cast-in-place or precast concrete, made of not less than 3000 psi (20.7-Mpa) compressive strength (28 days), depth not less than 12 in. (300 mm) dimensioned and reinforced according to gate operator component manufacturer's written instructions and as indicated on Drawings.
D. Fence Grounding: Install at maximum intervals of 1500 ft. (450 m) except as follows:
3.9 GROUNDING AND BONDING
(Indicative only. Consult local professional for proper design.)
1. Fences within 100 ft. (30 m) of Buildings, Structures, Walkways, and Roadways: Ground at maximum intervals of 750 ft. (225 m)
City of Carlsbad
VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK 10/07/2025
WELDED WIRE FENCES AND GATES 32 31 16-11
2. Gates and Other Fence Openings: Ground fence on each side of opening. a. Bond metal gates to gate posts.
b. Bond across openings, with and without gates, except openings indicated as intentional fence discontinuities. Use No. 2 AWG wire and bury it at least 18 in. (460 mm) below finished grade.
3. Conductors: Bare, solid wire for No. 6 AWG and smaller; stranded wire for No. 4 AWG and larger.
a. Material Above Finished Grade: Aluminum
b. Material On or Below Finished Grade: Copper.
c. Bonding Jumpers: Braided copper tape, 1 in. (25 mm) wide, woven of No. 30 AWG bare copper wire, terminated with copper ferrules.
4. Connectors and Ground Rods: Listed in UL 467.
a. Connectors for Below-Grade Use: Exothermic welded type. b. Ground Rods: Copper-clad steel.
1) Size: 5/8 in. by 96 in. (16 by 2400 mm).
B. Protection at Crossings of Overhead Electrical Power Lines: Ground fence at location of crossing and at a maximum distance of 150 ft. (45 m) on each side of crossing.
C. Fences Enclosing Electrical Power Distribution Equipment: Ground as required by IEEE C2, unless otherwise indicated.
D. Grounding Method: At each grounding location, drive a ground rod vertically until the top is 6 in. (150 mm) below finished grade. Connect rod to fence with No. 6 AWG conductor. Connect conductor to each fence component at the grounding location.
E. Bonding Method for Gates: Connect bonding jumper between gate post and gate frame.
F. Connections: Make connections so possibility of galvanic action or electrolysis is minimized. Select connectors, connection hardware, conductors, and connection methods so metals in direct contact will be galvanically compatible.
1. Use electroplated or hot-tin-coated materials to ensure high conductivity to make contact points closer in order of galvanic series.
2. Make connections with clean, bare metal at points of contact.
3. Make aluminum-to-steel connections with stainless-steel separators and mechanical clamps.
4. Make aluminum-to-galvanized-steel connections with tin-plated copper jumpers and mechanical clamps.
5. Coat and seal connections having dissimilar metals with inert material to prevent future penetration of moisture to contact surfaces.
G. Bonding to Lightning Protection System: If fence terminates at lightning-protected building or structure, ground the fence, and bond the fence grounding conductor to lightning protection down conductor or lightning protection grounding conductor complying with NFPA 780.
City of Carlsbad
VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK
32 31 16-12 WELDED WIRE FENCES AND GATES
3.10 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL- GROUNDING
(Indicative only. Consult local professional for proper design.) A. Ground-Resistance Testing Agency: Engage a qualified independent testing agency to perform field quality-control testing.
B. Ground-Resistance Tests: Subject completed grounding system to a megger test at each grounding location. Measure ground resistance not less than two full days after last trace of precipitation, without soil having been moistened by any means other than natural drainage or seepage and without chemical treatment or other artificial means of reducing natural ground resistance. Perform tests by two-point method according to IEEE 81.Desired Maximum Grounding Resistance Value: 25 ohms. Excessive Ground Resistance: If resistance to ground exceeds desired value, notify Owner’s Representative promptly. Include recommendations to reduce ground resistance and proposal to accomplish recommended work.
C. Report: Prepare test reports, certified by testing agency, of ground resistance at each test location.
Include observations of weather and other phenomena that may affect test results.
3.11 MAINTENANCE
A. Inspection
1. A thorough visual inspection shall be done annually.
2. This inspection must include overall verification of physical condition.
B. Moveable parts shall be adjusted, if needed, every 5 years.
C. In areas of extreme winter conditions, entire installation must be free of excessive ice and snow accumulation.
END OF SECTION
City of Carlsbad
VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK 10/01/2025
SITE WALLS 32 32 00-1
SECTION 32 32 00
SITE WALLS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 GENERAL PROVISIONS
A. Attention is directed to the CONTRACT AND GENERAL CONDITIONS and all Sections within DIVISION 01 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS which are hereby made a part of this Section of the Specifications.
1.2 DESCRIPTION OF WORK
A. Work Included: Provide labor, materials and equipment necessary to complete the work of this Section, including but not limited to the following:
1. Modular block retaining walls.
2. Select Fill material per plans.
3. Geo-grid material per plans.
4. Concrete decking per plans.
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: Provide manufacturer's data for each item showing installation and limitations in use.
B. Shop Drawings: Supply shop drawings at an approved scale for location, installation and erection of all parts of the work.
1. Modular Block Retaining Walls: Submit plans stamped by a Professional Engineer.
C. Samples: Provide five units of each type of exposed block.
D. Alternate: Provide deduct alternate for alternate modular block retaining wall product. Submit all product information and engineers statement stating the alternate wall system meet all the requirement of this specification.
1.4 SAMPLE WALLS
A. Construct sample wall sections before start of any wall work.
B. Sample wall sections shall be inspected by the Owner’s Representative. If the wall section is not acceptable, construct additional wall sections at no cost to the Owner until an acceptable sample is constructed. Accepted sample shall become the standard for the entire job.
1.5 TESTING AND INSPECTION
A. The Owner reserves the right to have tests performed on materials, at his option, as the job progresses. Tests will be performed by a recognized Testing Laboratory, selected by the Owner’s Representative, with all costs paid by the Owner. The Contractor shall agree to abide by the results of
City of Carlsbad
VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK
32 32 00-2 SITE WALLS
the tests; he shall make all adjustments and changes to materials to meet the specification requirements at no additional cost to the Owner.
1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Deliver manufactured products in manufacturer's original, unopened, and undamaged containers with labels intact and legible.
B. Store and handle manufactured products to prevent damage and deterioration.
PART 2 – PRODUCTS
2.1 MODULAR BLOCK RETAINING WALL
A. Modular block retaining walls shall be designed by manufacturer’s engineer.
B. All modular block units shall be sound and free of cracks or other defects. Finish of blocks shall be split face with all exposed surfaces treated similarly.
C. The modular units shall be solid through the full depth of the unit and have min. 5000 psi.
Compressive strength at 28 days.
D. Fill and drain rock material shall be a graded, granular, free-draining material, consisting of durable stone and coarse sand, free from loam and clay, and which can be readily compacted. Material shall conform to KTC Specification Sections, with less than 8% passing the No. 200 sieve.
E. Geosynthetic Reinforcement shall be a polymer product specifically manufactured as a soil reinforcement element. Exact requirements shall be determined by the registered engineer responsible for the design of the walls.
F. Drainage pipe shall be perforated PVC or corrugated HDPE pipe. The pipe shall be set in crushed stone or may be covered with a knitted or non-woven geotextile fabric sock specifically designed to function as a filter.
PART 3 – EXECUTION
3.1 MODULAR BLOCK RETAINING WALL
A. Construct Modular Block wall according to approved, stamped engineered plans from the manufacturer and/ or contractor hired structural engineer.
END OF SECTION
City of Carlsbad
VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK 10/07/2025
SEGMENTAL CONCRETE UNIT MASONRY RETAINING WALLS 32 32 23.13-1 SECTION 32 32 23.13
SEGMENTAL CONCRETE UNIT MASONRY RETAINING WALLS
PART 1: GENERAL
1.01 SCOPE
A. Work includes furnishing and installing modular concrete block retaining wall units to the lines and grades designated on the construction drawings and as specified herein.
1.02 APPLICABLE SECTIONS OF RELATED WORK
A. 32 05 19.19 Geogrids For Exterior Improvements
1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. ASTM C1372 Standard Specification for Segmental Retaining Wall Units.
B. ASTM C1262 Evaluating the Freeze thaw Durability of Manufactured CMU’s and Related concrete Units
C. ASTM D698 Moisture Density Relationship for Soils, Standard Method
D. ASTM D422 Gradation of Soils
E. ASTM C140 Sample and Testing concrete Masonry Units
F. AB Spec Book Doc. # R0901
1.04 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Contractor shall check the materials upon delivery to assure proper material has been received.
B. Contractor shall prevent excessive mud, cementitious material, and like construction debris from coming in contact with the materials.
C. Contractor shall protect the materials from damage. Damaged material shall not be incorporated in the project (ASTM C1372).
1.05 CONTRACTOR REQUIREMENTS
A. Contractors shall be trained and certified by local manufacturer or equivalent accredited organization.
B. Allan Block and NCMA have certification programs that are accredited. Identify when advanced certification levels are appropriate based on complexity and criticality of project application.
C. Contractors shall provide a list of projects they have completed.
City of Carlsbad
VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK
32 32 23.13-2 SEGMENTAL CONCRETE UNIT MASONRY RETAINING WALLS PART 2: MATERIALS
1.01 MODULAR WALL UNITS
A. Wall units shall be Allan Block Retaining Wall units as produced by a licensed manufacturer.
B. Wall units shall have minimum 28 day compressive strength of 3000 psi (20.7 MPa) in accordance with ASTM C1372. The concrete units shall have adequate freeze-thaw protection with an average absorption rate in accordance with ASTM C1372 or an average absorption rate of 7.5 lb./ft³ (120 kg/m³) for northern climates and 10 lb./ft³ (160 kg/m³) for southern climates.
C. Exterior dimensions shall be uniform and consistent. Maximum dimensional deviations on the height of any two units shall be 0.125 in. (3 mm).
D. Wall units shall provide a minimum of 110 lbs total weight per square foot of wall face area (555 kg/m²). Hollow cores to be filled with wall rock and compacted by using plate compactor on top of wall units (see section 3.4). Unit weight of wall rock in cores may be less than 100% depending on compaction levels.
E. Exterior face shall be textured. Color shall be Abbey Blend.
1.02 WALL ROCK
A. Material must be well-graded compactable aggregate, 0.25 in. to 1.0 in., (6 mm – 28.5 mm) with no more than 5% passing the #200 sieve. (ASTM D422)
B. Material behind and within the blocks may be the same material.
1.03 INFILL SOIL
A. Infill material shall be excavated soils when approved by the on-site soils engineer unless otherwise specified in the drawings. Unsuitable soils for backfill (heavy clays or organic soils) shall not be used in the reinforced soil mass. Poorly graded sands, expansive clays and/or soils with a plasticity index (PI) greater than 20 or a liquid limit (LL) greater than 40 should not be used in wall construction.
B. The infill soil used must meet or exceed the designed friction angle and description noted on the design cross sections, and must be free of debris and consist of one of the following inorganic USCS soil types: GP, GW, SW, SP, GP-GM or SP-SM meeting the following gradation as determined in accordance with ASTM D422.
C. Where additional fill is required, contractor shall submit sample and specifications to the wall design engineer or the onsite soils engineer for approval and the approving engineer must certify that the soils proposed for use has properties meeting or exceeding original design standards.
Sieve Size Percent Passing
1 inch (25 mm) 100 – 75
No. 4 (4.75 mm) 100 – 20
No. 40 (0.425 mm) 0 - 60
No. 200 (0.075 mm) 0 – 35
City of Carlsbad
VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK 10/07/2025
SEGMENTAL CONCRETE UNIT MASONRY RETAINING WALLS 32 32 23.13-3 PART 3: WALL CONSTRUCTION
1.04 EXCAVATION
A. Contractor shall excavate to the lines and grades shown on the construction drawings.
Contractor shall use caution not to over-excavate beyond the lines shown, or to disturb the base elevations beyond those shown.
B. Contractor shall verify locations of existing structures and utilities prior to excavation.
Contractor shall ensure all surrounding structures are protected from the effects of wall excavation.
1.05 FOUNDATION SOIL PREPARATION
A. Foundation soil shall be defined as any soils located beneath a wall.
B. Foundation soil shall be excavated as dimensioned on the plans and compacted to a minimum of 95% of Standard Proctor (ASTM D698) prior to placement of the base material.
C. Foundation soil shall be examined by the on-site soils engineer to ensure that the actual foundation soil strength meets or exceeds assumed design strength. Soil not meeting the required strength shall be removed and replaced with acceptable material.
1.06 BASE
A. The base material shall be the same as the Wall Rock material or a low permeable granular material.
B. Base material shall be placed as shown on the construction drawing. Top of base shall be located to allow bottom wall units to be buried to proper depths as per wall heights and specifications.
C. Base material shall be installed on undisturbed native soils or suitable replacement fills compacted to a minimum of 95% Standard Proctor (ASTM D698).
D. Base shall be compacted at 95% Standard Proctor (ASTM D698) to provide a level hard surface on which to place the first course of blocks. The base shall be constructed to ensure proper wall embedment and the final elevation shown on the plans. Well-graded sand can be used to smooth the top 1/2 in. (13 mm) on the base material.
E. Base material shall be a 4 in. (100 mm) minimum depth for walls under 4 ft. (1.2 m) and a 6 in. (150 mm) minimum depth for walls over 4 ft. (1.2 m).
F. Base material should be installed to allow for a minimum of one buried block to be extended into the slope to prevent erosion.
1.07 UNIT INSTALLATION
A. Install units in accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions and recommendations for the specific concrete retaining wall unit, and as specified herein.
B. Ensure that units are in full contact with base. Proper care shall be taken to develop straight lines and smooth curves on base course as per wall layout.
C. Fill all cores and cavities and a minimum of 12 in. (300 mm) behind the base course with wall rock. Use infill soils behind the wall rock and approved soils in front of the base
City of Carlsbad
VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK
32 32 23.13-4 SEGMENTAL CONCRETE UNIT MASONRY RETAINING WALLS course to firmly lock in place. Check again for level and alignment. Use a plate compactor to consolidate the area behind the base course. All excess material shall be swept from top of units.
D. Install next course of wall units on top of base course. Position blocks to be offset from seams of blocks below. Perfect "running bond" is not essential, but a 3 in. (75 mm) minimum offset is recommended. Check each block for proper alignment and level. Fill all cavities in and around wall units and to a minimum of 12 in. (300 mm) depth behind block with wall rock. Block, wall rock and infill soil placed in uniform lifts not exceeding 8 in. (200 mm). Compaction requirements for all soils in areas in, around and behind the reinforced mass shall be compacted to 95% of maximum Standard Proctor dry density (ASTM D698) with a moisture content control of +1% to -3% of optimum.
E. The consolidation zone shall be defined as 3 ft (0.9 m) behind the wall. Compaction within the consolidation zone shall be accomplished by using a hand operated plate compactor and shall begin by running the plate compactor directly on the block and then compacting in parallel paths from the wall face until the entire consolidation zone has been compacted. A minimum of two passes of the plate compactor are required with maximum lifts of 8 in. (200 mm). Expansive or fine-grained soils may require additional compaction passes and/or specific compaction equipment such as a sheepsfoot roller. Maximum lifts of 4 in. (100 mm) may be required to achieve adequate compaction within the consolidation zone. Employ methods using lightweight compaction equipment that will not disrupt the stability or batter of the wall. Final compaction requirements in the consolidation zone shall be established by the engineer of record.
F. Install each subsequent course in like manner. Repeat procedure to the extent of wall height. Individual course height may vary due to allowable block manufacturing tolerances per ATSM C1372. Contractor must verify wall height, if noted as being critical, prior to completion of construction to ensure the elevation of the top of the wall or the controlling elevation matches desired plan elevation, if noted as critical.
Contractor must follow this method for single walls or walls that branch off into a terraced orientation.
G. As with any construction work, some deviation from construction drawing alignments will occur. Variability in construction of SRWs is approximately equal to that of cast-in-place concrete retaining walls. As opposed to cast-in-place concrete walls, alignment of SRWs can be simply corrected or modified during construction. Based upon examination of numerous completed SRWs, the following recommended minimum tolerances can be achieved with good construction techniques. a. Vertical Control - ±1.25 in. (32 mm) max. over 10 ft (3 m) distance b. Horizontal Location Control - straight lines ±1.25 in. (32 mm) over a 10 ft (3 m) distance.
c. Rotation - from established plan wall batter: ±2.0°
PART 4: GENERAL DRAINAGE
1.01 SURFACE DRAINAGE
A. Rainfall or other water sources such as irrigation activities collected by the ground surface atop the retaining wall can be defined as surface water. Retaining wall design shall take into consideration the management of this water.
B. At the end of each day’s construction and at final completion, grade the backfill to avoid water accumulation behind the wall or in the reinforced zone.
City of Carlsbad
VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK 10/07/2025
SEGMENTAL CONCRETE UNIT MASONRY RETAINING WALLS 32 32 23.13-5 C. Surface water must not be allowed to pond or be trapped in the area above the wall or at the toe of the wall.
D. Existing slopes adjacent to retaining wall or slopes created during the grading process shall include drainage details so that surface water will not be allowed to drain over the top of the slope face and/or wall. This may require a combination of berms and surface drainage ditches.
E. Irrigation activities at the site shall be done in a controlled and reasonable manner. If an irrigation system is employed, the design engineer or irrigation manufacturer shall provide details and specification for required equipment to ensure against over irrigation which could damage the structural integrity of the retaining wall system.
F. Surface water that cannot be diverted from the wall must be collected with surface drainage swales and drained laterally in order to disperse the water around the wall structure. Construction of a typical swale system shall be in accordance with Design Detail 5: Swales, of the AB Spec Book.
1.02 GRADING
A. The shaping and re-contouring of land in order to prepare it for site development is grading. Site grading shall be designed to route water around the walls.
B. Establish final grade with a positive gradient away from the wall structure.
Concentrations of surface water runoff shall be managed by providing necessary structures, such as paved ditches, drainage swales, catch basins, etc.
C. Grading designs must divert sources of concentrated surface flow, such as parking lots, away from the wall.
1.03 DRAINAGE SYSTEM
A. The internal drainage systems of the retaining wall can be described as the means of eliminating the buildup of incidental water which infiltrates the soils behind the wall.
Drainage system design will be a function of the water conditions on the site. Possible drainage facilities include Toe and Heel drainage collection pipes and blanket or chimney rock drains or others. Design engineer shall determine the required drainage facilities to completely drain the retaining wall structure for each particular site condition.
B. All walls will be constructed with a minimum of 12 in. (300 mm) of wall rock directly behind the wall facing. The material shall meet or exceed the specification for wall rock outlined in Section 1, 2.2 Wall Rock.
C. The drainage collection pipe, drain pipe, shall be a 4 in. (100 mm) perforated or slotted PVC, or corrugated HDPE pipe as approved by engineer of record.
D. All walls will be constructed with a 4 in. (100 mm) diameter drain pipe placed at the lowest possible elevation within the 12 in. (300 mm) of wall rock. This drain pipe is referred to as a toe drain.
E. Geogrid Reinforced Walls shall be constructed with an additional 4 in. (100 mm) drain pipe at the back bottom of the reinforced soil mass. This drain pipe is referred to as a heel drain.
City of Carlsbad
VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK
32 32 23.13-6 SEGMENTAL CONCRETE UNIT MASONRY RETAINING WALLS
1.04 TOE DRAIN
A. A toe drain pipe should be located at the back of the wall rock behind the wall as close to the bottom of the wall as allowed while still maintaining a positive gradient for drainage to daylight, or a storm water management system. Toe drains are installed for incidental water management not as a primary drainage system.
B. For site configurations with bottoms of the base on a level plane it is recommended that a minimum one percent gradient be maintained on the placement of the pipe with outlets on 50 ft (15 m) centers, or 100 ft (30 m) centers if pipe is crowned between the outlets.
This would provide for a maximum height above the bottom of the base in a flat configuration of no more than 6 in. (150 mm).
C. For rigid drain pipes with drain holes the pipes should be positioned with the holes located down. Allan Block does not require that toe drain pipes be wrapped when installed into base rock complying with the specified wall rock material.
1.05 HEEL DRAIN
A. The purpose of the heel drain is to pick up any water that migrates from behind the retaining wall structure at the cut and route the water away from the reinforced mass during the construction process and for incidental water for the life of the structure.
B. The piping used at the back of the reinforced mass shall have a one percent minimum gradient over the length, but it is not critical for it to be positioned at the very bottom of the cut. The heel drain should be vented at 100ft (30 m) intervals along the entire length of the wall and should not be tied into the toe drain system.
C. The pipe may be a rigid pipe with holes at the bottom with an integral sock encasing the pipe or a corrugated perforated flexible pipe with a sock to filter out fines when required based on soil conditions. For infill soils with a high percentage of sand and/or gravel the heel drain pipe does not need to be surrounded by wall rock. When working with soils containing fine grained cohesive soils having a PI of greater than 6 and LL of 30 or greater, 1 ft3.(.03 m3) of drainage rock is required around the pipe for each 1 ft (30 cm) of pipe length.
1.06 GROUND WATER
A. Ground water can be defined as water that occurs within the soil. It may be present because of surface infiltration or water table fluctuation. Ground water movement must not be allowed to come in contact with the retaining wall.
B. If water is encountered in the area of the wall during excavation or construction, a drainage system (chimney, composite or blanket) must be installed as directed by the wall design engineer.
END OF SECTION
City of Carlsbad
VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK
LANDSCAPE BOULDERS 31 41 16-1
SECTION 32 41 16
LANDSCAPE BOULDERS
PART 1 – GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and General Provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division-1 Specification Sections, apply to the work of this Section.
1.2 DESCRIPTION OF WORK
A. Extent: Furnish all labor, material, equipment, tools, and incidentals necessary for the stockpiling, safe storage, and re-installation of existing landscape boulders, also referred to as boulders, as shown on the Drawings and as specified in this Section.
B. Related work includes but is not limited to:
1. Section 31 10 00 – Site Clearing
2. Section 31 22 00 – Grading
1.3 REVIEWS
A. Contractor shall layout all landscape boulder locations for review by the Owner’s Representative prior to placement. Boulders shall be onsite for Owner’s Representative to select locations, and orientation of specific boulders.
PART 2 – PRODUCTS
2.1 PRODUCT NAME
A. Decorative Stone Solutions
197 Woodland Pkwy
STE 104 #813
San Marcos, CA 92069
(800) 966-1878
Contact Randy Jurgensen
1. Product:
a. ‘South Face’ Boulders
b. ‘Angular’ texture
c. ‘Gold’ color
2. Size:
a. #1: 3’ Long x 1-2’ Wide
b. #2: 3-4’ Long x 3-4’ Wide
c. #3: 2’ Long x 2’ Wide
PART 3 – EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
City Name
PROJECT NAME
00 00 00-2 TITLE
A. Grading: Grade finish grade to the design configuration as shown on the Drawings.
B. Excavation: Excavate the soil as required for placement as shown on the Drawings.
C. Placement: Place the landscape boulders as shown on the Drawings and or as directed by Owner’s Representative in field. Owner’s Representative shall be present on-site during placement. Provide 48 hours’ notice before placement.
3.2 CLEAN UP
A. Waste Removal: All waste as a result of landscape boulder installation shall be removed from the site and disposed of legally. Clean the boulders thoroughly.
END OF SECTION
City of Carlsbad
VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK 10/02/2025
IRRIGATION SYSTEMS 32 84 00-1
SECTION 32 84 00
IRRIGATION SYSTEMS
PART 1 – GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. It is the intent of the specifications and drawings that the finished system is complete in every respect and shall be ready for operation satisfactory to the Owner.
B. The work shall include all materials, labor, services, transportation, and equipment necessary to perform the work as indicated on the drawings, in these specifications, and as necessary to complete the contract.
1.2 GENERAL CONDITIONS
A. The requirements of the General Conditions specified in Division 1 – General requirements shall apply to all work of this Section with the same force and effect as throughout repeated herein.
1.3 CONSTRUCTION DRAWINGS
A. Due to the scale of the drawings, it is not possible to indicate all offsets, fittings, sleeves, etc. which may be required. The Contractor shall carefully investigate the structural and finished conditions affecting all of his work and plan his work accordingly, furnishing such fittings, etc. as may be required to meet such conditions. Drawings are generally diagrammatic and indicative of the work to be installed. The work shall be installed in such a manner as to avoid conflicts between irrigation systems, planting, and architectural features.
B. All work called for on the drawings by notes or details shall be furnished and installed whether or not specifically mentioned in the specifications. When an item is shown on the plans but not shown on the specifications or vice versa, it shall be deemed to be as shown on both. The Landscape Architect shall have final authority for clarification.
C. The Contractor shall not willfully install the irrigation system as shown on the drawings when it is obvious in the field that obstructions, grade differences or discrepancies in area dimensions exist that might not have been considered in engineering. Such obstructions or differences should be brought to the attention of the Landscape Architect as soon as detected. In the event this notification is not performed, the Irrigation Contractor shall assume full responsibility for any revision necessary.
1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Provide at least one person who shall be present at all times during execution of this portion of the work and who shall be thoroughly familiar with the type of materials being installed and the manufacturer's recommended methods of installation and who shall direct all work performed under this section.
B. Manufacturer's directions and detailed drawings shall be followed in all cases where the manufacturer of articles used in this contract furnish directions covering points not shown in the drawings and specifications.
C. All local, municipal, and state laws, rules and regulations governing or relating to any portion of this work are hereby incorporated into and made a part of these specifications, and their provisions shall be carried out by the Contractor. Anything contained in these specifications shall not be construed
City of Carlsbad
VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK
32 84 00-2 IRRIGATION SYSTEMS
to conflict with any of the above rules and regulations of the same. However, when these specifications and drawings call for or describe materials, workmanship, or construction of a better quality, higher standard, or larger size than is required by the above rules and regulations, the provisions of these specifications and drawings shall take precedence.
D. All materials supplied for this project shall be new and free from any defects. All defective materials shall be replaced immediately at no additional cost to Owner.
E. The Contractor shall secure the required licenses and permits including payments of charges and fees, give required notices to public authorities, verify permits secured or arrangements made by others affecting the work of this section.
F. The Contractor shall secure certification, from manufacturers, for proper solvent welding, wire splicing, and mechanical joint restraint installation.
1.5 SUBMITTALS
A. Submittals Materials List:
1. After award of contract and before any irrigation system materials are ordered from suppliers or delivered to the job site, submit to the Owner a complete list of all irrigation system materials, or processes proposed to be furnished and installed as part of this contract.
2. The submittals materials list shall include the following information:
a. A title sheet with the job name, the contractor’s name, contractor’s address and telephone number, submittal date and submittal number.
b. An index sheet showing the item number (i.e. 1,2,3, etc.); an item description (i.e. sprinkler head); the manufacturer’s name (i.e. Hunter Industries); the item model number (i.e. I-40- ADV/36V); and the page(s) in the submittal set that contain the catalog cuts.
c. The catalog cuts shall be one or two pages copied from the most recent manufacturer’s catalog that indicate the product submitted. Do not submit parts lists, exploded diagrams, price lists or other extra information.
d. The catalog cuts shall clearly indicate the manufacturer’s name and the item model number. The item model number, all specified options and specified sizes shall be circled on the catalog cuts.
e. Submittals for equipment indicated on the legend without manufacturer names, or “as approved”, shall contain the manufacturer, Class or Schedule, ASTM numbers and/or other certifications as indicated in these specifications.
3. Submittal materials list format requirements:
a. Submittals shall be provided as one complete package for the project. Multiple partial submittals will not be reviewed.
b. Submittal package shall be stapled or bound in such a way as to allow for disassembly for review processing. Submittals shall not have tabs, tab sheets, spiral binding, or any other type of binding that will interfere with automated copying of submittals.
City of Carlsbad
VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK 10/02/2025
IRRIGATION SYSTEMS 32 84 00-3
c. Submittal package shall have all pages numbered in the lower right-hand corner. Page numbers shall correspond with submittal index.
d. Re-submitted packages must be revised to include only the equipment being re-submitted.
Equipment previously reviewed and accepted shall not be re-submitted in the materials list/index sheet or in the catalog cut sheet package.
B. Substitutions: If the Irrigation Contractor wishes to substitute any equipment or materials for those equipment or materials listed on the irrigation drawings and specifications, he may do so by providing the following information to the Owner's Representative for approval.
1. Provide a written statement indicating the reason for making the substitution.
2. Provide catalog cut sheets, technical data, and performance information for each substitute item.
3. Provide in writing the difference in installed price if the item is accepted.
C. The Owner’s Representative will allow no substitutions without prior written acceptance.
D. Manufacturer's warranties shall not relieve the Contractor of his liability under the guarantee. Such warranties shall only supplement the guarantee.
E. The Owner’s Representative will not review the submittal package unless provided in the format described above.
1.6 EXISTING CONDITIONS
A. The Contractor shall verify and be familiar with the locations, size, and detail of points of connection provided as the source of water, electrical supply, and telephone line connection to the irrigation system.
B. Irrigation design is based on the available static water pressure shown on the drawings. Contractor shall verify static water on the project prior to the start of construction. Should a discrepancy exist, notify the Owner's Representative prior to beginning construction.
C. Prior to cutting into the soil, the Contractor shall locate all cables, conduits, sewer septic tanks, and other utilities as are commonly encountered underground and he shall take proper precautions not to damage or disturb such improvements. If a conflict exists between such obstacles and the proposed work, the Contractor shall promptly notify the Owner’s Representative who will arrange for relocations. The Contractor will proceed in the same manner if a rock layer or any other such conditions are encountered.
D. The Contractor shall protect all existing utilities and features to remain on and adjacent to the project site during construction. Contractor shall repair, at his own cost; all damage resulting from his operations or negligence.
E. The Irrigation Contractor shall coordinate with the General Contractor for installation of required sleeving as shown on the plans prior to paving operations.
F. The Contractor shall verify and be familiar with the existing irrigation systems in areas adjacent to and within the Project area of work.
G. The Contractor shall protect all existing irrigation systems, in areas adjacent to and within the project
City of Carlsbad
VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK
32 84 00-4 IRRIGATION SYSTEMS
area of work, from damage due to his operations.
H. Contractor shall notify Owner’s Representative if any existing system is temporarily shut off, capped, or modified. Provide 48-hour notice, prior to turning off or modifying any existing irrigation system.
I. The Contractor shall repair or replace all existing irrigation systems, in areas adjacent to and within the project area of work, damaged by the construction of this project. Adjacent irrigation systems shall be made completely operational and provide complete coverage of the existing landscaped areas. All repairs shall be complete to the satisfaction of the Owner’s Representative.
J. The contractor shall provide bore holes under any existing pavement or paving encountered for the required lateral, mainline and low voltage control wire sleeving. Bore holes under 2 inches in diameter and smaller shall be made with a BulletMole® underground boring tool as manufactured by Dimension Tools, LLC (Contact telephone number (888)-650-5554 or at www.bulletmole.com) . Bore holes larger than 2 inches in diameter shall be made with an approved mechanical boring tool. No air jacking or hydraulic boring of any kind shall be allowed.
1.7 INSPECTIONS
A. The Contractor shall permit the Owner's Representative to visit and inspect at all times any part of the work and shall provide safe access for such visits.
B. Where the specifications require work to be tested by the Contractor, it shall not be covered over until accepted by the Owner's Representative and/or governing agencies. The Contractor shall be solely responsible for notifying the Owner’s Representative and governing agencies, a minimum of 48 hours in advance, where and when the work is ready for testing. Should any work be covered without testing or acceptance, it shall be, if so ordered, uncovered at the Contractor's expense.
C. Inspections will be required for the following at a minimum:
1. Pre-construction meeting.
2. System layout.
3. Pressure test of irrigation mainline (Four hours at 150 PSI or 120% of static water pressure, whichever is greater.) Mainline pressure loss during test shall not exceed 2 PSI.
4. Coverage test of irrigation system. Test shall be performed prior to any planting.
5. Final inspection prior to start of maintenance period.
6. Final acceptance prior to turnover.
D. Site observations and testing will not commence without the field record drawings as prepared by the Irrigation Contractor. Record drawings must complete and up to date for each site visit.
E. All re-inspections required due to either the site or contractor not being prepared or non-conformance with the Construction Documents shall be back-charged to the contractor. These costs shall be paid for by the contractor prior to the Design Team member’s participation in any future site reviews.
1.8 STORAGE AND HANDLING
A. Use all means necessary to protect irrigation system materials before, during, and after installation and to protect the installation work and materials of all other trades. In the event of damage, immediately make all repairs and replacements necessary to the acceptance of the Owner’s
City of Carlsbad
VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK 10/02/2025
IRRIGATION SYSTEMS 32 84 00-5
Representative and at no additional cost to the Owner.
B. Exercise care in handling, loading, unloading, and storing plastic pipe and fittings under cover until ready to install. Transport plastic pipe only on a vehicle with a bed long enough to allow the pipe to lay flat to avoid undue bending and concentrated external load.
1.9 CLEANUP AND DISPOSAL
A. Dispose of waste, trash, and debris in accordance with applicable laws and ordinances and as prescribed by authorities having jurisdiction. Bury no such waste material and debris on the site.
Burning of trash and debris will not be permitted. The Contractor shall remove and dispose of rubbish and debris generated by his work and workmen at frequent intervals or when ordered to do so by the Owner's Representative.
B. At the time of completion the entire site will be cleared of tools, equipment, rubbish and debris which shall be disposed of off-site in a legal disposal area.
1.10 TURNOVER ITEMS
A. Record Drawings:
1. Record accurately on one set of drawings all changes in the work constituting departures from the original contract drawings and the actual final installed locations of all required components as shown below.
2. The record drawings shall be prepared to the satisfaction of the Owner. Prior to final inspection of work, submit record drawings to the Owner's Representative.
3. All record drawings shall be prepared using AutoCAD 2010 drafting software and the original irrigation drawings as a base. No manual drafted record drawings shall be acceptable. The Contractor may obtain digital base files from the Owner's Representative.
4. If the Contractor is unable to provide the AutoCAD drafting necessary for the record drawings the irrigation designer does provide record drawing drafting as a separate service.
5. Prior to final inspection of work, submit record drawings plotted onto vellum sheets for review by the Owner's Representative. After acceptance by the Owner’s Representative re-plot the record drawings onto reproducible Mylar sheets. The Contractor shall also provide record drawing information on a digital AutoCAD Release 2010 drawing file. All digital files shall be provided on a compact disc (CD) clearly marked with the project name, file descriptions and date.
a. Record drawing information and dimensions shall be collected on a day-to-day basis during the installation of the pressure mainline to fully indicate all routing locations and pipe depths. Locations for all other irrigation equipment shall be collected prior to the final inspection of the work.
b. Two dimensions from two permanent points of reference such as buildings, sidewalks, curbs, streetlights, hydrants, etc. shall be shown for each piece of irrigation equipment shown below. Where multiple components are installed with no reasonable reference point between the components, dimensioning may be made to the irrigation equipment. All irrigation symbols shall be clearly shown matching the irrigation legend for the drawings.
All lettering on the record drawings shall be minimum 1/8 inch in size.
City of Carlsbad
VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK
32 84 00-6 IRRIGATION SYSTEMS
6. Show locations and depths of the following items:
a. Point of connection (including water POC, backflow devices, master control valves, flow sensors, etc.)
b. Routing of sprinkler pressure main lines (dimensions shown at a maximum of 100 feet along routing)
c. Isolation valves
d. Automatic remote control valves (indicate station number and size) e. Quick coupling valves
f. Routing of control wires where separate from irrigation mainline g. Irrigation controllers (indicate controller number and station count) h. Related equipment (as may be directed)
B. Controller Charts:
1. Provide one controller chart for each automatic controller. Chart shall show the area covered by the particular controller. The areas covered by the individual control valves shall be indicated using colored highlighter pens. A minimum of six individual colors shall be used for the controller chart unless less than six control valves are indicated.
2. Owner's Representative must approve record drawings before controller charts are prepared.
3. The chart is to be a reduced copy of the actual "record" drawing. In the event the controller sequence is not legible when the drawing is reduced, it shall be enlarged to a readable size.
4. When completed and approved, the chart shall be hermetically sealed between two pieces of plastic, each piece being a minimum 20 mils in thickness.
C. Operation and Maintenance Manuals:
1. Two individually bound copies of operation and maintenance manuals shall be delivered to the Owner's Representative at least 10 calendar days prior to final inspection. The manuals shall describe the material installed and the proper operation of the system.
2. Each complete, bound manual shall include the following information:
3. Index sheet stating Contractor's address and telephone number, duration of guarantee period, list of equipment including names and addresses of local manufacturer representatives.
a. Operating and maintenance instructions for all equipment.
b. Spare parts lists and related manufacturer information for all equipment.
D. Equipment:
1. Supply as a part of this contract the following items:
a. Three 30-inch sprinkler keys for manual operation of control valves. b. Two keys for each automatic controller.
c. Four quick coupler keys ( Two each type, Domestic and Recycled water) with a bronze hose bib size per plan, bent nose type with hand wheel and four coupler lid keys. d. One valve box cover key or wrench.
e. Six extra sprinkler heads of each size and type.
f. For specified ball valves/gate valves: Two (2) 5-foot-long valve handle, to fit the specified
City of Carlsbad
VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK 10/02/2025
IRRIGATION SYSTEMS 32 84 00-7
ball/gate valves.
2. The above equipment shall be turned over to Owner's Representative at the final inspection.
1.11 COMPLETION
A. At the time of the pre-maintenance period inspection, the Owner's Representative and governing agencies will inspect the work, and if not accepted, will prepare a list of items to be completed by the Contractor. The Landscape Maintenance Period shall be extended at contractor’s sole cost as necessary. Upon completion of the punch-list the contractor shall again make written request for review. If, upon re-visiting the site, it is found that the punch-list has not been completed, the review shall end and the contractor shall be back-charged for all additional visits.
B. Punch list to be checked off by contractor and submitted to Owner’s Representative prior to any follow-up meeting. This checked off list to indicate that all punch list items have been completed. At the time of the post-maintenance period or final inspection the work will be re-inspected and final acceptance will be in writing by the Owner's Representative and governing agencies.
C. The Owner's Representative shall have final authority on all portions of the work.
D. After the system has been completed, the Contractor shall instruct Owner's Representative in the operation and maintenance of the irrigation system and shall furnish a complete set of operating and maintenance instructions.
E. Any settling of trenches which may occur during the one-year period following acceptance shall be repaired to the Owner's satisfaction by the Contractor without any additional expense to the Owner.
Repairs shall include the complete restoration of all damage to planting, paving or other improvements of any kind as a result of the work.
F. Maintain all planting starting with the planting operations and continuing for 90 calendar days after planting is complete and approved by the city in writing. The maintenance period will not commence until all planting has been approved in writing by the city.
1.12 GUARANTEE
A. The entire sprinkler system, including all work done under this contract, shall be unconditionally guaranteed against all defects and fault of material and workmanship, including settling of backfilled areas below grade, for a period of one (1) year following the filing of the Notice of Completion.
B. Should any problem with the irrigation system be discovered within the guarantee period, it shall be corrected by the Contractor at no additional expense to Owner within ten (10) calendar days of receipt of written notice from Owner. When the nature of the repairs as determined by the Owner constitute an emergency (i.e. broken pressure line) the Owner may proceed to make repairs at the Contractor's expense. Any and all damages to existing improvement resulting either from faulty materials or workmanship, or from the necessary repairs to correct same, shall be repaired to the satisfaction of the Owner by the Contractor, all at no additional cost to the Owner.
C. Guarantee shall be submitted on Contractors own letterhead as follows:
1.13 GUARANTEE FOR SPRINKLER IRRIGATION SYSTEM
We hereby guarantee that the sprinkler irrigation system we have furnished and installed is free from defects in materials and workmanship, and the work has been completed in accordance with the drawings and specifications, ordinary wear and tear and unusual abuse, or neglect excepted. We
City of Carlsbad
VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK
32 84 00-8 IRRIGATION SYSTEMS
agree to repair or replace any defective material during the period of one year from date of filing of the Notice of Completion and also to repair or replace any damage resulting from the repairing or replacing of such defects at no additional cost to the Owner. We shall make such repairs or replacements within 10 calendar days following written notification by the Owner. In the event of our failure to make such repairs or replacements within the time specified after receipt of written notice from Owner, we authorize the Owner to proceed to have said repairs or replacements made at our expense and we will pay the costs and charges therefore upon demand.
PROJECT NAME:
PROJECT LOCATION:
CONTRACTOR NAME:
ADDRESS:
TELEPHONE:
SIGNED:
DATE:
PART 2 – MATERIALS
2.1 SUMMARY
Use only new materials of the manufacturer, size and type shown on the drawings and specifications.
Materials or equipment installed or furnished that do not meet Owner's Representative or governing agencies standards will be rejected and shall be removed from the site at no expense to the Owner.
2.2 PIPE
A. Pressure supply lines 2-2.5 inches in diameter shall be Class 315 solvent weld PVC. Piping shall conform to ASTM D2241.
B. Pressure supply lines 3 inches in diameter and larger shall be Class 200 bell and gasketed PVC for use with mechanical joint restraints.
C. Non-pressure lines 3/4 inch in diameter and larger downstream of the remote control valve shall be Schedule.40 solvent weld PVC conforming to ASTM D1785.
D. On-Grade Non-pressure lines 3/4 inch in diameter and larger downstream of the remote control valve shall be Schedule.40 solvent weld PVC “Brownline” that is UV resistant.
E. All Sleeves under paving shall be SCH 40 solvent weld PVC conforming to ASTM D1785. Refer to details and legends for size.
F. All buried pipes transferring Recycled Water shall be purple in color and approved by the local water purveyor.
G. All buried pipes transferring Potable / Domestic Water shall be white in color.
H. All On-Grade pipes shall be installed with Purple “Do not Drink” warning stickers a minimum of 8 feet on-center.
City of Carlsbad
VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK 10/02/2025
IRRIGATION SYSTEMS 32 84 00-9
2.3 METAL PIPE AND FITTINGS
A. Brass pipe shall be 85 percent red brass, ANSI, IPS Standard 125 pounds, Schedule 40 screwed pipe.
B. Fittings shall be medium brass, screwed 125-pound class.
C. Copper pipe and fittings shall be Type "K" sweat soldered, or brazed as indicated on the drawings.
D. All sleeves crossing v-ditches shall be made of Galvanized pipe, refer to details and legends.
E. Ductile iron self-restraint fittings shall be used on all pipes 3 inches and larger and are to be installed per the manufacturer’s recommendations. Refer to plan set for Manufacturer.
2.4 PLASTIC PIPE AND FITTINGS
A. Pipe shall be marked continuously with manufacturer's name, nominal pipe size, schedule or class, PVC type and grade, National Sanitation Foundation approval, Commercial Standards designation, and date of extrusion.
B. All plastic pipe shall be extruded of an improved PVC virgin pipe compound in accordance with ASTM D2672, ASTM D2241 or ASTM D1785.
C. All solvent weld PVC fittings shall be standard weight Schedule 40 (and Schedule 80 where specified on the irrigation detail sheet, all mainline fittings shall be Schedule 80 PVC) and shall be injection molded of an improved virgin PVC fitting compound. Slip PVC fittings shall be the "deep socket" bracketed type. Threaded plastic fittings shall be injection molded. All tees and ells shall be side gated. All fittings shall conform to ASTM D2464 and ASTM D2466.
D. All threaded nipples shall be standard weight Schedule 80 with molded threads and shall conform to ASTM D1785.
E. All solvent cementing of plastic pipe and fittings shall be a two-step process, using primer and solvent cement applied per the manufacturer's recommendations. Cement shall be of a fluid consistency, not gel-like or ropy. Solvent cementing shall be in conformance with ASTM D2564 and ASTM D2855.
F. When connection is plastic to metal, female adapters shall be hand tightened, plus one turn with a strap wrench. Joint compound shall be non-lead base Teflon paste, tape, or equal.
2.5 VALVES
A. Gate Valves:
1. Gate valves shall be of the manufacturer, size, and type indicated on the drawings.
2. All ball valves shall have a minimum working pressure of not less than 150 PSI and shall conform to AWWA standards.
B. Quick Coupler Valves:
1. Quick coupler valves shall be of the manufacturer, size, and type indicated on the drawings.
2. Quick coupler valves shall be brass with a wall thickness guaranteed to withstand normal working pressure of 150 psi without leakage. Valves shall have 1” female threads opening at
City of Carlsbad
VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK
32 84 00-10 IRRIGATION SYSTEMS
base, with two-piece body. Valves to be operated only with a coupler key, designed for that purpose. Coupler key is inserted into valve and a positive, watertight connection shall be made between the coupler key and valve.
C. Automatic Control Valves:
1. Automatic control valves shall be of the manufacturer, size, and type indicated on the drawings.
2. Automatic control valves shall be electrically operated.
3. Provide Christy's valve ID tags for each remote control valve with valve number.
4. Valves transferring Recycled Water shall use purple ID tags with “Do Not Drink” warnings.
2.6 VALVE BOXES
A. Valve boxes shall be fabricated from a durable, weather-resistant plastic material resistant to sunlight and chemical action of soils.
B. The valve box cover shall be green in color for valves transferring Potable/Domestic Water, and purple in color for valves transferring Recycled Water. All valve boxes must be secured with a hidden latch mechanism and bolts.
C. The cover and box shall be capable of sustaining a load of 1,500 pounds.
D. Valve box extensions shall be by the same manufacturer as the valve box.
E. The plastic irrigation valve box cover shall be an overlapping type.
F. Automatic control valve, master valve, flow sensor, and gate/ball valve boxes shall be 14"x19" ‘nominal’ rectangular size. Valve box covers shall be marked "RCV" with the valve identification number, or “MV”, “FS”, “GV”, “BV” "heat branded" onto the cover in 1-1/4 inch high letters / numbers.
G. Quick coupler valve boxes shall be 10" circular size. Valve box covers shall be marked with "QCV" "heat branded" onto the cover in 1-1/4 inch high letters.
2.7 AUTOMATIC CONTROLLER
A. Automatic controller shall be of the manufacturer, size, and type indicated on the drawings.
B. Controller enclosure shall be of the manufacturer, size, and type indicated on the drawings.
C. Controllers shall be grounded according to local codes using equipment of the manufacturer, size, and type indicated on the drawings; or as required by local codes and ordinances.
2.8 ELECTRICAL
A. All electrical equipment shall be NEMA Type 3, waterproofed for exterior installations.
B. All electrical work shall conform to local codes and ordinances.
2.9 LOW VOLTAGE CONTROL WIRING
A. Remote control wire shall be direct-burial AWG-UF type, size as indicated on the drawings, and in
City of Carlsbad
VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK 10/02/2025
IRRIGATION SYSTEMS 32 84 00-11
no case smaller than 14 gauge.
B. Connections shall of the manufacturer, size, and type indicated on the drawings.
C. Each controller shall have a different color wire.
D. Ground wires shall be green in color or bare copper and in no case smaller than 6 gauge.
E. All 2-wire decoder cable shall be installed in a 1.25” conduit.
2.10 IRRIGATION HEADS
A. Irrigation heads shall be of the manufacturer, size, type, with radius of throw, operating pressure, and discharge rate indicated on the drawings.
B. Irrigation heads shall be used as indicated on the drawings.
C. Irrigation heads shall have a purple “Do Not Drink” warning on the cap.
2.11 MISCELLANEOUS EQUIPMENT
A. Landscape Fabric:
1. Landscape fabric for valve box assemblies shall be 5.0- oz. weight woven polypropylene weed barrier. Landscape fabric shall have a burst strength of 225 PSI, a puncture strength of 60 lbs. and capable of water flow of 12 gallons per minute per square foot.
2. Type: DeWitt Pro 5 Weed Barrier or approved equal.
B. Equipment such as flow sensors, rain sensors, freeze sensors, air relief valves, wye strainers, and master valves shall be of the manufacturer, size and type indicated on the drawings.
PART 3 – EXECUTION
3.1 SITE CONDITIONS
A. Inspections:
1. Prior to all work of this section, carefully inspect the installed work of all other trades and verify that all such work is complete to the point where this installation may properly commence.
2. Verify that irrigation system may be installed in strict accordance with all pertinent codes and regulations, the original design, the referenced standards, and the manufacturer's recommendations.
B. Discrepancies:
1. In the event of discrepancy, immediately notify the Owner's Representative.
2. Do not proceed with installation in areas of discrepancy until all discrepancies have been resolved.
C. Grades:
1. Before starting work, carefully check all grades to determine that work may safely proceed,
City of Carlsbad
VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK
32 84 00-12 IRRIGATION SYSTEMS
keeping within the specified material depths with respect to finish grade.
2. Final grades shall be accepted by the Engineer before work on this section will be allowed to begin.
D. Field Measurements:
1. Make all necessary measurements in the field to ensure precise fit of items in accordance with the original design. Contractor shall coordinate the installation of all irrigation materials with all other work.
2. All scaled dimensions are approximate. The Contractor shall check and verify all size dimensions prior to proceeding with work under this section.
3. Exercise extreme care in excavating and working near existing utilities. Contractor shall be responsible for damages to utilities, which are caused by his operations or neglect.
E. Diagrammatic Intent:
1. The drawings are essentially diagrammatic. The size and location of equipment and fixtures are drawn to scale where possible. Provide offsets in piping and changes in equipment locations as necessary to conform with structures and to avoid obstructions or conflicts with other work at no additional expense to Owner.
F. Layout:
1. Prior to installation, the Contractor shall stake out all pressure supply lines, routing and location of sprinkler heads, valves, backflow preventer, and automatic controller.
2. Layout irrigation system and make minor adjustments required due to differences between site and drawings. Where piping is shown on drawings under paved areas, but running parallel and adjacent to planted areas, install the piping in the planted areas.
G. Water Supply:
1. Connections to, or the installation of, the water supply shall be at the locations shown on the drawings. Minor changes caused by actual site conditions shall be made at no additional expense to Owner.
H. Electrical Service:
1. Connections to the electrical supply shall be at the locations shown on the drawings. Minor changes caused by actual site conditions shall be made at no additional expense to Owner.
2. Contractor shall make electrical connections to the irrigation controller and pump. Electrical power source to controller and pump locations shall be provided by others.
3.2 TRENCHING
A. Excavations shall be straight with vertical sides, even grade, and support pipe continuously on bottom of trench. Trenching excavation shall follow layout indicated on drawings to the depths below finished grade and as noted. Where lines occur under paved area, these dimensions shall be considered below subgrade.
City of Carlsbad
VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK 10/02/2025
IRRIGATION SYSTEMS 32 84 00-13
B. Provide minimum cover of 18 inches on pressure supply lines 1 ½ inches and smaller.
C. Provide minimum cover of 24 inches on pressure supply lines 2 inches and larger.
D. Provide minimum cover of 18 inches for control wires within planters.
E. Provide minimum cover of 24 inches for control wires within sleeves below paving.
F. Provide minimum cover of 36 inches on pressure supply lines under vehicular travel ways.
G. Provide minimum cover of 12 inches for non-pressure lines.
H. Pipes installed in a common trench shall have a 4-inch minimum space between pipes.
3.3 BACKFILLING
A. Backfill material on all lines shall be the same as adjacent soil free of debris, litter, and rocks over 1/2 inches in diameter.
B. Backfill shall be tamped in 4-inch layers under the pipe and uniformly on both sides for the full width of the trench and the full length of the pipe. Backfill materials shall be sufficiently damp to permit thorough compaction, free of voids. Backfill shall be compacted to dry density equal to adjacent undisturbed soil and shall conform to adjacent grades.
C. Flooding in lieu of tamping is not allowed.
D. Under no circumstances shall truck wheels be used to compact backfill.
E. Provide sand backfill a minimum of 4 inches over and under all piping under paved areas.
3.4 PIPING
A. Piping under existing pavement may be installed by jacking, boring, or hydraulic driving. No hydraulic driving is permitted under asphalt pavement.
B. Cutting or breaking of existing pavement is not permitted.
C. Carefully inspect all pipe and fittings before installation, removing dirt, scale, burrs, and reaming.
Install pipe with all markings up for visual inspection and verification.
D. Remove all dented and damaged pipe sections.
E. All lines shall have a minimum clearance of 4 inches from each other and 12 inches from lines of other trades.
F. Parallel lines shall not be installed directly over each other.
G. In solvent welding, use only the specified primer and solvent cement and make all joints in strict accordance with the manufacturer's recommended methods including wiping all excess solvent from each weld. Allow solvent welds at least 15 minutes setup time before moving or handling and 24 hours curing time before filling.
H. PVC pipe shall be installed in a manner, which will provide for expansion and contraction as recommended by the pipe manufacturer.
City of Carlsbad
VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK
32 84 00-14 IRRIGATION SYSTEMS
I. Center load all plastic pipe prior to pressure testing.
J. All threaded plastic-to-plastic connections shall be assembled using Teflon tape or Teflon paste.
K. For plastic-to-metal connections, work the metal connections first. Use a non-hardening pipe dope an all-threaded plastic-to-metal connections, except where noted otherwise. All plastic-to-metal connections shall be made with plastic female adapters.
3.5 CONTROLLER
A. The exact location of the controllers shall be approved by the Owner's Representative before installation. The electrical service shall be coordinated with this location.
B. The Irrigation Contractor shall be responsible for the final electrical hook up to the irrigation controllers.
C. The irrigation system shall be programmed to operate during the periods of minimal use of the design area.
3.6 CONTROL WIRING
A. Low voltage control wiring shall occupy the same trench and shall be installed along the same route as the pressure supply lines whenever possible.
B. All connections shall be of an approved type and shall occur in a valve box. Provide an 18-inch service loop at each connection.
C. A continuous run of wire shall be used between a controller and each remote-control valve. 2-wire communication cable to be installed in a 1.25” conduit.
3.7 VALVES
A. Automatic control valves, quick coupler, and gate valves are to be installed in the approximate locations indicated on the drawings.
B. Valve shall be installed in shrub areas whenever possible.
C. Install all valves as indicated in the detail drawings.
D. Valves to be installed in valve boxes shall be installed one valve per box.
E. Provide valve ID tags for each remote-control valve with valve number.
3.8 VALVE BOXES
A. Valve boxes shall be installed in shrub areas whenever possible.
B. Each valve box shall be installed on a foundation of 3/4 inch gravel backfill, 3 cubic feet minimum.
Valve boxes shall be installed with their tops 1/2 inch above the surface of surrounding finish grade in lawn areas and 2 inches above finish grade in ground cover areas.
3.9 IRRIGATION HEADS
City of Carlsbad
VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK 10/02/2025
IRRIGATION SYSTEMS 32 84 00-15
A. Irrigation heads shall be installed as indicated on the drawings.
B. Spacing of heads shall not exceed maximum indicated on the drawings.
C. Riser nipples shall be of the same size as the riser opening in the sprinkler body.
3.10 MISCELLANEOUS EQUIPMENT
A. Install all assemblies specified herein according to the respective detail drawings or specifications, using best standard practices.
B. Quick coupler valves shall be set approximately 18 inches from walks, curbs, header boards, or paved areas where applicable.
C. Install devices such as rain sensors, freeze sensors, and air relief valves, master valves and flow sensors as indicated on the drawings and as recommended by the manufacturer.
3.11 FLUSHING THE SYSTEM
A. Prior to installation of irrigation heads, the valves shall be opened and a full head of water used to flush out the lines and risers.
B. Irrigation heads shall be installed after flushing the system has been completed.
3.12 ADJUSTING THE SYSTEM
A. Contractor shall adjust valves, align heads, and check the coverage of each system prior to coverage test.
B. If it is determined by the Owner's Representative that additional adjustments or nozzle changes will be required to provide proper coverage, all necessary changes or adjustments shall be made prior to any planting.
C. The entire system shall be operating properly before any planting operations commence.
D. Automatic control valves are to be adjusted so that the irrigation heads, drip emitters and inline drip tubing operate at the pressure recommended by the manufacturer.
3.13 TESTING AND OBSERVATION
A. Do not allow or cause any of the work of this section to be covered up or enclosed until it has been observed, tested and accepted by the Owner’s Representative and governing agencies.
B. At, or near the end of specified Landscape Maintenance Period, the contractor shall make written request for a final review and the work shall be reviewed for conformance with the Construction Documents. If work is not accepted at time of review, a punch-list of items requiring attention will be issued to the contractor for correction. The Landscape Maintenance Period shall be extended at contractor’s sole cost as necessary. Upon completion of the punch-list the contractor shall again make written request for review. If, upon re-visiting the site, it is found that the punch-list has not been completed, the review shall end and the contractor shall be back-charged for all additional visits.
C. All re-inspections required due to either the site or contractor not being prepared or non-conformance with the Construction Documents shall be back-charged to the contractor. These costs shall be paid
City of Carlsbad
VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK
32 84 00-16 IRRIGATION SYSTEMS
for by the contractor prior to the Design Team member’s participation in any future site reviews.
D. The Contractor shall be solely responsible for notifying the Owner’s Representative and governing agencies, a minimum of 48 hours in advance, where and when the work is ready for testing.
E. When the sprinkler system is completed, the Contractor shall perform a coverage test of each system in its entirety to determine if the water coverage for the planted areas is complete and adequate in the presence of the Landscape Architect.
F. The Contractor shall furnish all materials and perform all work required to correct any inadequacies of coverage due to deviations from the plans, or where the system has been willfully installed as indicated on the drawings when it is obviously inadequate, without bringing this to the attention of the Landscape Architect. This test shall be accepted by the Landscape Architect and accomplished before starting any planting.
G. Areas to be maintained for the formal maintenance period shall start maintenance at the same time, as directed by the Owner’s Representative and governing agencies. Partial areas will not be released into maintenance prior to completion of items listed in the pre-maintenance review. The maintenance period may not be phased.
H. If, after the maintenance review, the irrigation systems are not accepted by the Owner’s Repersentative, the contractor shall reimburse the Owner’s Representative for additional site visits, or additional time required to review work. All additional time will be billed at the Owner’s Representative’s hourly rate and will be paid for by the contractor at no additional cost to the Owner.
I. Final inspection will not commence without record drawings as prepared by the Irrigation Contractor.
3.14 MAINTENANCE
During the maintenance period the Contractor shall adjust and maintain the irrigation system in a fully operational condition providing complete irrigation coverage to all intended plantings.
3.15 COMPLETION CLEANING
Clean up shall be made as each portion of the work progresses. Refuse and excess dirt shall be removed from the site, all walks and paving shall be swept, and any damage sustained on the work of others shall be repaired to original conditions.
END OF SECTION
City of Carlsbad
VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK 10/02/2025
DRIP IRRIGATION 32 84 13-1
SECTION 32 84 13
DRIP IRRIGATION
PART 1 – GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes: Automatic sprinkler irrigation systems and controls.
B. Related Sections:
1. Section 32 90 00 – Planting.
2. Section 32 84 00 – Planting Irrigation.
3. Division 22 Plumbing Sections: General Requirements for piping and appurtenant work.
4. Division 26 Electrical Sections: General Requirements for electrical work.
C. Permits: Apply for, pay, and secure required permits.
1.2 REFERENCES
A. ASTM International (ASTM):
1. B 62-02 – Specification for Composition Bronze or Ounce Metal Castings.
2. D 1784-06a – Specification for Rigid Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Com-pounds and Chlorinated Poly (Poly Chloride) (CPVC) Compounds.
3. D 1785-06a – Specification for Poly(inyl Chloride) (PVC) Plastic Pipe, Schedules 40, Class 315, and Class 200 ring tight 4” and larger.
4. D 2241-05 – Specification for Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Pressure Rated Pipe (SDR-Series).
5. D 2287-90(2001) – Specification for Non-rigid Vinyl Chloride Polymer and Copolymer Molding and Extrusion Compounds.
6. D 2464-06 – Standard Specification for Threaded Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Plastic Pipe Fittings, Schedule 80.
7. D 2466-06 –Specification for Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Plastic Pipe Fittings, Schedule 40.
8. D 2564-04 – Specification for Solvent Chemicals for Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Plastic Pipe Systems.
9. D 2672-96a (2003) – Specification for Joints for IPS PVC Pipe Using Solvent Cement.
10. D 28855-90(2002) – Practice for Making Solvent-Cemented Joints with Poly (Vinyl Chloride (PVC) Pipe and Fittings.
11. F512-06 – Specifications for Smooth-Wall Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Conduit and Fittings for Underground Installation.
City of Carlsbad
VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK
32 84 13-2 DRIP IRRIGATION
12. ASTM F771-99e1 - Specification for Polyethylene (PE) Thermoplastic High-Pressure Irrigation Pipeline Systems
13. ASTM WK9330 - Specification for Multipurpose Solvent Cements for Joining PVC to PVC, ABS to ABS, or CPVC to CPVC Pressure Piping.
B. California Building Standards Code (CBSC):
1. California Building Code [CCR Title 24, Part 2] (CBC), 2007 edition:
2. California Electrical Code [CCR Title 24, Part 3] (CBC), 2007 edition:
a. NFPA codes as indicated in the Contract Drawings.
C. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA):
1. 70 – National Electric Code (NEC), latest edition.
D. National Sanitation Foundation (NSF):
1. Requirements for Seal of Approval.
E. Plastic Pipe Institute (PPI):
1. Recommendations for hydrostati design stress for PVC pipe.
F. National Electrical Code (NEC):
G. Local Water Purveyor:
H. Local County Codes:
1.3 GENERAL CONDITIONS
A. Requirements of Division 1 – General Conditions and General Requirements of the Contract apply to work in this Section with same force and effect as though repeated in full herein.
B. Contractor shall furnish all labor, materials, equipment, and services necessary to install the irrigation system indicated on the approved drawings and specified herein and shall perform all other incidental work necessary to carry out the intent of this Specification and drawings including the following. This specification shall take priority over the other part of the specification book for the irrigation portion of the site work.
1.4 SCOPE OF WORK
A. Furnish materials, labor, transportation, services, and equipment necessary to assemble, and install the irrigation system as indicated on the Drawings and as specified herein, and final adjustments as determined by the Irrigation Consultant to insure efficient and uniform distribution of the irrigation system.
B. Work included in this Section:
1. Furnish and install all pipe lines and fittings.
City of Carlsbad
VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK 10/02/2025
DRIP IRRIGATION 32 84 13-3
2. Furnish and install automatic controller, remote control valve wiring, all electrical connections, conduits, and telephone connections & conduits.
3. Furnish and install all the new irrigation.
4. Furnish and install new irrigation to make the necessary changes to the existing irrigation systems to work properly due to the new irrigation system.
5. Excavate and backfill trenches per Section 3.06.
6. Test and inspection of the irrigation system.
7. One-year guarantee.
C. Work related in other Sections:
1. Section Electrical, Plumbing, and Concrete.
1.5 QUALITY CONTROL
A. Manufacturer's Directions:
1. Follow in cases where manufacturers of articles used in the Section furnish directions covering points not shown on Drawings.
B. Project Assurance:
1. Do not fabricate components that require fitting to structural elements or into finished spaces until dimensions have been verified in field.
C. General
1. Carefully check all grades and existing utilities to determine that work may safely proceed, keeping within the specified material depths with respect to finish grade and drainage.
2. Verify that irrigation systems shall be installed in strict accordance with all pertinent codes and regulations, the original design, the referenced standards, and the manufacturer’s recommendations.
3. Inspect the installed work of all other trades and verify that all such work is complete to the point where this installation may properly commence.
4. Water Service
a. The Owner’s Representative for connections to the water supply and/or installation of water meter(s) at the location(s) shown on the drawing(s). Minor changes caused by actual site conditions shall be made at no cost to the Owner. The Owner’s Representative shall approve all changes to the plans.
5. Electrical Service
a. The Owner’s Representative for connections to electrical service and/or installations of conduit, electrical wiring and meter pedestal at the locations shown on the drawings. Minor changes caused by actual site conditions shall be made at no cost to the Owner. All
City of Carlsbad
VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK
32 84 13-4 DRIP IRRIGATION
changes to the plans shall be approved by the Owner’s Representative, and the Owner’s Representative's Irrigation Consultant.
6. Do not install the irrigation system as shown on the construction drawings when field conditions such as physical obstructions, grading discrepancies and field dimensions vary from those recorded on the construction drawings. Immediately bring any such discrepancies to the attention of the Owner’s Representative prior to proceeding with work. If immediate notification is not given and such discrepancies exist, the Contractor shall assume full responsibility for necessary revisions, as determined by the Owner.
7. All central control system communication cable and ET base controller cabling shall have all cable tested and certified in writing by the appropriate manufacturer’s representative and shall also be tested on line with the central irrigation control computer system, or ET based controllers prior to beginning the maintenance period.
D. Qualifications of Installers
Provide at least one Supervisor Bilingual speaking person who shall be present at all times during execution of the work through final turnover process and who shall be thoroughly familiar with the type of materials being installed and the material manufacturer’s recommended methods of installation and who shall direct all work performed.
Superintendent:
1. There shall be a fully qualified irrigation and landscape superintendent satisfactory to the owner’s representative on site at all times during progress of the work.
2. Do not change the superintendent without the consent of the Owner’s Representative.
3. The superintendent shall be authorized to represent the Contractor.
4. The superintendent and Irrigation Foreman shall be certified by the Irrigation Association as a Certified Irrigation Contractor, and in good standing by the I.A.
E. Ownership of Plan Documents and Irrigation Specifications
The use of these irrigation plans and irrigation specifications shall be restricted to the original site for which they are prepared and publication thereof is expressly limited to such use. Reproduction, publication, or re-use by any method, in whole or in part without the express consent of Giddens Irrigation Design is prohibited. Title to the irrigation plans and specifications remain in Giddens Irrigation Design without prejudice. Visual contact with these irrigation plans and specifications shall constitute prima facie evidence of the acceptance of these restrictions.
F. Codes and Standards
In addition to complying with all current County & Governing Agency codes and regulations, comply with the latest rules of the National Electrical Code and the Electrical Safety Orders of the State of California, Division of Industrial Safety, for all electrical work and materials.
G. Physical Layout
1. All of the mainline and remote control valve locations essentially diagrammatic. All scaled measurements are approximate. Before proceeding with the work, the Contractor shall ascertain all dimensions at the job site. Provide offsets in piping and changes in equipment
City of Carlsbad
VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK 10/02/2025
DRIP IRRIGATION 32 84 13-5
locations as necessary to conform with structures and to avoid obstructions or conflicts with other work.
2. Prior to installation, the Contractor shall stake out the entire pressure supply lines routing with stakes for the following locations: every 20’ o.c., every valve location, wire pull box location, point of connection equipment, quick couplers, sleeves, and change of direction prior to any mainline installation. All spray head and rotor head locations to be staked to be reviewed, make minor adjustments required due to differences between site and drawings before planting.
Where piping is shown on drawings under paved areas but running parallel and adjacent to planted areas, install the piping in planted areas. All layout shall be reviewed by the Irrigation Consultant and approved by The Owner’s Representative prior to installation.
3. Contractor shall coordinate the installation of all irrigation material with all other trades prior to installation to avoid interfering with other trades during installation.
4. The irrigation spray head and rotor head spacing as shown on the drawings shall not be exceeded.
H. Existing Field Conditions
1. Preserve and protect all existing trees, plants, monuments, structures, hardscape, and architectural elements from damage due to work in this section. In the event that damage does occur to inanimate object and structures, the Contractor will repair or replace such damage to the satisfaction of the Owner’s Representative. Damage or injury to living plant material will be replaced by the Contractor at the Contractor’s expense.
2. Trenching or other work required in this section under the limb spread of existing trees shall be done by hand or by other methods so as to prevent damage or harm to limbs, branches and roots.
3. Trenching in areas where root diameter exceeds two (2) inches shall be done by hand. Exposed roots of this size shall be heavily wrapped with moistened burlap to avoid scarring or excessive drying. Where a trenching machine is operated in proximity to roots that are less than two (2) inches, the wall of the trench shall be hand trimmed, making clean cuts through roots.
4. Trenches adjacent to or under existing trees shall be closed within 24 hours, and when this is not possible, the side of trench closest to the tree or trees affected shall be covered with moistened burlap.
5. Protect, maintain, and coordinate work with other contracts, specifications, trades, and utilities.
Extreme care shall be exercised in excavating and working in the area due to existing utilities.
Contractor shall be responsible for damages caused by their operations. In the event that damage does occur, the costs of such repairs shall be paid by the Contractor unless other arrangements have been made with the Owner’s Representative.
6. Use caution where trenches and piping cross-existing roadways, sidewalks, hardscape, paths, or curbs. In the event that damage does occur, the Contractor will repair such damage at the Contractor’s expense.
1.6 COORDINATION
A. Notify other trades, such as plumbers, electricians, and concrete installers in ample time to install their Work, including sleeves, bolts, and drains, etc.
City of Carlsbad
VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK
32 84 13-6 DRIP IRRIGATION
1.7 SUBMITTALS
A. In accordance with applicable Section, except where they differ with this specification, and then this section take presence over the other sections.
B. Prior to Performing Any Work
The following items shall be submitted to the Owner’s Representative, two (2) weeks after award of bid and two (2) weeks prior to the pre-construction meeting. No irrigation installation can begin until the entire and complete irrigation submittal is approved. In addition to Section 1.03, A., 1. the following information shall be listed after the Table of Contents but prior to any of the manufacturer’s information, etc.
1. Materials List
Complete materials list that shall include the manufacturer, model number, and description of all materials and equipment to be used and shall use the following format (double space between each item).
Item No. Description Manufacturer Model Page #
a. PVC Lateral Fittings Spears Schedule 40 ##
b. Turf spray heads Rain Bird 1812 SAM/PRS ##
c. Etc. Etc. Etc. ##
2. Notarized Certificates
Contactor shall supply in the submittals notarized certificates for plastic pipe and fittings manufacturer’s indicating that material complies with the specifications unless material has been previously approved.
3. The Contractor shall furnish the articles, equipment, materials, or processes specified by name in the drawings and specifications. No substitution will be allowed without prior written approval by The Owner’s Representative.
a. The Contractor shall submit to the Owner’s Representative catalog data and full descriptive literature for approval of all items specified.
b. Submit shop drawings and specifications for controller enclosure assembly(s), including electrical wiring schematic(s). Submit shop drawings and specifications for all special assemblies, e.g. booster pump(s), fertilizer injection, controller enclosure, central control computer system, flow sensing equipment, etc., if shown on the drawings.
c. Equipment or materials installed or furnished without the prior approval of the Owner’s Representative may be rejected and the Contractor required to remove such materials from the site at Contractor’s own expense.
d. Approval of any item alternate or substitute, indicates only that the product(s) apparently meet the requirements of the drawings and specifications on the basis of the information or samples submitted.
e. Manufacturer's warranties shall not relieve the Contractor of his liability under the guarantee. Such warranty shall only supplement the guarantee.
City of Carlsbad
VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK 10/02/2025
DRIP IRRIGATION 32 84 13-7
f. Material shall be of the best quality obtainable, of American manufacture, and shall comply strictly with the drawings and specifications. All equipment shall be new and unused prior to installation.
C. Shop Drawings:
1. Submit for review and approval all manufacturers catalogue information or shop drawings indicating size, materials, finishes, specifications, installation methods and quantities of items being supplied.
D. Prior to Substantial Completion
The following items shall be submitted to the Owner no later than 10 days prior to substantial completion. Once approved by the Owner, these items shall be forwarded to the Owner’s Representative for distribution.
1. Record and As-Built Drawings
a. The Contractor shall provide and keep up-to-date a complete record set of blueline ozalid prints which shall be corrected daily, showing every change from the original Drawings and Specifications and the exact installed locations, sizes, and kinds of equipment. Prints for this purpose may be obtained from the Owner's Representative at cost. This set of drawings shall be kept on the site and shall be used only as a record set.
b. These drawings shall also serve as work progress sheets and shall be the basis for measurement and payment for work completed. These drawings shall be available at all times for observation and shall be kept in a location designated by the Owner's Representative. Should the record blueline drawing progress sheets not be available for review or not be up-to-date at the time of any observation (refer to Section 3.11 - Site Observation Schedule), it will be assumed no work has been completed and the Contractor will be assessed the cost of that site visit at the current billing rate of the Owner's Representative. No other observations shall take place prior to payment of that assessment.
c. The Contractor shall make neat and legible notations on their record drawing progress sheets daily as the work proceeds, showing the work as actually installed. For example, should a piece of equipment be installed in a location that does not match the plan, the Contractor must indicate that equipment has been relocated in a graphic manner so as to match the original symbols as indicated in the irrigation legend. The relocated equipment and dimensions will then be transferred to the original record drawing plan at the proper time.
d. Before start of plant establishment/maintenance, the Contractor shall provide the completed copy set of the irrigation red lined set of “as-built” record drawings to the Irrigation Consultant for review and approval. After review and approval of the red lined set of “as-built” record drawings by the Landscape Contractor shall receive the electronic files of irrigation system from Owner’s Representative. The Landscape Contractor to obtain a bid number to draft up the redlines “As-Built” from the irrigation consultant, and hire Irrigation Consultant to perform the irrigation “As-Builts” drafting for these PDF’s for the Contractor to provide the reprographics portion of this project. Dimensions shall be made so as to be legible even on the final controller chart. Provide AutoCAD 2013 or latest Release of AutoCAD from Autodesk, by hired irrigation consultant for the project. The hired irrigation consultant shall transcribe the approved Irrigation Consultant red-lined field ”As- Builts” into AutoCAD, and create PDF sheet size created on a CD disc to be turn-over to
City of Carlsbad
VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK
32 84 13-8 DRIP IRRIGATION
the Contractor. The Contractor shall have their reprographics firm provide two (2) sets of plotted black line on Mylar frosted on one side of a 30”x42” sheet size, and one (1) of bond 30”x42”, along with any Water District and/or County/Governing Agency requirements for turnover. The as-builts plans shall include the irrigation sheet, legend/notes, details, and project cover sheet. The as-built drawings shall show the locations and depths of the following items:
1) Water meter
2) Connection to existing water lines
3) Routing or pressure lines (dimension at least every 100 feet along routing) 4) Backflow device
5) Ball valves/Gate valve locations
6) Flow sensors
7) Master valves
8) Quick coupling valves
9) Remote control valves
10) Routing of control valve wires
11) Routing and location of the spare wire valve box locations 12) Pressure regulator, strainer, assembly
13) Electric meters/Electrical meter utility closest
14) Field satellite units/controllers
15) Location of splice boxes per each field satellite
16) Ground rods
17) Routing and location of the telephone wire and conduit 18) Sleeves
19) Control wire routing (if routed separately from pressure supply line) 20) Other equipment as directed by the Owner’s Representative 21) Drip flush valve and Air/Relief valves.
22) Any Existing irrigation system that the new mainline connects to 23) For each remote control valve callout, provide the following data: Decoder Serial #, Tested Mil-Lamps, verified Mil-Lamps at the Controller
24) Locate and call out each paige DFCD and indicate the wire run from the controller 25) Locate and call out each decoder surge relief and ground rod location
2. Any zone changes
3. Prior to scheduling a walk through for substantial completion, provide a complete copy of the record set of field as-built drawings as described above to The Owner’s Representative for review. After review, The Owner’s Representative will return the as-built set to the field foreman requesting further information or will notify The Owner’s Representative that the record set of field as-built drawings are complete. After approval from The Owner’s Representative, a walk through for substantial completion may be schedule.
4. The Contractor is responsible for delivering the final set of as-built drawings to The Owner’s Representative prior to initiating the maintenance period.
5. Controller Charts for Each Controller
a. The Landscape Contractor to obtain a bid number to draft up the redlines “Colored Controller Chart” from the Irrigation Consultant, and the Contractor to hire Irrigation Consultant to perform the irrigation “Colored Controller Charts” drafting for these PDF’s for the Contractor to be able to provide the reprographics portion of this project. Contractor shall provide the Irrigation Consultant a record highlighted irrigation plan showing each irrigation remote control valve highlighted in a different color for the site. Once these
City of Carlsbad
VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK 10/02/2025
DRIP IRRIGATION 32 84 13-9
redlines plans have been approved by the Irrigation Consultant, then they will forward back from the Owner’s Representative to Contractor on the project to the hired irrigation consultant to transcribe each irrigation zone a different color into AutoCAD version 2013 using a different hatch pattern or straight contrasting color for each zone, and also each valve shall have its own layer and layer name. The Contractor shall provide on the same CD disc as the “As-Builts” to the Contractor an 11”x17” colored pdf sheet, ready for the Contractor reprographics’ firm do plotting and lamination. The CD disc shall be part of the turn-over package to the Owner from the Contractor.
b. Contactor shall provide three (3) sets of controller drawings for each controller unit installed on the project. The drawings shall be a reduction of the area covered by that controller unit and shall be at the maximum allowable scale that will fit inside the controller door without folding the drawing, minimum size of 11”x17” with a ½” laminated edge beyond the 11”x17” drawing size.
c. After final approval from the Owner’s Representative, each controller drawing shall be hermetically sealed between two (2) pieces of minimum 20 mils thick plastic. Contractor shall send charts to The Owner’s Representative to be incorporated in the turnover package to the Owner’s Representative.
d. The Contractor will permanently fix one (1) controller drawing to the inside of each controller unit and bind one complete set of controller drawings in a loose leaf binder and submit to The Owner’s Representative prior to scheduling a final walk through.
6. Operation and Maintenance Manuals
Contractor to prepare three (3) individually hardbound copies of operation and maintenance manuals for turnover to the Owner as required. The manuals shall describe the material installed and shall be sent to The Owner’s Representative for approval and distribution to the Owner. Each complete manual shall include the following information:
a. Index sheet stating Contractor’s address and telephone number, list of equipment including names and addresses of local manufacturer representatives. b. Complete operating and maintenance instruction for all equipment. c. Spare parts list and related manufacturer information for all equipment. d. A guarantee for the sprinkler irrigation system. This guarantee form shall be retyped onto the Contractor’s letterhead.
e. Contractor’s performance bond information, including bonding company, bond number, agent, and phone number.
f. Listing of all required warranties and guarantees with effective dates and expiration date. g. Current watering schedule requirements.
7. Equipment
As part of the contract, the Contractor shall supply the following items:
a. One (1) set of special tools required for removing, disassembling, and adjusting each type of sprinkler and valve supplied on this project.
b. A minimum of two (2) five-foot keys for operation of gate valves. Provide two (2) keys for each type of operating device (2" operating nut, cross handle, etc.). c. Two (2) keys for each irrigation controller.
d. One (1) quick coupler key and matching hose swivel for every five (5) or fraction thereof of each type of quick coupling valve installed.
e. Operation and maintenance manuals.
City of Carlsbad
VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK
32 84 13-10 DRIP IRRIGATION
f. Controller enclosure assembly certification letter from Imperial Supply for each irrigation controller and related central control components installed under this contract. g. Central irrigation computer control system manuals for any components installed under this contract.
h. Color-coded controller charts laminated between 2 pieces of minimum 10-mil plastic.
Provide one chart for each controller.
i. “As-built” Record Drawing per irrigation specifications. j. Completed Water District irrigation “Approval” forms for Domestic or Recycled water usage. k. Completed Irrigation Guarantee Statement.
l. Electrical billing information for maintenance period. m. Water District water meter monthly billing information from substantial completion beginning of maintenance period to final turnover to Owner. n. Acceptance document to be signed by Owner’s Representative. o. The Valve Testing Chart for each controller.
p. One (1) Rain Master PROMAX RADIO REMOTES.
The above-mentioned furnished equipment shall be delivered to the Owner prior to start of landscape maintenance. Before landscape maintenance and final observation to start can occur, evidence that the Owner has received these items must be presented to the Landscape Owner’s Representative. Refer to the “TURNOVER AND ACCEPTANCE FORM” portion of these specifications for additional information.
8. Checklist:
a. Complete the following checklist at the end of each segment of the project, using the format shown and on the forms provided:
1) Plumbing permits: If none required, so state.
2) Material approvals.
3) Pressure line tests: By whom (which agency), duration, pressure reading every hour, approved, and date.
4) Materials furnished: Recipient and date.
5) Manufacturer's warranties, if required: Recipient and date. 6) Written guarantee: Recipient and date.
7) Invoices of installed product listing product model number, description, and list costs of each item installed for the irrigation system.
8) Lowering of heads in lawn areas: If not complete, indicate and include anticipated completion date.
9) Install anti-drain (check valves) protection as required to prevent low head drainage.
b. The checklist for the irrigation system information shall be filed with the Owner prior to start of the next segment of work in the construction sequence.
1.8 PRODUCT HANDLING
A. Delivery:
Deliver specified products on-site in their original unopened packages for review by Owner's Representative. If damaged has occurred to products, Replace damaged product with new at own expense.
B. Protection:
Use all means necessary to protect irrigation system materials before, during and after installation
City of Carlsbad
VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK 10/02/2025
DRIP IRRIGATION 32 84 13-11
and to protect the installed work and materials of all other trades. Protect products from damage due to Contractor’s negligence or vandalism and inclement weather.
C. Storage:
Store materials in a dry and protected location. Protect from damage, deformation, staining, and moisture damage.
D. Replacements:
In the event of damage and all discrepancies or unsatisfactory work, immediately make all repairs and replacements necessary to the approval of The Owner’s Representative and at no additional cost to the Owner.
1. Exercise care in handling, loading, unloading, and storing PVC pipe and fittings. Store PVC pipe and fittings under cover until ready to install and return any portion of the unused PVC pipe back under cover after that day’s work; transport PVC pipe only on a vehicle with a bed long enough to allow the pipe to lay flat to avoid undue bending and concentrated external load.
2. Repair all dented and damaged pipe by cutting out the dented or damaged section and rejoining with couplings.
E. Connections to Existing Main Lines
1. Source of water supply: the Contractor shall verify and be familiar with the location, size and detail of stub-outs provided as the source of water supply to the sprinkler system, as shown on the plans. Source of supply and point of connection shall be as shown on plan.
2. Existing utilities and conditions: Prior to cutting into the soil, the Contractor shall locate all cables, conduits, sewers, septic tanks, and other utilities as are commonly encountered underground and he shall take proper precautions not to damage or disturb such improvements.
If a conflict exists between such obstacles and the proposed work, the Contractor will proceed in the same manner if rock layer or any other conditions encountered underground make changes advisable.
Where investigation of subsurface conditions have been made by a qualified body in areas in which local materials may be obtained, the Contractor may request the use of such information but will be directly responsible for its verification and accuracy.
F. Observation
The Contractor shall at all times permit The Owner’s Representative and its authorized agents to visit and observe the work or any part thereof. The Contractor shall maintain proper facilities and provide safe access for such observations to all parts of the work. Where the specifications require work to be tested by the Contractor, it shall not be covered up until tested or approved by The Owner’s Representative and the Contractor shall be solely responsible for notifying the proper governmental agencies where and when such work is in readiness for testing. Should any such work be covered without such test or approval, it shall, if so ordered, be uncovered at the Contractor’s expense.
G. Standard of Installation
1. Material and workmanship shall be in accordance with local codes and ordinances of legally constituted authorities, except that where provisions of these specifications and details exceed
City of Carlsbad
VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK
32 84 13-12 DRIP IRRIGATION
such requirements.
H. General Requirements
1. Code requirements shall be those of State and Municipal Codes and Regulations locally governing this work, providing that any requirements of the drawings and specifications, not conflicting therewith but exceeding the code requirements shall govern, unless written permission to the contrary is granted by the Owner’s Representative.
2. Conform to the requirements of the reference information listed below except where more stringent requirements are shown or specified in the most current set of construction documents:
a. American Society for Testing Material (ASTM), for test methods specifically referenced in this section.
b. Underwriter’s Laboratories (UL), for UL wires and cables.
3. Work involving substantial plumbing for installation of copper piping, backflow prevention devices and other related work shall be executed by a licensed and bonded plumbing Contractor. Any necessary permits shall be obtained prior to beginning work.
4. Specified depths of pressure supply lines, laterals and pitch of pipes as stated in this section are minimums. Settlement of trenches lower than grades specified on the final grading plans is cause for removal of finish grade treatment, refilling trenches, recompacting and repairing of finish grade treatment.
5. Pre-planting requirements: The Contractor shall have installed all the irrigation per each point of connection per the irrigation plans and specifications. Prior to planting any plant material the irrigation system has to be 100 percent operational per the irrigation plans and specifications.
6. Owner reserves the right to make temporary repairs as necessary to keep the existing sprinkler irrigation system equipment in operating condition. This in no way alters the requirements of Contract Documents.
7. Coordinate Work with that of other trades, all underground improvements, the location and planting of specimen trees and all other planting. Verify location of all planting requiring excavations 24-inch diameter and larger with Owner prior to installation of main lines.
8. Provide temporary irrigation at all times to maintain plant materials. All temporary irrigation shall remain unless specifically directed to be removed by the Owner.
I. Preservation and Cleaning
The Contractor shall clean up the work as it progresses. At frequent intervals, and at all times when directed by The Owner’s Representative the Contractor shall remove and dispose of accumulations of rubbish and debris of all kinds. At the time of completion the entire site shall be cleaned of tools, equipment, rubbish, etc., all of which shall be removed from the site, and the entire project, including surrounding premises, shall be left in proper, clean condition ready for acceptance.
J. Completion
The work will be considered for acceptance in writing when the entire scope of work has been completed satisfactorily to The Owner’s Representative. In judging the work, no allowance for deviation from the original plans and specifications will be made unless already approved at proper times by the irrigation designer through The Owner’s Representative.
City of Carlsbad
VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK 10/02/2025
DRIP IRRIGATION 32 84 13-13
1. When any item appears on the plan and not in the specifications, or in the specifications and not on the plan, it shall be considered in both.
2. The Owner’s Representative shall have final authorization on all items of the project.
K. Loose Equipment to Furnish
Loose operating keys and spare parts shall be furnished to The Owner’s Representative by the Contractor in quantities as specified herein.
L. The Contractor shall secure the required licenses and permits including payments of charges and fees and give required notices to public authorities and verify permits secured or arrangements made by others affecting the work of this section.
1.9 IRRIGATION GUARANTEE
A. The guarantee for the irrigation system shall be made in accordance with the attached form. The General Conditions and Supplementary Conditions of these Specifications shall be filed with the Owner prior to acceptance of the irrigation system.
B. A copy of the guarantee form shall be included in the operations and maintenance manual.
C. The guarantee form shall be re-typed onto the Contractor's letterhead and shall contain the following information:
1. The entire sprinkler system shall be unconditionally guaranteed by the Contractor as to material and workmanship, including settling of backfilled areas below grade for a period of one (1) year following the date of final acceptance of the work.
2. If, within one (1) year from the date of final acceptance of the work, settlement occurs and adjustments in pipes, valves and sprinkler heads, sod or paving is necessary to bring the system, sod or paving to the proper level of the permanent grades, the Contractor, as part of the work under his contract, shall make all adjustments without extra cost to the Owner, including the complete restoration of all damaged planting, paving or other improvements of any kind.
3. Should any operational difficulties in connection with the sprinkler system develop within the specified guarantee period which in the opinion of The Owner’s Representative may be due to the inferior material or workmanship, said difficulties shall be immediately repaired at no additional cost to the Owner, including any and all other damage caused by such defects.
GUARANTEE FOR IRRIGATION SYSTEM:
We hereby guarantee that the irrigation system we have furnished and installed is free from defects in materials and workmanship, and the work has been completed in accordance with the Drawings and Specifications, ordinary wear and tear, unusual abuse, or neglect accepted. We agree to repair or replace any defects in material or workmanship which may develop during the period of one year from date of acceptance and also to repair or replace any damage resulting from the repairing or replacing of such defects at no additional costs to the Owner. We shall make such repairs or replacements within a reasonable time, as determined by the Owner, after receipt of written notice.
In the event of our failure to make such repairs or replacements within a reasonable time after receipt of written notice from the Owner, we authorize the Owner to proceed to have said repairs or replacements made at our expense and we will pay the costs and charges therefore upon demand.
City of Carlsbad
VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK
32 84 13-14 DRIP IRRIGATION
PROJECT:
LOCATION:
SIGNED:
ADDRESSED:
PHONE: DATE OF ACCEPTANCE:
4. The Contractor shall secure the required licenses and permits including payments of charges and fees and give required notices to public authorities and verify permits secured or arrangements made by others affecting the work of this section.
1.10 IRRIGATION MOCK-UPS:
A. Mock-up:
After the entire irrigation submittal has been approved by the irrigation, then and only then the Contractor to provide irrigation mock-up’s as listed below prior to the start of any irrigation installation.
Provide mock-ups for all of the following items: mainline point of connection equipment layout(from the down streamside of the meter through gate valve, through basket strainer, through gate valve, fertilizer injector, fertilizer injector flow sensor tee, through gate valves, and to each of the flow sensor(Contractor to provide shop drawings of this poc mock-up 48hours prior to scheduling the poc mock-up review to verify Contractor has understood the materials, and installation of the poc components prior to scheduling a mock-up review), (see plans for exact layout requirements), point source shrub drip on flat grade, point source shrub drip on slope condition, tree drip, palm drip, pot drip, and in-line drip tubing with PVC headers. The mock-ups are all to be ready in their entirety at one time, and if the General Contractor and Landscape Contactor deviate from this, then the Landscape Contactor shall pay for an additional site visit for the Irrigation Consultant to review the additional mock-ups prior to the start of any irrigation trenching, etc. The payment for the additional site observation will be paid to the Irrigation Consultant on a retainer basis to the Irrigation Consultant, and the Irrigation Consultant shall bill from that retainer. The Irrigation Consultant will provide an invoice detailing hours, mileage, and toll fee, etc… If Contractor tries to deviate from this process, and begins mainline trenching, then no further irrigation observations shall be observed by the Irrigation Consultant and all governing agency, for this project until the Irrigation Consultant gets the retainer check. This includes no letter of Certification to release the Contractor of their portion of work under the City/County bonding requirements.
1.11 IRRIGATION CHECK LIST FOR TURNOVER TO OWNER ITEMS:
THE FOLLOWING CHECKLIST, TURNOVER AND ACCEPTANCE FORMS SHALL BE RE-TYPED ONTO THE CONTRACTOR'S LETTERHEAD. THE FORMS SHALL BE COMPLETED BY THE
LANDSCAPE CONTRACTOR, AND VERIFIED BY THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR, PRIOR TO SCHEDULING ANY IRRIGATION SITE VISIT. IF SITE VISIT IS GENERATED BY THE GENERAL
CONTRACTOR, OR THE LANDSCAPE CONTRACTOR, AND THE FORM IS NOT FILLED OUT
BY THE LANDSCAPE CONTRACTOR AND VERIFIED BY THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR PRIOR
TO THE REQUEST, THEN THE IRRIGATION CONSULTANT WILL BILL THE LANDSCAPE CONTRACTOR FOR A SITE VISIT. NO OTHER SITE VISITS WILL BE ATTENDED BY THE
IRRIGATION CONSULTANT, UNTIL THE PRIOR SITE VISIT BILL IS PAIDED TO THE
IRRIGATION CONSULTANT FOR THE SITE VISIT, TIME, DRIVE TIME, AND ASSOCIATED FEES
BILLED PRIOR TO ANY OTHER SITE VISITS WILL BE CONDUCTED BY THE IRRIGATION CONSULTANT. THIS INFORMATION SHOWN ON THIS BELOW IS A SAMPLE OF THE ITEMS
THAT NEED TO BE VERIFIED AND CHECKED BY THE LANDSCAPE CONTRACTOR REVIEW
City of Carlsbad
VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK 10/02/2025
DRIP IRRIGATION 32 84 13-15
THE ENTIRE IRRIGATION CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENT SET TO BE ABLE TO COMPILE A CHECKLIST FORM:
TURNOVER AND ACCEPTANCE FORM
PROJECT NAME:_____________________________________________________________________
PROJECT LOCATION:_________________________________________________________________
TURNOVER ITEMS:
☐ Operation and maintenance manuals.
☐ Certification letter from irrigation controller enclosure assembly manufacturer for each irrigation controller enclosure assembly installed under this contract. ☐ Two (2) keys for each irrigation controller.
☐ One (1) set of special tools required for removing, disassembling, and adjusting each type of sprinkler and valve supplied on this project.
☐ A minimum of one (1) five-foot key for operation of gate valves. Provide one (1) key for each type of operating device (2-inch operating nut, cross handle, etc.). ☐ Two (2) quick coupler keys and matching hose swivel for each type of quick coupling valve installed. ☐ Irrigation controller manuals.
☐ Laminated color-coded controller charts. Provide one chart for each controller. ☐ “As-Built” Record Drawings per irrigation specifications. ☐ Completed Water District irrigation “Approval” forms for Domestic or Recycled water usage. ☐ Completed Irrigation Guarantee Statement.
☐ Electrical billing information for maintenance period. ☐ Water District water meter monthly billing information from substantial completion beginning of maintenance period to final turnover to Owner.
☐ Acceptance document to be signed by Owner’s Representative. ☐ The Valve Testing Chart for each controller.
☐ One (1) Rain Master PROMAX RADIO REMOTES.
DELIVERED BY: ACCEPTED BY:
________________________________________ ______________________________________ Name of Contractor Owner
________________________________________ ______________________________________ Name of Contractor’s Authorized Representative Name of Owner’s Construction Manager
________________________________________ ______________________________________ Signature Contractor’s Authorized Representative Signature of Owner’s Construction Manger
________________________________________ ______________________________________ Date of deliverance to Owner Date of acceptance by Owner
City of Carlsbad
VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK
32 84 13-16 DRIP IRRIGATION
PART 2 – PRODUCTS
2.1 GENERAL
Materials or equipment installed or furnished shall be new. Any that do not meet the irrigations specifications or plans shall be rejected and shall be removed from the site at no expense to the Owner.
A. Pipe
1. Pressure supply line from point of connection through the backflow assembly on domestic water systems shall be brass, copper, or other materials approved by the Owner’s Representative.
2. Above-ground installation shall be UVR-PVC Schedule 40 pipe per section 2.01, D., 1-5.
3. All threaded pipe shall be threaded by the manufacturer of the pipe.
4. Install caution irrigation tape 6” above the pressurized mainline along the entire length of pressure supply mainline to identify pressurized domestic or recycled irrigation mainline, see irrigation legend notes for further information on type and color to be used for recycled water mainline, and domestic water mainline.
5. All pipe identification and labeling shall be vertical side up and able to be reviewed from an open trench, and confirmed by the Irrigation Consultant prior to any backfilling of mainline trench. If the pipe label is installed, and unable to review from the top of the trench the Contractor shall disconnected the pipe and rotate the labeling to vertical, and pay for an additional site visit for the Irrigation Consultant to review the mainline installation prior to backfilling. The payment for the additional site observation will be paid to the Irrigation Consultant on a retainer basis, and the Irrigation Consultant shall bill from that retainer. The Irrigation Consultant will provide an invoice detailing hours, mileage, and toll fee, etc....
6. All P.V.C. pipe must bear the following markings to be visible from top of trench inspections:
a. Manufacturer name.
b. Nominal pipe size.
c. Schedule or class.
d. Date of extrusion.
7. Solvent cement and primer for p.v.c. solvent-weld pipe and fittings shall be of type and installation method prescribed by the manufacturer.
B. PVC Pipe and Fittings
1. Solvent weld pressure supply lines 2” – 2.5” downstream of the backflow assembly on Domestic water systems will be installed as white Class 315 PVC pipe, and for Recycled water shall be Purple Class 315 PVC.
2. Pressure supply lines 1” - 1-1/2” downstream of the backflow assembly on Domestic water systems will be installed as white Sch. 40 PVC pipe, and for Recycled water shall be Purple Sch. 40 PVC.
City of Carlsbad
VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK 10/02/2025
DRIP IRRIGATION 32 84 13-17
3. Rubber gasket PVC pipe 4” and larger Class 200 Bell Gasketed PVC conforming to ASTM 2672 – refer to Section 2.01 item G.
4. Plastic pipe shall bear the following marking: manufacturer’s name, nominal pipe size, schedule or class, type of material, pressure rating in psi, NSF seal of approval, and the date of extrusion.
5. All pressurized PVC solvent weld fitting shall be Dura Schedule 80.
6. Threaded nipples shall be standard weight Schedule 80 with molded threads.
7. Separate primer and solvent cement applications shall be required for all plastic pipe joints per manufacturer’s recommendations.
8. Each pressurized supply line from 1” to 2-1/2” shall be installed within a separate trench only and each trench shall have a minimum width of 1’.
9. There shall be four (4) inches of sand between both, the mainline and the remote control valve wiring and below the entire length of the mainline.
C. PVC Non-Pressure Lateral Line Piping
1. Non-pressure buried lateral line piping shall be purple for recycled water and domestic water the pipe shall be white PVC Schedule 40 for ¾” - 2”, and Class 315 2-1/2” and larger shall conforming ASTM D 1785 with solvent welded joints.
2. Purple PVC Schedule 40 BE pipe shall be made from NSF approved Type 1, Grade 1 PVC compound conforming to ASTM Resin Specification 1785. All pipes must meet requirement as set forth in Federal Specification PS-21-70 with an appropriate standard dimension ratio.
3. Except as noted in paragraphs 1 and 2, all requirements for non-pressure lateral line pipe and fittings shall be the same as for solvent-weld pressure mainline pipe and fittings as set forth in Section 2.01-B of these specifications.
4. All non-pressure lateral fittings shall be Schedule 40 PVC as manufactured by Spears or Lasco.
D. Ultra-violet resistant plastic pipe (solvent weld). Pipe shall meet manufacturer’s tolerance specified, in addition to commercial standards. All pipes shall be NSF approved with T. Christy Reclaimed Water Stickers installed every 10’ O.C...
1. Specified lateral on slopes shall be a UVR-PVC on grade, Schedule 40, PVC pipe.
2. The pipe shall be homogeneous throughout and free of visible cracks, holes, foreign inclusions, or other defects.
3. Pipe shall be continuously and permanently marked with manufacturer's name, material designation UVR-PVC 1120, Schedule NSF, and manufacturing code approval.
4. UVR plastic fittings shall be Schedule 40 PVC 1120, Type I, Grade I, manufactured by SUN- STOP or approved equal.
5. All non-pressure UVR lateral fittings shall be Schedule 40 UVR PVC as manufactured by Spears or Dura.
E. Brass Pipe and Fittings
City of Carlsbad
VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK
32 84 13-18 DRIP IRRIGATION
1. Where indicated on the drawings, use 85% red brass, ANSI, Schedule 40, screwed pipe conforming to Federal Specification #WW-P-351.
2. Fittings shall be medium brass, screwed 125-pound class, con-forming to Federal specification #WW-P-460.
F. Copper Pipe and Fittings
1. Pressure supply line (from point of connection through backflow prevention device): Type K copper hard tempered, in accordance with ASTM B4284.
2. Fittings: Wrought copper, solder joint type.
3. Joints: Solder shall be made up of 45% silver, 15% copper, 16% zinc, and 24% cadmium and solidifies at 1125 degrees Fahrenheit and liquefies at 1145 degrees Fahrenheit.
G. Gasket-End Pressure Supply Line and Fittings
1. Lay pipe and make pipe to fitting or pipe-to-pipe joints following OR70 recommendations (Johns- Manville Guide for Installation of Ring-Tite Pipe), or pipe manufacturer’s recommendations.
2. Pipe shall be snaked from side-to-side of trench bottom to allow for expansion and contractions.
3. All changes of direction over 15 degrees shall be made with fittings.
4. For thrust blocking use and refer to Leemco joint restraint system. See manufacturer’s recommendations for installation.
5. When pipe laying is not in progress and at the end of each working day, close pipe ends with tight plug or cab.
6. Install caution domestic irrigation tape 6” above the pressurized mainline along the entire length of pressure supply line to identify pressurized domestic irrigation mainline.
7. Center load pipe with small amount of backfill to prevent arching and slipping under pressure.
Leave joints exposed for inspection during testing.
8. Coordinate pressure supply line with sand bedding operations.
9. No water shall be permitted in the pipe until inspections have been completed and a period of at least 24 hours has elapsed for solvent weld setting and curing to have occurred.
10. All fittings shall be deep bell, manufactured of epoxy coated ductile iron, Grade 65-45-12 in accordance with ASTM A-536. Reducers and plugs shall be made available with four lugs to accommodate joint restraints in any orientation. All Gasketed Mainline fittings and joint restraints system shall be epoxy coated, and shall be manufactured by Leemco, Inc., Corona, CA.
11. All gasketed end pressure supply line shall be installed within a separate trench only and each trench shall be a minimum width of 1’, or shall be a minimum of 3 times the diameter of the gasketed pipe whichever one is greater.
12. All bolts shall be stainless steel only Leemco 316 series bolts, nuts, and washers.
City of Carlsbad
VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK 10/02/2025
DRIP IRRIGATION 32 84 13-19
13. There shall be twelve (12) inches of sand above the mainline and six (6) inches of sand below the entire length the mainline between the remote control valve wiring.
H. GPH Flexible PVC Drip Tubing:
1. GPH PVC Flex sticky stripe hose is extruded from all virgin PVC compound. It contains carbon black, to provide resistance to UV radiation effect, and an algaecide to prevent the growth of algae in the hose. The hose has a heavy wall section but maintains excellent flexibility and memory. The hose is available in a number of pipe sizes (I.P.S.), which can be solvent welded to standard PVC pipe fittings, as follows:
I.P.S. SIZE I.D. (in.) O.D. (in.)
1/2” .056 .840
1” 1.00 1.316
2. The Algae Resistant Flex Hose is a quality product designed for outstanding reliability and long life. It can be installed on, or below the surface. However, like most plastic products, it is temperature sensitive. As such, its strength is somewhat reduced at elevated temperatures.
3. CUTTING:
The hose should be cut so as to leave a smooth and even square end. The use of a knife or shearing type tool, such as pruning shears, pipe cutters, tin snips or the like is recommended.
4. PVC FITTINGS / SCHEDULE 40 FITTINGS
The use of standard PVC (I.P.S.) slip fittings is recommended for use with PVC flex hose. If the hose is to be used above the ground, and exposed to direct UV radiation (sunlight). The use of UV resistant pipe fittings is recommended.
5. SOLVENT WELDING
Solvent welding is the preferred method of joining the PVC hose to the PVC fittings and components. Use IPS-2795 solvent weld glue for the flexible PVC tubing. Use of a primer will help assure consistently strong, well-fused joints. A recommended primer is IPS-P-70.
The following procedure is recommended for the solvent welding of PVC flex hose.
Step 1 Remove any burrs form both the inside and outside of the hose and fittings with a knife or similar type tool.
Step 2 Remove dirt, grease, and moisture form hose and or fitting. A thorough wipe with a clean dry rag is usually sufficient.
Step 3 Check dry fit. For proper fit, hose should go into fitting 1/3 to 2/3 of the way.
Step 4 Apply primer to both hose and fitting with a suitable applicator. First apply primer to the fitting socket, keeping the surface and applicator wet and in motion until the entire joining surfaced is properly softened. Re-apply if necessary. Avoid puddle in socket. Now apply to the hose surface in the same manner for a distance equal to joint depth. Avoid puddling or allowing running beyond joint depth of the fitting socket.
Step 5 Immediately after priming, and while the primed surface is still soft, apply a full even layer of cement on the hose equal to joint depth. Avoid paddling or allowing
City of Carlsbad
VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK
32 84 13-20 DRIP IRRIGATION
to run beyond joint depth.
Step 6 Assemble in one swift motion, twisting 1/8 of a turn as the hose hits the bottom of the socket. With a rag, wipe off the excess cement leaving a bead. Avoid disturbing the joint while wiping, and let sit for a few minutes until initial set takes place.
6. Under extreme conditions, the surface temperature of the PVC hose may exceed the maximum recommended cementing temperature of a 110 degrees F. Suggestions for cementing PVC in hot weather are: cool surface by wiping with a water dampened rag (remove all traces of moisture applying cement); if possible, keep hose ends, fittings and cement shaded from hot sun before cementing; insert hose into socket as quickly as possible after applying cement; make cement joint during early morning hours if possible. In temperature below 40 degrees F it is absolutely necessary to use a primer. Primer and cement should be maintained at temperatures above 40 degrees F for best results.
2.2 MAINLINE BALL VALVES
Ball Valves: as specified on drawings.
A. Ball valves for 1”-4” pipe Brass construction; solid wedge, wog, ISC threads, chrome ball, with metal handle.
B. All isolation valves shall have a T. Christy’s ID-MAX-B2-NP-012 for domestic water tag, and ID-MAX- P2-RC009 for recycled water tag attached to each isolation valve stem.
1. The above specified 2”-4” valve shall be installed within valve box manufactured by Carson/Brooks 2424x24 with a metal lid.
2.3 ISOLATION VALVES
Isolation Valves: as specified on drawings.
A. Gate valves for 1”-2” pipe Brass construction; solid wedge, ISC threads, non-rising stem with brass cross-top handle.
B. All isolation valves shall have a T. Christy’s ID-MAX-B2-NP-012 for domestic water tag, and ID-MAX- P2-RC009 for recycled water tag attached to each isolation valve stem.
1. The above specified valve shall be installed with a lockable 10” round valve box manufactured by Carson/Brooks with a T style lid.
C. Gate valves for 2-1/2” and larger pipe: Iron body, brass or bronze mounted AWWA epoxy gate valves with a clear waterway equal to full nominal diameter of valve; rubber gasket or mechanical joint-type only. Valve shall be able to withstand a continuous working pressure of 150 psi and be equipped with a square-operating nut. The valve shall be supported by Concrete block per irrigation details for mainlines 2” to 12”, and a 12”x12”x12” concrete pad for each valve support.
1. The above specified valve shall be installed within a green lockable heavy-duty 12” rectangle valve box manufactured by Carson/Brooks with a T style lid.
2.4 QUICK COUPLER VALVES
A. The quick coupling valve shall be made of rod brass and shall have a permanently attached spring
City of Carlsbad
VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK 10/02/2025
DRIP IRRIGATION 32 84 13-21
retracted rubber cover. For models 7644 and 7645 the cover shall be molded in the standard purple color of reclaimed water and include the molded-in warning. The warning shall be in Spanish and English, and illustrated by the international symbol.
B. The valve shall use Acme® threads allowing gradual opening and closing the valve shall be capable of handling 1/2" to 1" bearing impact sprinklers and deliver up to 20 GPM. The valve shall have a replaceable retainer nut and the seal shall be of rubber. Inlet threads shall be one inch (FIP).
C. The valve shall use rod brass Acme® threaded keys for opening and closing. The connecting threads on the key shall be 1” inch (FIP MIP). A locking top (Model #7645) and wrench (Model 8649) shall be available.
D. All quick coupler(s) shall have a T. Christy’s ID-MAX- tag attached to each quick coupler.
E. The above-specified quick coupler(s) shall be installed with a lockable 10” round valve box manufactured by Carson/Brooks with a T style lid see valve box section for color type.
2.5 BACKFLOW DEVICE
A. Backflow shall have a lead free, bronze body, tee handle as specified in the irrigation legend. Each backflow wye strainer shall have a mesh stainless steel basket per the irrigation legend.
B. Contractor to attached 1” link welded chrome chain between and around the gate valve handles to prevent vandalism. The chain shall be secured with a College approved lock.
C. Backflow shall be installed in a V.I.T. Backflow Enclosure per the irrigation legend and installed per the irrigation details per manufacturer’s recommendations.
2.6 BASKET STRAINER
A. Basket strainer shall have a threaded or flanged cast stainless steel body, tee handle as specified in the irrigation legend. Each basket strainer shall have a mesh stainless steel basket per the irrigation legend.
B. The flanged assembly shall be bolted together using stainless steel nuts and bolts.
C. The above specified basket strainer shall be installed within a metal lid at a depth of 48” for the box.
D. All basket strainers shall have a T. Christy’s ID-MAX-B2-NP-012 for domestic water tag, and ID- MAX-P2-RC009 for recycled water tag attached to them.
E. The basket strainer assembly shall be supported by the Galvanized Pipe Saddle support from Pipe Line Products model numbers (PSG-104S-PSG-112S confirm correct model number before ordering per the irrigation submittal) for mainlines 2” to 12”, and a 12”x12”x12” concrete pad for each valve support.
2.7 FLOW SENSOR
Flow Sensors: As specified on drawings and details.
A. Contractor shall install one (1) 1-1/4” Schedule 40 conduit for each flow sensor to each controller assembly with pull box locations at every 200’ o.c.
B. The above specified flow sensor shall be installed within a lockable heavy duty 12” rectangle valve
City of Carlsbad
VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK
32 84 13-22 DRIP IRRIGATION
box manufactured by Carson/Brooks with a T style lid. See valve box section for color.
C. All flow sensors shall have a T. Christy’s ID-MAX-B2-NP-012 for domestic water tag, and ID-MAX- P2-RC009 for recycled water tag attached to cabling at the flow sensor.
D. Flow sensor assemblies shall be sized as indicated on the Drawings.
E. The flow sensor housing shall be a factory modified tee fitting of PVC material and a include a removable moisture proof meter unit having a pulse output rate which is proportional to the GPM flow rate of the piping system being measured.
F. The flow sensor shall operate on 9-volts DC electrical power. The flow sensor signal cable conductors shall be separated from other power wires when pulled up at the controller enclosure location. Avoid field test of wires with 24-volts AC power applied to the flow meter conductors the sensing unit will be permanently damaged.
G. Provide flow sensor identification tags as shown on drawings.
2.8 MASTER VALVES
A. Master Valves: See irrigation legend for the model number, type and size as specified on drawings.
B. The above specified master valves shall be installed within a lockable heavy-duty 12” rectangle valve box manufactured by Carson Industries, Model #3636-48 with a steel cover.
C. All master valves shall have a T. Christy’s ID-MAX-B2-NP-012 for domestic water tag, and ID-MAX- P2-RC009 for recycled water tag attached to each RCV wires.
D. Master Valves specified on the drawings with pressure reducing features shall be a combination pressure reducing, solenoid control valves equipped with downstream surge anticipation relief feature. Master pressure reducing valve shall be Watts M815-4SA Cast Stainless Steel series designed for use with recycled water.
E. The valve shall be supported by the Galvanized Pipe Saddle support from Pipe Line Products model numbers (PSG-104S-PSG-112S confirm correct model number before ordering per the irrigation submittal) for mainlines 2” to 12”, and a 12”x12”x12” concrete pad for each valve support.
F. Master valves shall be equipped with the following features.
1. 24-volt solenoid operation, energize to close (normally closed) the main valve assembly with manual operator to close valve.
2. Stainless steel trim (seat, retainer plate and cover bearing) for main valve.
3. Cast Stainless Steel main valve body and cover.
4. Viton elastomers (main valve diaphragm and seat disc).
5. Stainless steel stem.
6. Inlet and outlet gauge connections with liquid filled gauges.
7. Opening and closing speed control on 4-inches and larger M815 series valves, fixed orifice closing speed for 1-1/4 inches through 3-inches M815-4SA series valves and fixed orifice closing speed and opening speed control on 4” and larger M815-4SA series valves.
8. BP30 surge anticipator pilot with epoxy cover and stainless adjustment screw.
9. TC air bleed ball valve on main valve cover for priming and venting trapped air.
City of Carlsbad
VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK 10/02/2025
DRIP IRRIGATION 32 84 13-23
2.9 WARNING TAPE FOR ALL IRRIGATION SYSTEMS
A. Warning tapes shall be used on all constant pressure main line piping carrying potable water, or non potable water. Blue labeled pipe permitted on potable water. Purple labeled pipe permitted on potable water, see model numbers below.
B. Warning tapes shall be a minimum of three (3) inches wide and shall run continuously (without any breaks) for the entire length of all constant pressure mainline piping. The tape shall be attached to the top of the pipe with plastic tape banded around the tape and pipe every five (5) feet on-center.
All tape shall be TA-DT-3-P-PRW for recycled water systems, and shall be TA-DT-3-B-BL for domestic irrigation water.
C. Warning tape for constant pressure potable water piping shall be purple in color with the words “CAUTION BURIED RECYCLED IRRIGATION WATER LINE BELOW” imprinted in minimum one (l) inch high letters black in color.
2.10 CONTROL WIRING
A. Control wires shall be Paige Cable direct burial, Type UF, 600 volt, AWG UF UL copper wire specified per the irrigation legend. Control wires shall be a different color for each automatic controller.
Common wires shall be white with a different color stripe for each automatic controller.
B. Connections shall be epoxy-sealed packet type connectors.
1. The RCV wire connections shall be thixotropic calcium organic complex connectors, GPH Irrigation GDBRY6b-600Volt Direct Bury Splice Kit. Use one DRI splice wire connector per each connection.
C. Install three (3) spare control wires that shall be blue in color, and one (1) common wire spare wire that shall be white in color with a different stripe color for each spare common wire. The spare wires to have a 16” loop of wire stubbed into each RCV valve box above the pea gravel on the mainline ending at the farthest point from the controller in a 10” round plastic green lockable valve box.
D. Master control wires shall be green in color.
E. Control wires for moisture sensing stations shall be orange in color.
F. Control wire colors for the each mainline tracer wire are as follows for each different mainline, and any different mainline above the quantity of 5 shall be designated by the Irrigation Consultant at the submittal review process. The different colored tracer wires for each different mainline are as follows:
1. Mainline #1 the color to be Red color with white stripe
2. Mainline #2 the color to be Blue color with white stripe
3. Mainline #3 the color to be Yellow color with red stripe
4. Mainline #4 the color to be Gray color with red stripe
5. Mainline #5 the color to be Tan color with purple stripe.
G. Wiring shall occupy the same trench and shall be installed along the same route as pressure supply or lateral lines wherever possible. Minimum 24 inches below finish grade or six (6) inches below mainline whichever distance is greater.
H. Where one (l) wire or more is placed in a trench, the wiring shall be taped together with electrical tape with five (5) wraps around the RCV wires at intervals of ten (10) feet.
City of Carlsbad
VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK
32 84 13-24 DRIP IRRIGATION
I. An expansion curl shall be provided within three (3) feet of each wire connection and at each change of direction of a wire run. Expansion curls shall be formed by wrapping at least ten (10) turns of wire around a one (l) inch diameter pipe, then withdrawing the pipe.
J. When the electric valve remote control wires or hydraulic tubing is installed in a pipe trench, it shall be installed a minimum of 24” below finish grade. Contractor shall install a four-inch (4”) wide continuous caution tape with suitable markings six inches (6”) above the remote control wires or hydraulic tubing.
K. Control wiring or hydraulic control tubing shall be housed in conduit between the controller and a concrete pull box installed at least two (2) feet outside the limits of the controller foundation, or the structure foundation where the controller is housed.
2.11 AUTOMATIC CONTROLLER
A. Automatic Controllers shall be as specified on drawings and consist of a 120 volt single-phase, electric clock unit and shall be capable of being operated manually.
B. The automatic controller shall have the minimum number of stations as indicated on the drawings and shall be operated in full automatic ET mode operation from substantial completion through final turnover by the Landscape Installation Contractor. Contractor to provide on a monthly basis to the Owner’s Representative and to the Irrigation Consultant for the following items: flow reports, water usage, programming updates, and any issue/alarms each month each in a separate report on a monthly basis.
C. Each station shall have variable timing from two to sixty minutes and shall be equipped with on-off position to eliminate operation from any of the watering schedules.
D. All controllers shall be pedestal-mounted type in a heavy-duty stainless steel, weather tight, lockable enclosure with stainless steel piano hinges per the irrigation legend.
E. Each station shall have a repeat switch allowing selected schedules to be repeated after completion of the initial watering schedule.
F. All controller components shall be fused and have a chassis ground.
G. All controllers shall be equipped with a four by four (4x4) inch electrical junction box with an on/off G.F.I. switch and a grounded duplex receptacle mounted inside the enclosure.
H. Each controller assembly shall be installed with address stencils labeling the P.O.C. number, and controller letter on each controller assembly on the face plate by the locking mechanism. The stencils shall be 4” in size, and shall be readable at 150’ from the controller assembly. Each controller assembly that has been designed for Recycled water shall have the T-Christy Recycled Water sticker model numbers: ID-4100, and ID-DECL-REC1218 placed on each controller assembly for easy identification per the direction of the Irrigation Consultant.
2.12 ELECTRIC REMOTE CONTROL VALVES
A. Electric remote control valve shall be as specified on drawings.
B. The valve must have an automatic mechanical self-cleaning internal control system and must be slow closing to ensure smooth and shock free operation.
C. The electric remote control valve shall be equipped with a corrosion proof solenoid constructed of
City of Carlsbad
VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK 10/02/2025
DRIP IRRIGATION 32 84 13-25
stainless steel and molded in epoxy resin to form one integral unit, which is suitable for 24-volt operation.
D. The electric remote control valve shall be internal diaphragm and disassembly guided by a stainless steel stem in all positions.
E. All electric remote control valves shall be equipped with a control stem capable of reducing a higher inlet flow to a constant lower flow regardless of supply fluctuations.
F. All electric remote control valves shall be serviceable from the top without removing the valve body from the irrigation system.
G. All electrical remote control valves shall have the capability of manual operation.
H. If electric remote control valves are specified with a pressure regulator, the Contractor shall provide the type specified on the plans.
I. Contractor shall install one (1) T. Christy’s I.D. tag to each valve type as follows: non-potable water conditions: ID-MAX-P2-RC009 and ID-MAX-Y2-“Controller/Valve#” and for potable water conditions:
IC-MAX-B2-NP012, ID-MAX-G2-NP012, and ID-MAX-Y2-“Controller/Valve#”.
J. The above specified electric control valve shall be installed within a lockable heavy duty 12” rectangle valve box manufactured by Carson/Brooks with a T style lid see valve box section for color type.
K. For the drip electric remote control valve shall have the wye strainer and screen mesh size per the irrigation legend.
2.13 VALVE BOX
Valve boxes shall be fabricated from a durable plastic material resistant to weather, sunlight, and chemical action of soils. They shall be green in color for Domestic water, or when used in Irvine Ranch Water District for Recycled water. All other Recycled water, and/or Future Recycled Water applications the valve box color shall be purple. The cover shall be capable of sustaining a load of 1,500 psi. Valve box extensions shall be by the same manufacturer as the valve box. All valve boxes shall be as manufactured by Carson/Brooks with T style lids. All valve lids shall be molded with the IRWD “Recycled Regulations” into the lid design for Recycled water.
A. Install valve boxes with each type of irrigation equipment so that of valve box is above finish grade as specified on the detail drawings. Valve box extensions are not acceptable except for master valves, flow sensor and large gate valves.
B. Place and install Quikrete Deco Pebbles #9905-50 3/8” pea gravel non crushed sump below and around each valve box prior to installing valve box as specified on the drawings. Place remaining portion of gravel inside valve box allowing full access in and around all fittings. No wood supports are allowed. On the master valve assembly that will need to be supported with CMU concrete blocks.
All valve boxes shall have Mirafi FW404 landscape fabric installed around each valve box, and shall be installed ¾ of the way up the valve box side.
C. Brand valve box lid of associated equipment as follows:
1. Electric control valve box lid with “Controller Letter and Station Number”.
2. Drip valve assembly box lid with “Controller Letter and Station Number”.
City of Carlsbad
VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK
32 84 13-26 DRIP IRRIGATION
3. Flush valve assembly box lid with “Controller Letter and Station Number” and the letters “F.V.”.
4. Quick coupling valve box lid with “Controller Letter” and the letters “QC”.
5. Isolation gate valve box lid with “Controller Letter” and the letters “GV”.
6. Air relief valve box lid with “Controller Letter” and the letters “AR”.
7. Wire splice box lid with “Controller Letter” and the letters “WS”.
8. Spare wire box lid with “Controller Letter” and the letters “SPWS”.
9. Manual drain valve box lid with “Controller Letter” and the letters “MDV”.
10. Communication cable splice box lid with “Controller Letter” and the letters “IRR-COMM”.
D. Letter and number size of each Controller and Valve shall be Heat Branded to be 2” in height and shall be 1/8” maximum in depth. Provide sample of each type of valve box heat branded used on the project branding to The Owner’s Representative and the Irrigation Consultant prior to commencement of work.
E. Walk though for establishment and/or substantial completion will not be allowed until all branding is complete.
F. All valve boxes shall be installed within shrub planting areas only.
G. In paved areas, the valve box shall be Brooks 3TL concrete box with galvanized cast-iron traffic lid.
The cover shall be marked with the designated letters two inches high as indicated from Section 2.11 Item C. 1-10. Markings shall be applied to the cover prior to galvanizing. Cover shall be lockable with stainless steel bolt.
2.14 SPRINKLER/ROTOR HEADS
A. All sprinkler heads shall be of the same size, type and deliver the same rate of precipitation with the diameter (or radius) of the throw, pressure and discharge as shown on the plans and/or specified in these special provisions.
B. Equipment of one type and flow characteristic shall be from the same manufacturer and all equipment shall bear the manufacturer's name and identification code in a position where they can be identified in the installed position.
C. Rotary heads shall be impact-type drive rotary, pop-up type and designed with an integral check valve for control of line drainage or the Contractor shall add additional Hunter check valves as noted on the plans. The sprinkler shall be capable of delivering radius and gallonage indicated on drawings.
Retraction shall be accomplished by means of a heavy-duty stainless steel spring. The sprinkler shall have a riser seal and wiper.
D. Pop-up spray heads shall be constructed of impact-resistant Cycolac material. Heads shall be retracted by means of a stainless steel retraction spring and shall have a combination piston/wiper seal.
E. Pop-up sprinklers shall rise at least to minimum operative height per manufacturer’s specifications during operation.
City of Carlsbad
VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK 10/02/2025
DRIP IRRIGATION 32 84 13-27
F. Full or part circle sprinklers shall be interchangeable in the same housing.
G. Shrubbery and bubbler heads shall be adjustable from full flow to shut-off.
H. Sprinkler heads for small turf, small shrub, and ground cover areas shall be as specified in the irrigation legend. All nozzles shall be per the irrigation legend.
I. Stream pop-up rotor type sprinkler heads shall be 6” pop-up for turf areas, and 12” pop-up’s for shrub areas per the irrigation legend. All sprinkler heads shall have a stainless steel riser stem and a protective rubber cover. Pop height shall be determined per the irrigation legend.
J. Angled nipples on swing joints below spray heads and rotors shall not exceed 45 degrees nor be less than 10 degrees.
K. After installation adjust nozzle sizes, arcs and radius of throw to allow head to head uniform distribution. Adjust all spray head and rotors to correct height above sod as detailed. No over spray will be allowed on paving, hardscape, sidewalks and paths.
L. Adjust adjacent plant material so that it does not interfere with uniform distribution of each spray head or rotor.
M. Owner’s Representative may request nozzle changes and/or adjustments without additional cost to the Owner.
N. All spray heads and rotor heads shall be installed per the details, and shall have the recycled water identification on each of them when used on Recycled or Future Recycled irrigation systems.
2.15 DRIP EMITTERS
A. POINT SOURCE EMITTERS – All GPH Drip Product emitters shall be pressure compensating with check valve options, and operate at 10 to 55 psi. GPSTCV type emitters should be installed on the surface (above grade) and can be buried under materials (mulch) where roots will not grow and soil will not contaminate.
B. IN-LINE DRIP TUBING – All In-Line Drip Tubing shall be pressure compensating per the irrigation legend and details, and operate at 30 psi. In-Line Drip Tubing shall be installed on the surface (above grade) and can be buried under materials (mulch) where roots will not grow and soil will not contaminate.
2.16 ELECTRICAL HIGH VOLTAGE
A. All electrical equipment shall be NEMA Type 3, waterproofed for exterior installations.
B. All high voltage electrical work shall require separate electrical permit and inspection.
2.17 EQUIPMENT ENCLOSURES
A. All equipment enclosures for pumps and controllers shall be vandal-resistant, stainless steel, have stainless steel piano hinges and be UL listed. Stainless steel enclosures shall be “The Strong Box” and shall not be painted. Contractor shall clean the enclosure prior to installing the T-Christy Recycled Water stickers on the enclosure.
B. Automatic controller enclosures shall be louvered vents covered by a brass or stainless steel mounted inside the enclosure.
City of Carlsbad
VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK
32 84 13-28 DRIP IRRIGATION
C. All backflow preventers shall have a “Strong Box” vandal resistant smooth touch backflow enclosure installed. See the irrigation legend for model number and color.
2.18 CONDUIT
A. Conduit and conduit fittings shall be galvanized by the hot-dip, electrode positing, or metallizing process in accordance with subsection 210-3 of the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction 2012 Edition. Galvanized conduit shall conform to standards for rigid steel conduit as specified by Underwriter's Laboratories, Inc., and shall bear the underwriter’s label on each length.
B. Conduit shall be of the size indicated on the plans. It shall be the option of the Contractor to use larger conduit than that specified, provided that where such substitution is made, it shall be for the length of the conduit run. No reducing fittings will be permitted.
C. The ends of the conduit shall be free of burrs and rough edges.
D. The maximum bend of a conduit shall be 90 degrees and the minimum radius of a bend shall be not less than six (6) times the inside diameter of the conduit.
E. All threads shall be treated with approved joint compound before fittings are placed thereon. Where the galvanized coating of conduit or fittings has been injured in handling or installing, such damaged areas shall be thoroughly painted with a rust preventative paint.
F. Ends of conduit shall be properly coupled. Running threads, thread-less connectors or threadless couplings will not be permitted.
2.19 CONDUCTORS
A. Line voltage conductors shall be supplied in the sizes and types shown on the plans and shall be THW or THWN, 600-volt insulation rating, conforming to the applicable provisions of ASTM D 2219 and D 2220.
B. Control System Interconnect Conductors
1. All irrigation interconnect conductors shall be pulled by hand.
2. A total of two feet of slack shall be left at each field satellite unit and within each pull box.
Sufficient slack shall be left to allow the wire to extend 18" above the top of the pull box grade.
3. Small, permanent, identification bands shall be marked "irrigation interconnect" or as specified and securely attached to irrigation interconnect wires in each pull box near the termination of each wire. Permanent identification bands shall be embossed 6-mil oil-resistant PVC tape with pressure sensitive backing.
4. The irrigation interconnect wire shall be continuous from satellite to satellite. All splices shall occur within the satellite enclosure unless specifically authorized by the Owner’s Representative. All splices shall be made using approved connectors only. All splices shall be capable of satisfactory operation under continuous submersion in water.
2.20 PULL BOXES
A. Pull boxes shall be installed at intervals not to exceed two hundred feet and at each location where the installation of the conduit is to be phased, and at each point where the conduit crosses a roadway, bridge, or major utility easement.
City of Carlsbad
VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK 10/02/2025
DRIP IRRIGATION 32 84 13-29
B. Pull boxes shall be installed in shrub planted areas only.
C. The bottom of box shall be bedded in pea gravel six inches deep and one-half inch of grout prior to installation of the irrigation interconnect. A layer of 15# roofing paper shall be placed between the grout and the pea gravel. A one-inch diameter drain hole shall be provided through the center of the pull box grout and roofing paper.
D. Contractor shall install communication cable, flow sensor wires, master valve wires, or spare RCV wires within a gray 12” rectangular, lockable valve box at each pull box location. Contractor shall heat brand each lid to reflect the type of wire and use of said wire, i.e. IRR COMM for communication cable.
2.21 TRACER WIRES
A. Install No. 14 polyethylene coated copper tracer wire with all non-metallic irrigation main lines, Paige P7079D or equal with colors that don’t match other control wires/two wire cable wire colors. This wire shall be installed from inside the water meter vault box to the entire length mainline as one continuous wire with no splice allowed. Contractor shall install tracer wire on the top of the mainline, and shall be covered with T. Christy “Caution Tape – Irrigation Mainline Below”. The wire shall be installed into a 6” gray lockable valve box at the end of the mainline run. Each wire end shall be marked with a T. Christy custom I.D. tag explaining the wire importance, along with a 3M-DBR wire connect on each end of the wire.
2.22 WARNING TAPE FOR POTABLE OR RECYCLED WATER SYSTEMS/MAINLINES
A. Warning tapes shall be used on all constant pressure main line piping carrying potable water, or non potable water. Blue labeled pipe permitted on potable water. Purple labeled pipe permitted on potable water.
B. Warning tapes shall be a minimum of three (3) inches wide and shall run continuously for the entire length of all constant pressure mainline piping. The tape shall be attached to the top of the pipe with plastic tape banded around the tape and pipe every five (5) feet on-center.
C. Warning tape for constant pressure potable water piping shall be blue in color with the words “CAUTION BURIED WATER LINE BELOW” imprinted in minimum one (l) inch high letters black in color.
2.23 OTHER MATERIALS
All other materials, not specifically described on the plans and/or in the specifications, but required for a complete and proper irrigation system installation, shall be furnished and installed as though such parts were shown on the plans and/or specifications as new, first quality of their respective kinds and subject to the approval of The Owner’s Representative.
PART 3 – EXECUTION
3.1 GENERAL INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS
A. Before work is commenced, hold a conference with Owner, Owner’s Representative, and General Contractor to discuss general details of the work.
B. Verify dimensions and grades at job site before work is commenced.
C. During the progress of the work, a competent superintendent, and any assistants necessary shall be
City of Carlsbad
VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK
32 84 13-30 DRIP IRRIGATION
on site, all satisfactory to Owner. The superintendent shall not be changed, except with consent of Owner, unless that person proves unsatisfactory and ceases to be employed. The superintendent shall represent Contractor in its absence and all directions given to the superintendent shall be as binding as if given to Contractor.
D. All work indicated or noted on Drawings shall be provided whether or not specifically mentioned in the Specifications.
E. If there are ambiguities between Drawings and Specifications, and specific interpretation or clarification is not issued prior to bidding, the interpretation or clarification will be made only by Owner’s Representative, and Contractor shall comply with the decisions. In the event the installation contradicts the directions given, the installation shall be corrected by Contractor at no additional cost to Owner.
F. Layout of sprinkler lines shown on Drawings is diagrammatic only. Location of sprinkler equipment is contingent upon and subject to integration with all other underground utilities. Contractor shall employ all data contained in the Contract Documents and shall verify this information at the construction site to confirm the manner by which it relates to the installation.
G. Coordinate the installation of all sprinkler materials, including pipe, with the landscape Drawings to avoid conflict with the trees, shrubs, or other planting.
H. Do not proceed with the installation of the sprinkler system when it is apparent that obstructions or grade differences exist or if conflicts in construction details, legend, or specific notes are discovered.
All such obstructions, conflicts, or discrepancies shall be brought to the attention of Owner’s Representative.
I. Replace, or repair to the satisfaction of Owner’s Representative, all existing paving disturbed during the course of this work. New paving shall be the same type, strength, texture, finish, and be equal in every way to the material removed.
J. Owner reserves the right to make temporary repairs as necessary to keep equipment in operating condition without voiding Contractor's guarantee or relieving Contractor of its responsibilities during the guarantee shall not be allowed.
K. In addition to any anti-drain devices specified on the drawings, sprinkler heads showing signs of drainage after the irrigation system has been operated from an on to off position will require installation of anti-drain devices to prevent low head drainage.
L. Coordinate the installation of all sprinkler materials, including pipe, with the landscape Drawings to avoid conflict with the trees, or other planting.
3.2 OBSERVATION OF SITE CONDITIONS
A. All scaled dimensions are approximate. The Contractor shall check and verify all size dimensions and receive approval from the Owner’s Representative prior to proceeding with work under this Section.
B. Exercise extreme care in excavating and working near existing utilities. The Contractor shall be responsible for damages to utilities which are caused by his operations or neglect. Check existing utilities drawings for existing utility locations.
C. Coordinate installation of sprinkler irrigation materials including pipe, so there shall be NO interference with utilities or other construction or difficulty in planting trees, shrubs, and ground
City of Carlsbad
VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK 10/02/2025
DRIP IRRIGATION 32 84 13-31
covers.
D. The Contractor shall carefully check all grades to for his own satisfaction in order to safely begin construction work on the irrigation system.
3.3 PREPARATION
A. Physical Layout:
1. Prior to installation, the Contractor shall stake out all pressure supply lines, routing of lateral line piping and location of sprinkler heads.
2. System layout shall be reviewed by the Owner’s Representative prior to installation.
B. Observation Schedule:
1. Notify the Owner’s Representative in advance for the following observation meetings, according to the time indicated:
a. Pre-job conference – 10 days;
b. Backflow assembly and automatic controller location – 72 hours; c. Pressure supply line and control wire installation and testing – 72 hours; d. Lateral line and sprinkler installation – 72 hours;
e. Coverage test – 72 hours;
f. Final site review – 10 days.
2. When observations are conducted by other than the Owner’s Representative, show evidence in writing when and by whom these observations were made.
3. Maintain a set of current and up to date plans on the job site at all times. No site observations will commence without record drawings and current plans. In the event the Contractor calls for a site visit without record drawings, without current plans, without completing previously noted corrections, or without preparing the system for said visit, he shall be responsible for reimbursing the Owner’s Representative based on his current billing rates per hour (portal to portal, plus transportation costs) for the inconvenience. No subsequent site visits will be scheduled until this charge has been paid.
C. Water Supply:
1. The irrigation system shall be connected to water supply point(s) of connection as indicated on the Drawings.
2. Connections shall be made at the approximate location(s) shown on the Drawings. The Contractor is responsible for minor changes caused by actual site conditions.
D. Electrical Supply:
1. Electrical connections for irrigation controllers shall be made to electrical point(s) of connection as indicated on the Drawings.
2. Connections shall be made at the approximate location(s) shown on the Drawings. The Contractor is responsible for minor changes caused by actual site conditions.
3.4 SURFACE CONDITIONS
City of Carlsbad
VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK
32 84 13-32 DRIP IRRIGATION
A. Inspection
Prior to all work of this section, carefully inspect the original design, the referenced standard, and the manufacturer’s recommendations. System to be installed in accordance with all pertinent County codes and regulations, the original design, and the referenced standards.
B. Discrepancies
1. In the event of discrepancy, immediately notify The Owner’s Representative.
2. Do not proceed with installation in areas of discrepancy until all such discrepancies have been fully resolved to the satisfaction of The Owner’s Representative.
3.5 FIELD MEASUREMENTS
Make all necessary measurements in the field to ensure precise fit of items in accordance with the original design.
3.6 TRENCHING AND BACKFILLING
A. Trenching
1. Pulling in of pipe and control wires shall not be permitted.
2. Mechanical trenching machines shall be of an approved type to cut trenches with straight sides.
Pipes shall be supported continuously on the bottom of the trench and shall be laid to an even grade. Trenching excavation shall follow layout indicated on drawings to the depths below finish grade as noted.
3. When two (2) lateral pipes are to be placed in the same trench, it is required to maintain a twelve (12) inch space between pipes as is minimum. No pipe shall be installed directly over another.
4. Where it is necessary to excavate adjacent to existing trees, the Contractor shall avoid injury to trees and tree roots. Excavation in areas where two (2) inch and larger roots occur shall be done by hand. All roots two (2) inches and larger in diameter shall be tunneled under and shall be heavily wrapped with wet burlap. Trenches within the drip line of trees shall be closed within 24 hours.
5. All pressurized mainline shall be installed in a twelve-inch (12”) wide trench minimum. Each mainline shall be installed in a separate trench, as described in previous sections of the irrigation specifications.
B. Backfilling
1. Backfill material shall be per the irrigation details. Unsuitable material, including clods and rocks over one-quarter (1/4) inches in size, shall be removed from the premises and disposed of legally at no cost to the Owner.
2. Trenches and excavations shall be backfilled so that the specified thickness of topsoil is restored to the upper part of the trench. Backfill shall be flooded in accordance with subsection 306-
1.3.3 of the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction, 2012 Edition.
3. The trenches shall not be backfilled until all required tests and reviews are confirmed by the Irrigation Consultant are performed by the Contractor. Trenches shall be carefully backfilled
City of Carlsbad
VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK 10/02/2025
DRIP IRRIGATION 32 84 13-33
with the excavated materials approved for backfilling, consisting of earth, loam, sandy clay, sand, or other approved materials, free from large clods of earth or stones. Backfill shall be mechanically compacted in landscaped areas to a dry density equal to adjacent undisturbed soil in planting areas. Backfill will conform to adjacent grades without dips, sunken areas, humps, or other surface irregularities.
4. A fine granular material backfill will be initially placed over, under and 4-inch around all lines.
No foreign matter larger than one-half (1/2) inch in size will be permitted in the initial backfill. If native soil is not suitable for backfill as outlined above, imported sand shall be used for the initial backfill.
5. Using manual or mechanical tamping devices, compact backfill in trenches to dry density equal to the adjacent undisturbed soil, and conform to adjacent grades without dips, sunken areas, humps, or other irregularities.
6. Do not, under any circumstances, use truck wheels for compacting soil.
7. Trenches located under areas where paving, asphaltic concrete, or concrete will be installed, shall be backfilled with sand (a layer six [6] inches below, over and around the pipe) and compacted in layers to 95% compaction, using manual or mechanical tamping devices.
Trenches for piping shall be compacted to equal the compaction of the existing adjacent undisturbed soil and shall be left in a firm unyielding condition. All trenches shall be left flush with the adjoining grade. The Contractor shall set in place; cap and pressure test all piping under paving prior to the paving work.
8. Generally, piping under existing walks is done by jacking, boring, or hydraulic driving, but where any cutting or breaking of sidewalks and/or concrete is necessary, it shall be done and replaced by the Contractor as a part of the Contract cost. Permission to cut or break sidewalks and/or concrete shall be obtained from the Owner’s Representative. No hydraulic driving will be permitted under concrete paving.
9. If settlement occurs and necessitates adjustments in pipe, valves, sprinkler heads, lawn, plantings, or other installed work, the Contractor shall make all required adjustments without cost to the Owner.
10. Depth of trenches shall be sufficient to provide a minimum cover above the top of the pipe per details.
a. Provide minimum cover of 24 inches for 24-volt control wires (36 inches under hardscape areas).
b. Provide minimum cover of 24 inches on pressure supply 2-1/2 inches and smaller (36 inches under hardscape areas).
c. Provide minimum cover of 36 inches on pressure supply lines three (3) inches and larger (36 inches under hardscape areas).
d. Eighteen-inch (18”) cover over lateral lines.
e. Electrical conduit - 24 inches cover (36 inches under roadways).
f. Where it is necessary to excavate adjacent to existing trees, the Contractor shall avoid injury to trees and roots. Excavation in areas where two (2) inch and larger roots occur shall be done by hand. All roots two (2) inches and larger in diameter shall be tunneled
City of Carlsbad
VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK
32 84 13-34 DRIP IRRIGATION
under and shall be heavily wrapped with burlap, to prevent scarring or excessive drying.
Where a ditching machine is run close to trees having roots smaller than two (2) inches in diameter, the wall of the trench adjacent to the tree shall be hand trimmed, making clean cuts through roots. Roots one (1) inch and larger in diameter shall be painted with two (2) coast of Tree Seal, or equal. Trenches adjacent to trees should be closed within 24 hours; and where this is not possible, the side of the trench adjacent to the tree shall be kept shaded with burlap or canvas.
g. All mainline, lateral and RCV wires shall have a minimum clearance of twelve (12) inches from each other and twelve (12) inches from lines of other trades.
h. Parallel lines shall not be installed directly over one another.
i. Surplus earth remaining after backfilling shall be disposed of on the premises as directed by the Owner’s Representative.
3.7 INSTALLATION OF PIPING
A. General
1. Lay out the piping system in strict accordance with the drawings and to the depth as specified in Section 3.03.
2. Unless otherwise provided, irrigation system layout shown on the plans shall be considered schematic. With the Owner’s Representative approval, the Contractor may make adjustments where necessary to conform to actual field conditions. The irrigation system shall be operational, with uniform and 100% head to head coverage of the areas to be irrigated prior to planting, and reviewed by Irrigation Consultant.
3. All mainline shall be installed in its entirety at one time for review by the Irrigation Consultant, and for pressure testing. Any deviation from the above mainline installation, or partial mainline installation, it will be assumed that the Contractor did not install the entire mainline as required will be assessed the cost of that site visit at the current billing rate of the Owner's Representative that includes mileage, drive time, and other fees. No other observations shall take place prior to payment by the Contractor to the Irrigation Consultant of that assessment.
B. Discrepancies
1. In the event of discrepancy, immediately notify the Owner’s Representative.
2. Do not proceed with installation in areas of discrepancy until all such discrepancies have been fully resolved to the satisfaction of the Owner’s Representative.
C. Under Existing Pavement
1. Piping under existing pavement may be installed by jacking, boring or hydraulic driving except that no hydraulic driving will be permitted under asphalt concrete pavement, or at depth less than 36 inches.
2. Where cutting or breaking of existing pavement is necessary secure permission from the Owner’s Representative before cutting or breaking the pavement. Contractor shall make and be financially responsible for all necessary repairs as required by the Owner’s Representative at no additional cost to the Owner.
City of Carlsbad
VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK 10/02/2025
DRIP IRRIGATION 32 84 13-35
D. Inspection of Pipe and Fittings
Carefully inspect all pipe and fittings before installation, removing all dirt, scale, burrs and reaming as required; install all pipe with all markings up for visual inspection and verification. All pipe identification shall be installed to be viewed from the top of the trench during observation.
E. Gasket-End Pressure Supply Line and Fittings
1. Gasket-End Pressure Supply Line: (downstream of backflow prevention device) PVC Class 200RT (4” and larger) shall be purple for recycled water, and white for domestic water.
a. Manufactured from virgin polyvinyl chloride (PVC) compound in accordance with ASTM D2241 and ASTM D1784; cell classification 12454-B.
b. Type 1, Grade 1
2. All fittings shall be Leemco deep bell, manufactured of ductile iron, Grade 65-45-12 in accordance with ASTM A-536. Reducers and plugs shall be made available with four lugs to accommodate joint restraints in any orientation. Fittings shall be manufactured by Leemco, Inc., Corona, CA.
3. Gaskets: factory installed in pipe and fittings, having a metal or plastic support within the gasket or a plastic retainer ring for gasket.
4. Lubricant: as recommended by manufacturer of pipe fittings.
5. Leemco joint restraint system shall be used per manufacturer’s recommendations for any PVC Class 200RT (4” and larger).
6. All bolts shall be stainless steel only Leemco 316 series bolts, nuts, and washers.
7. There shall be twelve (12) inches of sand above the mainline and six (6) inches of sand below the entire length the mainline between the remote control valve wiring.
F. PVC Pipe
1. PVC pipe shall be installed in a manner, which will provide for expansion and contraction as recommended by the pipe manufacturer. When requested by the Owner’s Representative, the Contractor shall furnish the manufacturer’s printed installation instructions before pipe installation.
2. In jointing, use only the specified solvent and make all joints in strict accordance with the manufacturer’s recommended methods, give solvent welds at least 15 minutes setup time before moving or handling and 24 hours curing time before filling with water.
3. For plastic-to-metal connections, work the metal connections first, use a non-hardening pipe dope on all threaded plastic-to-metal connections and use only light wrench pressure. All plastic-to-metal connections shall be made with plastic male adapters. All non-hardening pipe dope to be used per PVC fittings manufacturer’s recommendations.
4. During installation of pipe, fittings, valves, and other pipeline components, foreign matter shall be prevented from entering the system. All open ends shall be temporarily capped or plugged during cessation of installation operations.
5. Changes in pipeline size shall be accomplished with reducer fittings.
City of Carlsbad
VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK
32 84 13-36 DRIP IRRIGATION
6. Plastic pipe shall be jointed by socket type solvent welded fittings, threaded fittings, rubber ring fittings or by other means specified. When plastic pipe is joined to steel pipe, the steel pipe shall be installed first.
7. Plastic pipe shall be cut square, externally chamfered approximately 10-15 degrees, and all burrs and fins removed.
8. Solvent welded joints shall be made in accordance with ASTM D 2855. The solvent recommended by the manufacturer shall be used.
9. Plastic pipe installation shall be in accordance with ASTM D 2774 and the requirements herein.
10. Care shall be exercised in assembling a pipeline with solvent welded joints so that stress on previously made joints is avoided. Handling of the pipe following jointing, such as lowering the assembled pipeline into the trench, shall not occur prior to the set times specified in ASTM D 2855.
11. Solvent shall be applied to pipe ends in such a manner that no material is deposited on the interior surface of the pipe or extruded into the interior of the pipe during jointing. Excess cement on the exterior of the joint shall be wiped clean immediately after assembly.
12. Threads for plastic pipe shall be as specified in Subsection 308-5.2.2. A plug shall be installed in the bore of the pipe to prevent distortion prior to threading.
13. Threaded pipe joints shall be made using Teflon tape or other approved jointing material.
Solvent shall not be used with threaded joints.
14. Pipe shall be protected from tool damage during assembly. Vises shall have pleated jaws and strap wrenches shall be used for installations of fittings and nipples.
15. Plastic pipe which has been nicked, scarred or otherwise damaged shall be removed and replaced. Plastic pipe shall be snaked from side to side in the trench to allow one (1) foot of expansion and contraction per 100 feet of straight run.
16. The pipeline shall not be exposed to water for 24 hours after the last solvent welded joint is made.
17. Centerload all plastic pipe prior to pressure testing to resist displacement.
18. All threaded PVC to PVC connections shall be assembled using Permatex #51 pipe joint compound, a non-hardening sealant or approved equal.
19. Threaded PVC female fittings shall not be used with brass or copper pipe. Use a non-hardening pipe dope on all threaded plastic-to-metal connections, except where noted otherwise.
G. Drip System Flush:
Immediately after installation, the main drip hose should be flushed. This may be done by activating the system, opening the flush valve at the end of the drip hose line, and permitting the water to flow.
Flow should be maintained until the water is visually clear and free of contamination. If there is no valve at the end of the line, the end connection, of whatever form, should be removed and the water permitted to flow until clear. After flushing the line, the filter screens should be cleaned. If the filter has a flush valve, this can be done by simply opening the flush valve, to the full open position, and letting water flow through the filter until it is clear and free of contamination. Water should flow for at
City of Carlsbad
VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK 10/02/2025
DRIP IRRIGATION 32 84 13-37
least 10 seconds. If the filter has no flush valve, remove the filter elements from the filter. Visually inspect the element for contamination. If the element is partially clogged, wash and / or replace the element and reassemble the filter. If the element contains algae, wash in household bleach and rinse before reassembly.
3.8 INSTALLATION OF EQUIPMENT
A. Automatic Controller Location and Installation
1. Automatic controller shall be installed outside of the coverage pattern of the irrigation system at location shown on the plans. The control components in the controller shall be fused and the chassis shall be grounded.
2. The controller location is essentially diagrammatic, and shall be staked before mainline installation specifically located each controller assembly location with a stake each corner for each controller assembly and approved by the Owner’s Representative.
3. All local and applicable codes shall take precedence in the furnishing and/or connecting of 120- volt electrical service to the controller.
4. All service wiring shall be installed at the minimum depth specified in Subsection 308-2.8 shall govern the locations of service points. A separate disconnect switch or combination meter socket, as required, shall be installed between the source of power and the controller. The minimum service wire shall be No. 12 AWG copper 600 volt type TW, THW or THWN or larger as required by the Specification or controller manufacturer. Wire splices shall be located only in specified pull boxes and shall be made with a packaged kit approved for underground use, or as specified in Subsection 307-2.5. Pull boxes shall be concrete, set to grade on a 12-inch layer or (3/8) inch pea gravel per valve box pea gravel specification.
5. Controller shall be located behind shrubs and/or adjacent to hardscape with an 18 inch planting space between the face of the concrete assembly base and for back of turf mow curb or other hardscape areas. Overspray onto controller shall not be accepted. Maintenance access shall be provided.
6. The location of the controller shall be as shown on the drawings and shall be approved by the Owner’s Representative before installation. The electrical service shall be coordinated with this location.
7. All controllers shall have the irrigation interconnect terminating inside the controller enclosure.
All conduits and wiring shall enter the enclosure from the bottom.
B. Grounding:
1. Irrigation controllers and other devices requiring grounding shall be grounded in accordance with manufacturer's installation guide.
2. Grounding rod(s) shall be a 5/8" x 10 foot long copper clad rod, or grounding plate all sold by Paige Cable. It is anticipated that only one (1) rod or ground plate will be required to ground each device. When tested, grounding grid shall have an earth resistance no greater than 15 ohms. If earth resistance is greater than 15 ohms, additional grounding rods/grounding plates shall be added to grid until desired test results are met.
3. Run AWG #6 or larger solid bare copper wire from device to the copper rod. Keep ground wire as short and straight as possible from device to first copper rod. When two or more grounding
City of Carlsbad
VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK
32 84 13-38 DRIP IRRIGATION
rods are required, install rods 8 feet apart and connect rods together using AWG #6 solid bare copper wire.
4. Wires shall be clamped to grounding rod(s). Do not solder or tape wires to grounding rod(s).
Use separate clamp to attach each wire to a rod per the irrigation details and ASIC ground installation guide.
C. Control Wiring
1. Control wires shall be installed in accordance with valve manufacturer’s specifications and wire chart.
2. Control wiring located beneath paved areas shall be installed in a separate schedule 40 PVC sleeve.
3. Wiring shall occupy the same trench and shall be installed along the same route as pressure supply or lateral lines wherever possible lay below the mainline. Control wires shall be laid loosely in trench without stress or stretching to allow for contraction of wires. Where more than one (1) wire is placed in a trench, the wiring shall be taped together at intervals of ten (10) feet.
4. An expansion curl shall be provided within three (3) feet of each wire connection. Expansion curl shall be of sufficient length at each splice connection at each electric control valve, so that in case of repair, the valve bonnet maybe brought to the surface without disconnecting the control wires.
5. An expansion curl shall be provided every 100 feet on runs of more than 100 feet in length.
Provide looped slack at valves and changes in direction of 90 degrees.
6. All RCV spare wires shall be routed in a continuous along the mainline and provide for a 16” loop above the pea gravel level into each remote control valve box located along the mainline, and ending in the 10” spare wire pull box at the end of that mainline run from the farthest point from the controller.
7. Field splices between the automatic controller and electrical control valves shall not be allowed without prior approval of the Owner or Owner’s Representative. Splices in control wire shall be made in accordance with the requirements of service wire. Splices shall be vaulted and noted on as-built drawings. An expansion curl of two (2) feet shall be provided at each field splice and point of connection in pull boxes and valve boxes.
D. Electrical Work
All electrical work shall be installed per code requirements.
1. 120-volt and higher electrical power connections to irrigation system components shall be provided by the Contractor.
2. All electrical work shall conform to the Electrical Division 16 of these Specifications, local codes, ordinances, and union authorities having jurisdiction.
E. Quick Coupling Valves
1. Quick coupler valves shall be set approximately 24 inches from walks, curbs, mow curbs, headerboards or paved areas where applicable Vertical positioning of quick coupling valves shall be such that sleeve top will be at finish grade in ground cover areas and at finish grade in
City of Carlsbad
VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK 10/02/2025
DRIP IRRIGATION 32 84 13-39
turf areas.
2. Quick coupler valve boxes shall be located 12” from paved surfaces.
F. Valves and Valve Boxes
1. All valves shall be installed as shown in details and in accordance with manufacturer’s recommendations.
2. All valves shall be the full size of the line in which they are installed unless otherwise indicated.
3. All valves shall be set at sufficient depth to provide clearance between the cover and the cap, valve handle, or key with the valve is in the fully open position.
4. Valves and valve boxes shall be installed as shown on the drawings and details. The top of valve boxes shall be at finish grade in ground cover and shrub areas. Install each remote control valve and quick coupling valve in a separate valve box and allow at least a minimum distance set by the heat branding detail between each valve boxes and hardscape edge per the heat branding detail.
5. Place four (4) cubic feet of pea gravel prior to installation of any valve box 12” in length and smaller. Any valve box larger than 12” in length shall receive twelve (12) cubic feet of pea gravel, regardless what is stated in the details.
G. Closing of Trenches and Flushing of Pipes
1. Main Lines
a. Mains shall be flushed before installing remote control valves, quick-coupler valves, hose bibbs or pressure-relief valves and with pipe centerloaded. All water being discharged shall be temporarily piped up and out of the trenches. Trenches are to be kept dry for pressure tests to follow. Install all valves after approval of flushing procedure by the Owner’s Representative. Contractor shall notify the Owner’s Representative and submit in writing a description of the proposed flushing operation five (5) working days prior to flushing operation commencing.
2. Lateral Lines
a. Prior to installation of sprinkler heads and after all new lateral lines and risers are connected, the valves shall be opened and a full head of water used to flush out the lines and risers. Flushing shall be performed in the presence of the Owner’s Representative until flow is clean and free of all foreign material. Contractor shall notify the Owner’s Representative and submit in writing a description of the proposed flushing operation five (5) working days prior to flushing operation commencing.
3.9 TESTING AND INSPECTION
A. General
1. The Contractor shall request the presence of the Owner Representive in writing at least 48 hours in advance of testing.
2. Furnish all necessary testing equipment and personnel.
City of Carlsbad
VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK
32 84 13-40 DRIP IRRIGATION
3. Correct all leaks and retest until accepted by the Owner’s Representative.
4. Contractor shall notify the Owner’s Representative and deliver all the required submittal items at least 48 hours in advance of the time of installation is required.
5. Contractor shall review, and make call the Owner’s Representative per the irrigation observation schedule. It will be the Owner’s Representative, and the Contractor responsibility to coordinate the Owner’s Representative or the Owner’s Representative’s Irrigation Consultant per the site observation schedule on the irrigation legend and notes. The irrigation mainline is to be installed in its entirety at one time, and if the General Contractor and Owner’s Representative’s Contactor deviate from this, then the Owner’s Representative’s Contactor shall pay for an additional site visit for the Irrigation Consultant to review the mainline installation prior to backfilling. The payment for the additional site observation will be paid to the Irrigation Consultant on a retainer basis, and the Irrigation Consultant shall bill from that retainer. The Irrigation Consultant will provide an invoice detailing hours, mileage, and toll fee, etc. If Contractor tries to deviate from this process, and backfill mainline not observed by the Irrigation Consultant and all governing agency, then project will not get a letter of Certification to release the Contractor of their portion of work.
6. Central control projects the Contractor shall coordinate a pre-installation meeting with the controller assembly manufacturer and the Owner’s Representative and the Irrigation Consultant to discuss project constraints, goals, and manufacturer’s required schedule of site certification milestones. This is to certify that each controller assembly meets the manufacturer’s requirements as well as the Technical Specifications and Irrigation Plans.
7. Hydrostatic/Pressure tests shall be made only in the presence of the Owner’s Representative.
No pipe shall be backfilled until it has been observed, tested, and approved in writing.
8. When the irrigation system is completed, adjusted, and pressures verified and set for each valve by the Landscape Contractor, which they will notify all parties of their completion of the entire irrigation system. A coverage test will be scheduled to be performed in the presence of the Owner’s Representative and Irrigation Consultant to determine if the water coverage for planting areas is complete, adequate, and adjustments per the Construction Documents. Contractor to furnish all materials and equipment to perform all pressure checks for all the irrigation equipment installed. All work required to correct any inadequacies of coverage due to deviations from the Drawings, or where the system has been willfully installed as indicated on the Drawings when it is obviously inadequate, without bringing this to the attention of the Owner’s Representative shall be at the Owner’s Representative’s Contractor cost to make such adjustments and corrections necessary to fix the problems. This test shall be accomplished before any planting is started, and a field report will be generated to provide a list of punch list of items to be completed before the start of the maintenance period.
9. Before any planting is installed the irrigation field report shall be completed, and a re-visit shall be coordinated by the Owner’s Representative’s Contractor to all parties that attend the first irrigation coverage test. If, upon re-visiting the site, it is found that the punch list has not been completed, the review shall end and the Contractor shall be back-charged for all additional visits.
10. All further coverage test reviews required due to Contractor not being prepared or non- conformance with the Construction Documents shall be back charged to the Contractor, as described from item#5 above.
B. Closing in Uninspected Work
1. Do not allow or cause any of the work of this section to be covered up or enclosed until it has
City of Carlsbad
VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK 10/02/2025
DRIP IRRIGATION 32 84 13-41
been inspected, tested and approved by The Owner’s Representative or governing agency(ies).
C. Flushing
1. Before backfilling the mainline and with all control valves in place but before lateral pipes are connected, completely flush and test the drain line and repair all leaks, flush out each section of lateral pipe before sprinkler heads are attached. Contractor shall notify the Owner’s Representative and submit in writing a description of the proposed flushing operation five (5) working days prior to flushing operation commencing.
D. Testing
1. Make all necessary provisions for thoroughly bleeding the line of air and debris.
2. Before testing, fill the line with water for a period of at least 24 hours.
3. Irrigation mainlines shall be centerloaded prior to conducting hydrostatic pressure test.
4. All hydrostatic tests shall be made in the presence of the Owner’s Representative, and the Irrigation Consultant. No pressure line shall be backfilled until it has been inspected, tested, and approved in writing by The Owner’s Representative.
5. All gate valves along mainline shall be fully open for testing.
6. Testing of pressure mainlines shall occur prior to installation of remote control valves.
7. All pressure lines shall be tested under a hydrostatic pressure of 150 psi for a period of not less than six (6) hours. For each lateral pipe to be hydrostatic pressure tested at 100psi for (2) hours.
If leaks develop, joints shall be replaced, and test repeated until entire system is proven watertight.
8. Contractor shall review, and make call the Owner’s Representative per the irrigation observation schedule. It will be the Owner’s Representative and the Contractor responsibility to coordinate the Irrigation Consultant per the site observation schedule on the irrigation legend and notes.
The irrigation mainline is to be installed in its entirety at one time, and if the General Contractor and Owner’s Representative’s Contactor deviate from this, then the Owner’s Representative’s Contactor shall pay for an additional site visit for the Irrigation Consultant to review the mainline installation prior to backfilling. The payment for the additional site observation will be paid to the Irrigation Consultant on a retainer basis, and the Irrigation Consultant shall bill from that retainer. The Irrigation Consultant will provide an invoice detailing hours, mileage, and toll fee, etc… If Contractor tries to deviate from this process, and backfill mainline not observed by the Irrigation Consultant and all governing agency, then project will not get a letter of Certification to release the Contractor of their portion of work.
E. Drip Operation Check:
1. After installation of the system, the following should be done while the system is activated:
Step 1 Observe the pressure gauge downstream of the filter. Pressure should be at least 80% of the supply pressure and at least 10% above the setting of the pressure regulator. With the system at maximum flow conditions, if the pressure is below recommended levels, turn the system off and flush, clean or replace filter element.
Working pressure in plastic filters should not exceed 125 PSI, static state.
City of Carlsbad
VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK
32 84 13-42 DRIP IRRIGATION
Step 2 Observe pressure gauge downstream of the regulator to determine if pressure is within limits of system design levels. If not, adjust pressure regulator to design level, or maximum level possible, whichever is less.
Step 3 Observe emitters for normal water output. If output appears abnormal, check for pinched distribution tubing, cycle system on and off twice, and re-examine emitters. If problem still exists, the following should be checked.
• Test pressure at last emitter. This may be done easily, by use of a specially designed test gauge. For single outlet emitters with no barbs, carefully remove the emitter form the hose or adapter and insert the gauge into the hole left by removing the emitter. If care is taken in removing the emitter, the same hole can be re-used. The pressure must be above 10 psi. If the pressure is above 10 psi and the emitters are abnormal, they have been exposed to extremely high levels of contamination and those emitters behaving normally should be replaced and the filter element should be checked to determine if it is properly in place, of the specified mesh, and free of damage. If the pressure is below 10 psi, conduct the following:
• Make sure all manual valves are fully open. Check for clogs and or sharp “flow restricting” bends in the drip line. This can be done, with the test gauge by checking emitters for pressure output progressively along the length of the drip line to determine if a sudden change in emitter pressure exists. If a restriction in the hose, simply cut out the restriction and splice the hose together.
• Check for a rupture in the drip hose. This can be done most easily by observing the severe wet spots on the surface, or extremely soggy soil, which is out of context with surrounding area.
Step 4 For systems designed to be totally buried; system operation should be checked before burial. This should be done with and without installation of the “aquifer”.
F. Adjustment of the System
1. The Contractor shall adjust all irrigation components for optimum performance, and to prevent overspray onto walks, roadways, buildings, and equipment as much as possible.
2. If it is determined that adjustments in the irrigation equipment will provide more uniform performance the Contractor shall make such adjustments prior to planting. Adjustments may also include changes in nozzle sizes and degrees of arc as required.
3. Lowering raised sprinkler heads and valve boxes by the Contractor shall be accomplished within ten (10) days after notification by the Owner’s Representative.
4. All sprinkler heads and valve boxes shall be set perpendicular to finished grades unless otherwise designated on the plans.
G. Coverage Test
1. When the sprinkler irrigation system is completed and prior to any planting a coverage test shall be performed in the presence of the Owner’s Representative to determine if the water coverage for planting areas is complete and adequate. If coverage is inadequate, corrections shall be made and another coverage test performed. Prior to the cover test to commence the irrigation
City of Carlsbad
VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK 10/02/2025
DRIP IRRIGATION 32 84 13-43
system shall be operated by the controller manufacturer’s remotes. Should the irrigation system for each controller is not available for review, or not installed at the time of any observation (refer to Section 3.11 - Site Observation Schedule), it will be assumed that the irrigation system is not installed in its entirety, and the Contractor will be assessed the cost of that site visit and future site visits at the current billing rate of the Owner's Representative. No other observations shall take place prior to payment of that assessment. If the Contractor intends to install parts of the irrigation, but not the entire irrigation system as shown on the irrigation plans. Then the Contractor shall provide to the Owner's Representative a pre-paid retainer fee based upon the number of additional site visits and additional time required by the Owner's Representative, per the billing rate, prior to commencement of any additional work to be performed for the site.
2. Contractor, at the time of the irrigation coverage, shall perform a pressure test at the last head on each irrigation RCV. The Contractor shall perform the test in the presence of the Owner’s Representative, and the Irrigation Consultant. Prior to performing this test the Contractor shall adjust each valve to reflect the pressures set for each type of spray, bubbler, and rotor head in the irrigation legend.
3. The entire sprinkler irrigation system shall be under full automatic operation for a period of seven (7) days prior to any planting.
H. Final Observation Prior to Acceptance:
1. Operate each system in its entirety for the Owner’s Representative at time of final observation.
Any items deemed unacceptable by the Owner’s Representative due to noncompliance with the specifications and drawings shall be corrected to the complete satisfaction of the Owner’s Representative.
2. Operate automatic controller rain sensor moisture sensors at conclusion of maintenance period to confirm proper operation.
3. Evidence must be shown to the Owner’s Representative that Owner has received all required equipment, charts, record drawings, etc. before final observation can occur.
3.10 OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS
A. Train Owner’s maintenance personnel in proper operation of all major equipment, including recommended winterization procedures. Provide written confirmation of the person(s) so trained to the Owner’s Representative.
B. During maintenance period, establish infiltration rate of soil in all areas (particularly slopes).
Schedule automatic controller to not exceed saturation point, and program repeat cycles as required to meet landscape needs while eliminating runoff. At conclusion of maintenance period, provide a typed record of the watering schedules for each valve during maintenance, including various schedules due to seasonal changes.
3.11 SITE OBSERVATION SCHEDULE
A. The Contractor shall be responsible for notifying the Owner and Owner’s Representative in advance for the following observation meetings, according to the time indicated:
1. Pre-Job Conference - 7 days
2. Pressure supply line installation and testing - 48 hours
City of Carlsbad
VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK
32 84 13-44 DRIP IRRIGATION
3. Controller enclosure assembly installation - 48 hours
4. Control wire installation and flow sensor cable installation - 48 hours
5. Lateral line and sprinkler installation - 48 hours
6. Pre-planting Coverage test - 72 hours
7. Pre-maintenance Coverage test - 72 hours
8. Final site observation - 7 days
B. Prior to walking irrigation system with Owner’s Representative, the Contractor shall pre-walk irrigation system with its own crew to ensure compliance with plans and specifications. The Contractor shall observe those items shown on the construction observation check list below and initial and date that the all items observed are in accordance with plans and specifications. This list shall be presented to the Owner prior to the final irrigation walkthrough.
C. No site observations will commence without redline drawings or “Construction Observation Check List.
D. When observations have been conducted by governing agencies, than the Owner’s Representative, show written evidence of when and by whom these observations were made.
E. Maintain a set of current and up to date plans on the job site at all times. No site observations will commence without as-built drawings and current plans. In the event the Contractor calls for a site visit without as-built drawings, without current plans, without completing previously noted corrections, or without preparing the system for said visit, he shall be responsible for reimbursing the Owner’s Representative at his current hourly billing rate, portal to portal, (plus transportation costs) for the inconvenience. No further site visits will be scheduled until payment of this charge has been received.
3.12 CERTIFICATIONS/SERVICES/DATA TO BE PROVIDED BY THE CONTRACTOR
A. Flow sensor cable test.
B. Communication (central control) cable test.
C. Written flow monitor sensor test record, and monthly controller flow summary.
D. Monthly Flow alarms.
E. Monthly Water Usage from each Controller.
F. Monthly station adjustments during maintenance period.
G. Written controller assembly certification.
H. Water schedules at pre-establishment period, and post-establishment period.
I. Training of Owner’s personnel in proper operation of all major equipment by Contractor and Equipment Manufacturer’s with date and signed each training session. Also list the hours spent in each training session.
City of Carlsbad
VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK 10/02/2025
DRIP IRRIGATION 32 84 13-45
J. Valve Performance Chart
Controller Number Station Number 24 VAC Output at
Terminal Board Ohms Results Resistance Test
1 2
3 4
5 6
7 8
9 10
11 12
13 14
15 16
17 18
19 City of Carlsbad
VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK
32 84 13-46 DRIP IRRIGATION
Controller Number Station Number 24 VAC Output at
Terminal Board Ohms Results Resistance Test
20 21
22 23
24 25
26 27
28 29
30 31
32 33
34 35
36 37
38 39
City of Carlsbad
VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK 10/02/2025
DRIP IRRIGATION 32 84 13-47
Controller Number Station Number 24 VAC Output at
Terminal Board Ohms Results Resistance Test
40 41
42 43
44 45
46 47
48 49
50 END OF SECTION
City of Carlsbad
VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK 10/07/2025
PLANTING 32 90 00-1
SECTION 32 90 00
PLANTING
PART 1 – GENERAL
1.1 INSPECTIONS
A. Inspections shall be made by the Owner’s Representative. Contractor shall be on the site when inspections are made. Requests for inspections shall be made at least 48 hours in advance. If the work is not ready for inspection when the inspector arrives, contractor shall pay for the Owner’s Representative's visit at the current hourly Rate.
B. Inspection is required per inspection job card.
C. Any work completed without proper inspection by shall be removed and replaced at no expense to the Owner.
D. Quantities and Types. Plant materials shall be furnished in the quantities and/or spacing as shown or noted for each location, and shall be of the species, kinds, sizes, etc., as symbolized, and/or described in the "Plant Legend", as indicated on the drawings. The landscape contractor is to verify all sizes and quantities on plans.
1.2 GENERAL CONDITIONS:
A. The requirements of the "General Conditions of the Contract" and of Division 1, "General Requirements," shall apply to all work of this Section with the same force and effect as though repeated in full herein.
PART 2 – PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS
A. Topsoil: Existing soil on the site shall be used as topsoil for planting purposes when possible, but shall be free of debris, oil, weeds, or other foreign matter. Contaminated soil shall be removed and replaced with acceptable existing soil or imported soil.
1. Imported soil shall be sandy textured. Silt plus clay content of this soil shall be not greater than 15% by weight. The boron content of this soil shall be not greater than 1 part per million as measured on the saturation extract. The sodium absorption ratio (SAR) shall not exceed 3.0 millimhos per centimeter at 25 degrees C.
2. In order to ensure conformance, samples of both onsite and imported soil shall be submitted to an agronomic soils testing laboratory (All testing to be paid by contractor), approved by the Owner for analysis prior to use. Results of testing shall be delivered to the Owner’s Representative for approval. Soil test shall include analysis and recommendations. An additional soil test will need to be prepared after incorporated into the site soil. These test results shall be submitted to Owner’s Representative for approval.
B. Organic amendment:
A. Organic amendment shall be ‘Aguinaga’ – Forest Humus or ‘Earthwork’ – washed steer Humus or City approved equal, which shall be tested by an ‘Approved Agronomic Soil Testing Laboratory to verify copper content levels. Follow the specific instructions in the City of Carlsbad BMP Design
City of Carlsbad
VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK
32 90 00-2 PLANTING
Manual, Section E.6 SD-F for Amended Soils for soil preparation, amendment mixing, and placement. Refer to Specification Division 32 91 13 Soil Preparation, under Section 2.4 Soil Amendments for Chemistry Suitability Considerations.
1. Humus material shall have an acid-soluble ash content of no less than 8% and no more than 20%.
2. The pH of the material shall be between 6 and 7.5.
3. The salt content shall be less than 4 millimho/cm @ 25 °C. (ECe less than 4) on a saturated paste extract.
4. Boron content of the saturated extract shall be less than 1.0 parts per million.
5. Silicon content (acid-insoluble ash) shall be less than 30%.
6. Calcium carbonate shall not be present if to be applied on alkaline soils.
7. Types of acceptable products are composts, manure, mushroom composts, straw, alfalfa, peat mosses etc. low in salts, low in heavy metals, free from weed seeds, free of pathogens and other deleterious materials.
8. Composed wood products are conditionally acceptable (stable humus must be present). Wood based products are not acceptable which are based on red wood or cedar.
9. Sludge-based materials are not acceptable if the soil already has a high level (toxic level) of zinc, copper or other heavy metals based on soil analysis.
10. Carbon: nitrogen ratio is less than 25:1.
11. The compost shall be aerobic without malodorous presence of decomposition products.
12. The maximum particle size shall be per the following; Sieve Size Percent Passing
3/8” (9.5 mm) 100%
1/4” (6.25mm) At least 95%
#8 (2.36mm) At least 60%
#16 (1.18mm) 20%-70%
#32 (500 um) 0%-30%
Maximum total permissible pollutant concentrations in amendment in parts per million on a dry weight basis:
arsenic 20 copper 150 selenium 50
cadmium 15 lead 200 silver 10
chromium 300 mercury 10 vanadium 50
cobalt 50 molybdenum 60 zinc 300
nickel 100
Higher amounts of salinity or boron may be present if the soils are to be pre-leached to reduce the excess or if the plant species will tolerate the salinity and/or boron.
C. Fertilizer and soil conditioner:
City of Carlsbad
VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK 10/07/2025
PLANTING 32 90 00-3
1. Pelletized gypsum Best `soilbuster' w/iron or equal.
2. Commercial fertilizer shall have a minimum of 16% nitrogen, 6% phosphoric acid, and 8% potash. Deliver mixed fertilizer in standard bags, marked with weight, analysis, and name of manufacturer. Keep fertilizer in dry storage. Use 15 15 15 fertilizer and ammonium nitrate fertilizer during school season planting. Fertilizer shall be commercial grade manufactured by Best or equal.
3. Plant tablets shall be 7-gram size, Agriform or equal (See Section 3.1, F.8 for quantities).
D. Plant materials:
1. All plant materials shall be healthy, well-developed representatives of their species of varieties, free from disfigurement with well-developed branch and root systems, and certification of nursery inspection that plants are free from all plant diseases and insect infestation.
2. Tag plant materials with name and size in accordance with standards of practice recommended by American Association of Nurserymen.
3. Size of tree and shrub containers shall be as stated on the planting plan. Container stock shall have grown in containers for at least six (6) months, but not over two (2) years. Samples shall be shown to prove that no root bound conditions prevail. No container plants that have cracked or broken balls of earth, when taken from containers shall be planted, except upon specific approval.
4. Do not prune, prior to delivery, except by specific approval.
5. Plants shall be subject to inspection for size, variety, condition, latent defects, and injuries, at place of growth and at the project site at any time before or during progress of work. Remove rejected plants from the project site immediately and replace it with acceptable material.
6. Protect all plants from damage by sun, wind or rain at all times before planting.
7. Substitutions will not be permitted; except, when proof is submitted that any plant specified is not obtainable. In this case, a proposal will be considered for use of the nearest equivalent in size or variety with an equitable adjustment of contract price. All substitutions will be subject to the Owner Representative’s approval.
8. Plants shall have grown under climatic conditions comparable to those of the project site, unless otherwise specifically approved by the Owner’s Representative.
E. Ground cover:
1. Ground covers will be hand planted in the areas indicated on the planting plans.
2. Ground cover plants shall be grown in flat plants or peat pots as indicated on the plant list. Flat grown plants (rooted cuttings) shall remain in flats until transplanting. The soil in the flat shall contain sufficient moisture so that it will not fall apart when lifting the plants. If plants from peat pots are used, the peat pots shall be protected at all times prior to planting to prevent unnecessary drying of the root ball.
3. Ground covers shall be planted in a triangular pattern evenly spaced unless otherwise noted on the plan. Plant ground covers continuously under all trees and shrubs in the areas designated on the planting plans.